CENSUS OF INDIA 1991
A
PORTRAIT . 01" POPULATION
GUJARAT
OIRf:CTORA IE OF CENSUS OPERATIONS GUJARAT, AHMADABAD 67' 61' 72' ~ ______~N~' ______~7r5' __,
BOUNOAilIES: INT£RNAT~NAL""." ... STATE/UNIONTERRITORY GUJARAT ~STR~L .... . TALUKA .. ... 25' 21' ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISIONS 1991 A Kms,Q 30 60 90 I2OKms, ~1iIIi H=+ I I I
24'
23'
,,,
.APITIl tOISTRICTllElDQUARTERI rnu OTAlUKAHEAOQUARTERl IDAMAN! DIU)
WH~REYER THE NAME OF ADISTRICT / rAlU~A DIFFERS fRe'ITSHEiOQUARTERI TOWN NA'E, THE FORMER APPEARS \IIlfHIN BRAl:~E'5, ~!, Alil'i~ rr~E OANGS), RIt.JPIPlA INANDOOI
~ __~~ ______L______~ ____ -L______J ______J_ ____ ~_J __"---- __~------~~ 67'[~'oIGreetlwlcn 68' 61' 70' II' 11' 73' 74' CONTENTS
PAGE
FOREWORD XV PREFACE XVII A<.XNOWLEDGEMEl' rs XIX FJGUR.Es AT A GLANCE. XXI CHMTERI
I INntODUcnON 1 n HOW MANY ARE WE? 15 m VILLAG~ DWELLERS AND TOWN DWELLERS 101 IV ARE THE NUMBER OF MEN AND WOMEN BALANCED? 147
V HOW MANY OF US CAN. READ AND WRITE ? 178
VI lANGUAGES WE SPEAK 219
VB REUGION WE FOLLOW 237 vm SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES 263 IX HOW MANYOF US WORK? 290
X FEknLfIY LEVELS AND TRENDS 317 XI MOVEMENT OF PEOPLE 346 XU SUMMARY 366
LIST OF STATEMENTS
Statement Cllapter II Page
II. 1 Grouping of districts by population size in 19 ranges descending order
11.2 The area and Population of all States and Union 23 Territories and their percentage to total national area and population
II. 3 Distribution of talukas of Kacbcbb district by 28 population size ranges
11.4 Distribution of talukas of Janmagar district by 30 population size ranges
II. 5 Distribution of talukas of Banas Kantha district 31 by population size ranges
11.6 Distribution of talukas of Rajkot district by 32 population size ranges
11.7 Distribution oftalukas ofBbavnagar district by 33 population size ranges
II. 8 Distribution of talukas of Junagadb district by 34 population size ranges
11.9 Distribution of talukas of Surendranagar district 36 by population size ranges
II. 10 Distribution of talukas of Bbaruch district by 37 population size ranges
II. 11 Distribution oftalukas ofMahesana district by 38 population size ranges
III D.12 Distribution of talulc.as of Panch Mabals district 39 by population size ranges
D.13 Distribution of talulc.as of Ahmadabad district 41 by pop~on size ranges D.14 Distribution of talukas of Vadodara district by 42 population size ranges
D.IS Distnbution of talukns of Surat district by 43 population size ranges
D: 16 Distribution of talukas of Sabar Kantha district 44 by population size ranges n.17 Distributionoftalulc.as ofKheda district by 45 population size ranges
D. IS Distribution oftalulc.as of Amreli district by 47 population size ranges n.1.9 Distribution oftalukas of Valsad district by 48 population size ranges
11.20 Districts arranged by geographical siZe in 57 descending order with its population size ranking and density n.21 Diatribution of talulc.as of Kacbchh district by 60 density ranges n.22 .pistribution oftalukas of Jamnagar district by 61 density ranges n.23 Distribution oftalukas of Banas Kantha district 62 by density ranges n.24 -Distribution of talukas of Rajkot district by 63 density ranges n.25 Distribution oftalukas ofBhavnagar district by 64 density ranges
IV II. 26 Distribution of talukas of Junagadh district by 65 density ranges
II. 27 Distribution of talukas of Surendranagar district 66 by density ranges
II. 28 Distribution of talukas of Bharuch district by 67 density ranges
II. 29 Distribution oftalukas of Mahesana district by 69 density ranges
II. 30 Distribution of talukas of Panch Mahals district 70 by density ranges
II. 31 Distribution of talukas of Ahmadabad district 71 by density rang~s
II. 32 Distribution of talukas of Vadodara district by 72 density range"
II. 33 Distribution of talukas of Surat district by 73 density ranges
II. 34 Distribution of talukas of Sabar Kantha district 74 by density ranges
II. 35 Distribution oftalukas ofKheda district by 75 density ranges II. 36 Distribution of talukas of Amreli district by 76 density ranges n.37 Distribution of talukas of Valsad district by 76 density ranges
II. 38 Census houses and households of all districts of 84 Gujarat State
v 11.39 Average size of household for 88 TotaVRurallUrban in 1981 and 1991
II. 40 Growth of population of India 1901-1991 93
11.41 Districtwise growth rate since 1901 97
Chapter III
III. 1 Percentage of Rural and Urban Population from 101 1901 to 1991
III. 2 Percentage of Urban Population to Total 104 Population in Statesronion Territories, 1991
1II.,j The largest villages in the State 110
III. 4 Districtwise distribution of villages by size 112 class of rural occupied residential houses
III. 5 Distribution of towns by population range 116 classification, 1991
III. 6 Distribution of urban population by size class 128 of towns in Gujarat with variation since 19J1
III. 7 Growth rates of population in towns by size 130 dass, 1901-1991 (in percentage)
III. 8 Distribution of towns and population by size i31 class of towns and their percentagt> to total number of towns 'and total urban population in the State, 1991 Ill. 9 Distribution of towns by population rang~ 134 classification from 1901 to 1991
VI III. 10 Urban Agglomerations together with their 139 cpnstituent units, 1991
CHAPTER IV
IV. 1 Talukawise Sex ratio of Ahmadabad and Kheda 155 districts IV. 2 Talukawise sex ratio of Vado dar a and Bharuch 157 districts IV. 3 Talukawise sex ratio of Surat and VaJsad 158 districts IV. 4 Sex ratio in Total, Rural and Urban areas of the 161 districts. 1991
IV. 5 Disb"icts having rural sex ratio more than 950 162
IV.6 Districts having rural sex ratio less than 950 163
IV. 7 ~nmge~butionof~of 166 Gujarat and other selected Staates of InJia by broad age-groups; 1991 IV. 8 Percentage distribution of population of 172 Gujarat by sex and broad age-groups, 1991
IV. 9 Distribution of population by sex and marital 174 status in Gujarat - 1991
IV. 10 Sexwise percentage distribution of population 178 by quinquennial age-group and marital status - 199J
CHAPTERV
V.l Literacy Rates, 1951-91 17~
V.2 The General literacy rates by sex in States and 182 Union Territories, 1991
VlI V.3 The Effective Literacy Rates by Sex in States 189 and Union Territories, 1991
V.4 States and Union T errimrics arranged in the 191 order of literacy ranking in 1991 CCllSUS and comparison (l iteracy population aged 7 years and above) V.5 The effective rates in the districts, 1991 193
V.6 Descending order of the district having higher 197 female literacy growth as compared tu that of State V.7 Change in literacy percentages for Rural and 200 Urban areas of districts during 1981-1991
V.8 Sex-wise liceracy percentages of the cities of 209 Gujarat, 1991 V.9 Talukas in the Stdk having literacy below 30 210 per cent, 199 i
V.1O Talukas in the State having 1Jteracy more than 212 55 per cent, 1991
V.ll Number of talukas classified by literacy 214 percentage ranges, 1991
V.l2 Persons attending school/college, classified by 216 age-groups in Gujarat. 1991
CHAPTER VI
VI. 1 Statement showing the speakers of household 220 PART A population by language mainly spoken in the household (inclusive of variants grouped under each) specified in schedule VIII to the constitution of India
VIII VI. 1 Statement showing the speakers ofhollsehold 221 PARTB population by language mainly spoken in the household (inclusivt: 0fvanants where grouped) other than those specified m Schedule VIII to the Constitution of India VI. 2 Number of speakers of languages (specified in 223 thl! Eight Schedule of Constitution of India) and their percentage to the population of the State, 1991 VI. 3 10 most numerically important mother tongues 225 of the State arranged in descending order according to the number of speakers and their percentage to total population, 1991 V14 Three numerically strongest mother tongues 233 with their percentage's to total population returned in each City of the State, 1991
CHAPTER VII
VII. 1 Distribution ofPopulatlon by major religion in 238 India andGujarat, 1991
VII. 2 Percentage of Religious Communities to total 243 population of the districts arranged in descending order, 1991 VU.3 Distribution of major religions between Rural 249 and Urban areas in the State, 1991
VII. 4 Number of followers of religions and their 251 ·percentage to total population of CitiesiU.As., 1991. VII. 5 Ranking of Cities of the State according to the 255 proportion of Muslim population to total population, 1991 VIl.6 R.aoking of Cities of the State to the proportion 257 of Hindu population to total populatioJ" 1991
IX VII. 7 10 largest towns next to Cities in the State 258 arranged in descending order according to their populatIOn, 1991 VII. 8 ~umber of Hindus, Muslims and Jains and 259 theIr percentages to total population of each of the 10 largest towns next to Cihes of the State, 1991 VII. 9 Decadal GrO\.\th of Major Reltgions 260 Communities. 1981-1991
CHAPTER VIII
VIII. 1 Population of Scheduled Castes, its percentage 166 to total general population and their percentage dIstribution between rural and urban areas of the distnct~ ; 991 VIII. 2 Population of Scheduled Tribes, its percentage 269 to total general populatIOn and theIr percentage distribution between mral and urban areas (If the districts, 1991 VIII. 3 Population and its percentage to total 274 Scheduled Caste population and total populatIOn (If the State of the remaining nine Scheduled Castes next to the three numerically important Scheduled Castes groups In the State. 1991 VIII. 4 Population and its percentage to total 276 Scheduled TrIbe population and total population of the State of 7 Scheduled Trib(.'s having population more than 100.000 and next to above four numencally strongest Scheduled Tribe groups in the State, 1991
Vlll.5 Population and its percentage to total 277 Sch~duled Tribe population and total population of the State of the six Scheduled Tribes haVIng population in be{\\(.'en 10.000 and 100,000.19QI
\ VIII. 6 Total/ RurallUrban and sexwise distribution of 280 literacy percentages of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population of the State, 1991
VIII. 7 Distribution of districts as per literacy rates of 282 Scheduled Castes above or below the State level average, 1991
VIII. 8 Distribution of districts as per literacy rates of 285 Scheduled Tribes above or below the~' te level average, 1991
CHAPTER IX
IX. 1 Categorywise number and percentage of main 294 workers to total main workers and to total population of the State, 1991
IX. 2 DistJibution of main \\orkers by sex and 298 between rural and urban areas, 1991
IX. 3 Categorywise per(,entag'- dish. i0nofMaie 299 and Female main workers to tJ. > 10tal main workers in the State, 1991
IX. 4 Percentage distribution of main workers into 301 industrial categories in rural and urban areas of the State, 1991
IX. 5 Percentage of main workers into industrial 304 catqories in rural and urban areas of the State, 1991
IX. 6 Di~tribution of population of Scheduled 310 CaAeslScheduled Tribes under main workers, marpaal wOlkers and non-workers and their perceuCages to their respective total population, 1991
XI IX. 7 13roa,1 categorywlse distribution of main 312 workers (,t general. Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tnbes population of the State and Its percemage to total mam'workers, 1991
IX. 8 Percentage distributIOn of marginal workers 315 cross classified by sex and type of non economic main activity 1991
IX. 9 Distribution of non-workers by type of non 316 economic activity
CHAPTER X
X.1 Fertility Indices. Gujarat, 1991 325
X.2 Calculatmg the TFR. Gujarat, 1991 328
X 3 r:alculating the TMFR, Gujarat State. 1991 331
X.4 GMFR and T~'lfR (JfGujarat In 1981 and 19<:11 332
X.5 A verage number of Cbl1dren ever born per 334 WOP1:m by religion. Gujarat, 1991
X.6 A verage number of Children born per ever 335 married woman X.7 Sex ratio (Females per 1,000 males) of 337 Children ever born X.8 Sex ratio (Females per 1,000 males) of 339 Children surviving X.9 t-' oportion of ever married fewales with three 340 children or more by age groups and religion (in per cent) X. 10 Percentage distribution of ever married women 342 for rural-urban areas by age and religion
XlI X. 11 Percentage of e~er marned females w)th three 343 or more children in rural and urban areas
X. 12 Proportion of ever married women (A&ed 50 344 a'1d above) with no live binhs by religio'l (per ~;!nt) X.I ercentage of currently married women to total 345 women in reproductive age group 15-49
CHAPTER XI
XLI Percentages of total migrants to total 350 IJopulation ill the State/Districts according to place of birth, 1991
XI.2 MIgrants by place of birth (proportions in per 352 cent), 1981 and 1991
XI. 3 Migrants by place of last [f'sldence, 1991 354
XI. 4 Migrants by place of last residel1ce, 1981 and 356 1991 XI. 5 Percentage distribution of migrants by duration 358 of residence
XI. 6 Reasons for migration to urban areas, 1991 360
XI. 7 Reasons for rrugration to rural areas, 1991 363
XIII ILLUSTRATIONS
Maps/Charts
1. Administrative DivislOns Frontispiece
2. Position ofGujarat State in India ~Chart) Facing Page xxv
3. Percentage Distribution of Facing Page 21 PopularioniArea. Gujarat (Chart)
4. Density of Populatton; 1991 Facing Pagt;: 55
5. Growth of Population, Gujarat, 1901- Facing Page 91 1991 (Chart)
6. SeX ;md Age structure, Gujarat (Chart) Facing Page t09
7. Literacy. 1991 Facing Page 185
8. Dl~tf1butJon ot l\laJor Religions, 1991 (Chart) 241
9. fercent:!ge Distribution of Main Facing Page 2<>5 workers. Gujarat, 19511 (C!lart)
XIV FOREWORD
Indian Census is ;Ow 125 years old and each Census brmgs out a large number of Census publications on a wide vanety of data for India and the States. These are mo~ly for the use of the experts and specialists. The need for a simple and handy volume for the use of the layman and the student has always been felt. Thl~ was fulfilled in the 1971 Census by bringing out of a popular, condensed version of the farge Census data under the title ",'\ Portrait of PopulatIOn" for each State. This publicatIOn wa~ designed to provide the basic information regarding the populatl":'l' of the State to the general reader. It was welcomed by the gencfil. public and the scholars alike and was continued m the 1981 Censu, also.
The 1991 Censu s series of State-wise volumes of "A Portr3it of PopulatlOn" lS n ow being brought out. In this volume an attempt has been made to bring together the basic Census data on the population, its economic, social and cultural aspects, religion. language, migration and fertility couched in simple language and presented in a non-technical format.
I hope this publication designed for the general reader wir serve a very useful purpose by kindling the interest of students ano the youth as well as the lay public in population matters which ar\:' going to playa crucial role in shaping the future of the nation.
2-A, Mansingh Road Dr. M. Vijayanunni NEW DELHI - 110011 Registrar General &. (ensus Commissioner, Indn. February 1997
2-218 RGI/2001 xv
PREFACE
One of the novel features of the Census Publications IS the attempt to bring out the present volume to cater to the growing need for the baSIC data collected during 1991 Census. Indian Census IS a mine of information. But the general readers including students hardly derive any benefit from the forbiddingly volurmnous Census reports and tables. It is with a view to catering for this group of readers that this lIttle volume 'A PortraIt of Population' has been prepared. It has been written in a simple and non-technical language.
It was late Shri A. Chandra Sekb1'lf. former Registrar General & Census Commissioner of 1971 Census who first gave an idea of bringing out 'Portrait of Population' for each StatelUT at the time of 1971 Census. Encouraged by the response of general readers to that publication it has been decided to revive this publication at 1981 and 1991 Censuses also.
The Dift~tor of Census Operations, Shri N.R. Varsani, under whose guidance the entire operations were carried out deserves all credIt for the success of the operations. But he had to leave the Organisation for taking up important assignment before the volume in question could be made ready for the Press. I must record my deepest sense of gratitude to Shri A.R. Nanda, Ex Registrar General, India, Dr. M. Vijayanunni, present Registrar Gp:.caal, indIa for their valuable guidance and sincere help to us at every stage to bring out this publication in time. I also thanks the officers and staff of the Data Processing Division, Census 'Division an4 Printing Division of the office of the Registrar General, India associtaed with this task. The processing of the data was undertaken by the Data Processing Division of the Registrar General's office under the able guidance of S/Shri C.S. Arora. !)irector (EDP), K.N. Unni, Joint Director (EDP) and A.P. Gupta. Deputy Director (EDP).
I also thank Shri S.P. Sharma, Deputy Registrar General (C & T), Shri N. Rama Rao, Ex-Deputy Registrar General (C& T) and
XVII his colleauges S/Shri R.P. Tomar, V.P. Rustagi and A.K. Singh, Deputy Directors and Babu Lal, Asstt. Director who have taken great pains for finalisation of the draft of this publication. I also thank Mrs. Minati Ghosh, Deputy Registrar General (MAP) for her guidance given in connection with the maps, charts and diagrams published in this report.
All tables included in the report were complied by Kum. N.V. Shah, Smt. K.J. K.barnbhatta, Computors and Smt. N.P. Patel, Statistical Assistant. The Statistical consistency of tables was checked by Smt. J.R. Sanghani, Statistical Assistant. Smt. J.R. Sanghani, Statistical Assistant has also :prepared the initial draft of ten Chapters ofthe report. The draft·of,remaining two chapters has been prepared by Sbri S.v. Shah, Statistical Assistant. Final touch to all the chapters has been given by Shri R.V. Sanghani, Investigator. I am much grateful to them who spared no stone unturned in bring~g out this publication and contributed lus best in finalising this write-up. The charts, diagrams and maps were prepared by Map section of this Directorate. The entire write-up was typed by Shri I.B. Sonia Vohra, D.D.C. of this Directorate who also took mULh care and interest in typing it in time. I express my heartiest thanks to all of them and to ~y others in my office who gave me unstinted help and co-operation in bringing out tlus volume.
Ahmedabad ( R. HARI KISHAN) 23 rd January~ 1998 Deputy Director of Census Operations Gujarat
XVIII ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Directorate of Census Operations, Gujarat, Ahmadabad
final Draft :::imt. J.R. Sanghani StatistIcal Assistant Shri S.Y Shah Statistical AssIstant
2. F inalisatlOn of Draft Shri R.V. Sanghani Investigator
3. TabulatIOn Smt. N.P. Patel StatIstical Assistant Kum N.V. Shah Computor Smt. KJ. Khambhatta Computor
4. Scrutiny and Smt. J.R. Sanghani Statistical Finalisation of Data Assistant
5. MapS/Charts Shri C. Rajeev Geographer Shri K.K. Patel Artist Shri M.S. Bhatt Sr. Draftstrum Shri B.J. Modi Sr. Draftsman Shri R.K. Joshi Draftsman Shri A.A. Saiyad Draftsm..n
6. Cover Design Shri K.K. Patel ArtIst
7. Final Draft/Statement Typing Shri LB. SODiya Vohra uD.C.
8. Printing Shri P.K. Chokshi Printing Inspector
XIX
FIGURES AT A GLANCE CEN~US 1991
Partieul.n INDIA GUJARAT Population Persons 846,302,688 41,309,582 Males 439,230,458 21,355,209 Females 407,072,230 19,954,373
2. Total Area 3,287,263 Km2 196,024 Km2
3 Density of Population 257 per Km2 211 per Km2
4 Decennial Growth rate + 23.85 +21.19 (1981-1991)
5. Sex Ratto 927 934 (Females per 1,000 males)
6. Literacy Rate (excludIng children In Persons 52.21 61.29 age group 0-6) Males 64.13 73.13 Females 3929 48.64
7 Proportion of Urban Population to 25.71 34.49 total Population
8. I) Proportion of main workers to total 3418 34.12 population Ii) Proportion of marginal workers to 332 6.11 total populatton ill) Proportion of non-workers to total 62.50 59.77 population
9. Break-up ofmam workers to total populatIon as per 1991 Census I) Cultivators Persons 13.13 11.39 Males 2021 18.10 Fenwles 5.49 4.20
II) Agricultural Labourers Persons 9.04 7.82 Males 10.74 934 Females 7.20 619
Ill) Live stock, Forestry, FIshing, Persons 065 1.04 Hunting & PlantatIon, Orchards Males 1.01 128 and allied activities Females 0.26 0.79
IV) Mmmg and Quarrying Persons 0.21 0.14
XXI Partlc:ulan INDIA GUJARAT Males 0.36 0.24 Females 005 0.04
V) Manufacturing Processing and Repairs a) In Household Industry Persons 083 ., ill Males 1.07 1)71 Females Q57 \).23
b) OtheT than Household Industry Persons 265 ~ 9.~ Males 454 ,) J 2 Females 062 0.46
VI) Constru.ction~ Persons 0.66 0(}8 Males 1.18 1.22 Females 0.11 0.11
VII} Trade and Conunerce Persons 2.55 3.03 Males 4.58 5.55 Females 0.36 0.32
VIIl) Transport, Storage and Persons 0.96 1.29 Communication Males 1.80 2.44 Females 0.05 0.06
IX) Other Services Persons 3.50 3.32 Males 5.51 5.17 Females 1.32 1.33
~q Fer:''i!.le wOTk participation rate 22.27 25.96
11. Number of Districts 466 19
12. Number of Talukas 3,928 184
13. Number orC.D. Blocks 5,76-7 184 14. Total number of villages 627,616 18,509 Inhabited 580,781 18,028 Uninhabited 46,835 481
15. Number of Towns 4,615 264
16. Number of Occupied Residential 147,013,766 7,342,184 Houses
17. Number of Households 152,OO9,.l67 7,492,603
XXII Particulars INDIA GUJARAT
18 Broad Age COIDposition Age- (Percentage to total population) group Total ;00.00 100 ()f)
()·14 ,7.25 1 '\ ~-1 15·39 39.78 42.00 40-59 15.65 15.jl 60+ ·6.76 'JA~ Age not 0.56 .: s.: stated
19 Scheduled Castes & Schedliled Tribes SC 138,223,27 I 3,01)0,358 populatIOn and percentage to tota~ (16.48) (7.41) population ST 67,758,380 6,161,775 (8.08) (14.92)
20. Religion .INDIA GUJARAT
Population % to total Population % to total population population All.,ReliglOn 838,583,988 100.00 41,309,582 100.00 Hindus 687,646,721 82.00 36,964,228 89.48 Muslims 101,596,057 12.12 3,606,920 8.73 Christians 19,640,284 2.34 181,753 0.44 Sikhs 16,259,744 1.94 33,044 0.08 Buddhist 6,3~-500 0.76 11,615 0.03 Jams ~'106 0040 491,331 1.19 Other ReJiglOn & 9,355 0.39 14,213 003 Persuation Religion not stated 415,569 0.05 6,478 0.02 INDIA GUJARAT Religion oong\lage mainly PopUlation % to total Population % to total spokm ill the population population Hou~ehold A~samese 13,079,6% 1.55 789 N Bengah 69,595,738 8.22 20,809 0.05 GUJarati 40,673,814 4.81 37,792,933 91.49 Iltndl 337,272,114 39.85 1,215,825 2.94 Kannada 32,753,676 3.87 13,513 0.03 i(ashmm •• •• 379 N Konkam 1,760,607 0.21 40,820 0.10 Malayalam 30,377,176 3.59 57,701 0.14 Manipun 1,270,216 0.15 125 N Marathi 62,481,681 738 566,191 1.37
XXIlI Partiealan INDIA GUJARAT Nepali 2,076,645 0.25 9,126 0.02 Oriya 28,061,313 3.32 38,277 0.09 Punjabi 23,378,744 2.76 43,669 0.11 Sanskrit 49,736 O.ot 81 N Sindhi 2,122,848 0.25 704,088 1.71 Tamil 53,006,368 6.26 34,498 0.08 Telugu 66,017,615 7.80 49,109 0.12 Urdu 43,406,932 5.13 547,737 1.33 Other languages 31,142,376 3.71 173,912 0.42
22. i) General Fertility Total il6.6 110.4 Rate (1993) Rural 125.2 115.7 Urban 93.5 100.3
ii) Total Fertility Rate Total 3.5 3.2 (1993) Rural 3.8 3.3 Urban 2.8 3.0
iii) Crude Death Rate 9.3 82
iv) Crude Birth Rate 28.7 28.0
v) Infant Mortality 74 58 Rate
Note: Census could not held in Jammu & Kashmir in 1991. Figures shown against Sr. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 12 also include Jammu & Kaslunir State. Area figures given at S1. No.2 are provisional for calculating Density against S1. No.3. The entire area and population of those portion of Jammu & Kashmir which are under illegal occupation of Pakistan and China have not been taken into account. Figures at S1. Nos. 6, SCi), 8 (ii), 8(iii), 11,21 and 22 do not include Jammu & Kashmir. Figures at S1. No. 10 (Category I to IX) do not include Jammu & Kashmir, Broad age composition figures are based on 10 per cent sample data. ** Full figures of Kashmiri language of 1991 are not available as the 1991 Census was not conducted in Jammu &Kashmir due to disturbed conditions.
'N' stands for Negligible.
XXIV
CHAPTER-l
INTRODUCTION
Location
The State of Gujarat came into existence on 1st May, 1960 as a consequence of bifurcation of the bilingual State of Bombay under the States Reorganisation Act of 1960. It bas an area of 196,024 Sq.Krns. and a population of 41,309,582 ~ersOM. It is extended from 20°-07' to 24°-43' nortL latitude and 68 :..07' to 74°-29' east longitude. The Gujarat State is bounded by Arabian sea on the south-west and west, Rajasthan on the north and north-east, Madhya Pradesh on the east and Maharashtra and Dadra & Nagar Haveli on the south and south-east. Gujarat State has international bOundary with Pakistan on the north-western side adjoining the Rann of Kachclili. The State can be devided into the broad natural regions (I) Mainland Gujarat and (ii) the Kachchh-Saurashtra Peninsula. The State has the big coastal line of 1000 mile (1610 Kms) long extending from Umbergaon in the Gulf of Cambay to the western extremities of Raoo of Kachchh. Due to its coastal location it has minor and intermediate Sea Ports in addition to a major deep Sea Port of Kandla in the Kachchh region. The State is one of the major oil and natural gas producing States in India. It enjoys a conunandable position in the industrial and commercial fields.
This small book intends to present a portrait of the population of Gujarat as documented by the latest Census taken in1991. It is attempted for the general reader to understand and to familiarise with the demographic characteristics of the State. The question arises whether such a portrait based on Census results is relevant and if so, what makes it so. The answer is, it is very much relevant because the modern Census provides the most comprehensive image of the population at the reference date. Before we provIde the demographic facts of the populaticn. It IS felt that It IS essential to acquaint the general reader with the concept of the Census. What Census IS? Why it was taken and how it has become such a wide scale operation based on detailed q ue:;;tlonnaires.
Census takmg IS not a new expenence to human society ::uher in IndIa or outside. The word 'Census' is derived from 'Censere" a LatIn word, meaning 'to assess' or to rate'. If a simple question is a'iked, what is a Census, the answer be a counting of people of a particular area, but this is a partial answer. A Census is no doubt a counting of heads, as usually ¥lown to all, but it has got some other purposes also. For e.g., it can help to evolve a policy for the collection of taxes and also to deterrhine the liability of adult males for compulsory military service.
If we look back to the historical past of great civilisations, it is found that Census taking is believed to date back to the first or second century B.C. In ancient Roman Empire, the population registers were prepared for the purpose of imposing taxes and determining the adult male force available for defence purpose. Evidence of some earlier Censuses in the form of cadastral surveys are found much before the Roman Empire, Ancient Babylonia, China and Egypt had such enumeration 30 centuries before Christ. In 1086 A.D. William, the conqueror, conducted a kind of enumeration of English proprietors with a view to determining the extent of their land holding& and their value and liabilities.
In our own country, the concept of Census of population is found in the famous book 'Arthashastra' or the principles of Government by Kautilya. This was during the 3rd Century B.c. during the reign of Chandragupta Maurya. Kautilya has recommended the collection of revenue. He has described various methods of conducting not only general population Censuses but also specialised economic and agricultural Census.
You will, therefore, notice that a Census of one kind or allother IS not new to the experience of the human race and dates back to almost to the beginning of civilised society. As human race
2 has developed and progressed, its needs for different types of information have grown and multiplied; the nature and extent of this count has also grown in dimension and Census taking has acquired the same sophistication as human race itself has acquired.
In India, Census - taking has been recognised as an essential of good Government from ancient times and there is every reason to believe that censuses have been taken in the various territories of the sub-continent from time to time. But in medieval times, Census had not taken due to political instability. After words with the establishment of British rule in India, polItical conditIoI' has changed, which led to revival of Census taking, for the obviou< reason, such as defence, collection of revenue and taxes, to asses' the extent of employment of population in various indllStries and occupations.
An attempt to take the Census on a systematic basis was undertaken in the years between 1820 and 1830 which gave some of the best estimates and prepared the ground for modern CenslllS taking of Ind~a. The Census of Dacca City carried out in 1830 by Henry Walter was the best example of it. It was perhaps the first complete Census of an Indian city which classified the .city population by sex and broad age-groups, the houses and structures by building characteristics, storey and other amenities and the population classified into as many as 132 castes population.
This Census activity has rather inspired the British administrator with the idea of regular decennial of 10 yearly Census. In 1856 the administrator of East India Company considered the ways and means as to how the general Census of Indian population could be taken in 1861. The undertaking was, however, postponed in consequence of the Mutinies of 1857 and afterwards regular Censuses of individual territories, however, continued. 1n the meantime, the British crown took over the Government of the East India Company. In 1865 the dovernment of India and the British Government had al~eady agreed upon the principle that a general popUlation Census ofIndia should be taken in 1871. The y.ears 1867 to 1872 were spent in taking a Census by the actual counting of heads. in .as much of the country as was possible. This IIflries,
3 commonly known as the Census of 1872, was neither a single project nor one that covered the entire territory under the possession of control of the British. Neither was it centrally supervised, moderated or compiled. But it was based on a uniform set of schedules and was inspired by modem concepts. The limitations w:lich deprived it from being considered as a modem Census were quite clearly seen.
Therefore, by the time that the 1881 came around, enough thought and preparation had been given to the subject to make that Census a modem synchronous and comprehensive operation. It provided the fIrst complete Census of the population on uniform basis conducted throughout the country as also the most complete and continuous demographic record for any comparable population. Since then Census taking has become the regular feature of every decade.
This regular feature was constituted in the constitution of free India by passing the statute of Census Act of 1948 providing Census taking every ten years on compulsory basis. Until Census of 1951, the Census organisation was set up shortly before a Census was due to be taken and was then wound up immediately after tabulation of Census data and its publication was over. Following the Census of 1961, the Census Organisation now exists on permanent form.
It will be interesting to know, how ,he Census organisatIOn manage to take and handle such a vast operation in a subcontinent like India. The Census is a Central Government subject. In Govenunent of India, there is a separate organisation in the Ministry of Horne Affairs known as Census Organisation headed by the Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India whose duty is to conduct the Census and to process and present its results. There are a number of Deputy and Assistant Registrars to look after the administration and technical matters. The office of the Registrar General is further sub-divided into Divisions and Cells which independently handle the various specialised parts of the entire Census process such as Census, Language, Social Studies, Cartography, Data Processing, Demography, etc.
4 Further, all policy matters relatmg to the Census are decided at the natIonal level and implemented through the Census OrganisatIon. The organisatIOn at the State/lJmon Territory level, IS headed by Director of Census OperatIOns, who is responsible for takmg the Census 10 the territory of that State with the help of State Government machinery. He is responsible and answerable to the Registrar General and Census Cormmssioner for implementing the instructions issued and polIcy deCIded at the national level. He is assisted by.a number of Deputy Directors and Assistant Directors to assist him in admimstration as well as technical matters. The head of the district administratIOn, VIZ., Collector-cum-Distrlct Magistrate in each district IS designated as the Census Officer for his district and is entrusted with the responsibility of conductmg the Census m hiS jurisdictional dIstrict through the subordinate staff appointed for this purpose. The heads of lower admmistrative officers such as taluka officers, viz., Mamlatdars are also appointed as Census Officers for their respective jurisdiction. Further there are certain areas which are not under the direct administrative control of the head of district admimstration or his subordinates such as Municipal Corporation, MunicIpahties, Notified Areas, Cantonment, Forest Villages, Railway Colomes, Post & Telegraph Colonies, Police Lmes, etc. the heads of these local bodies or nominees of their respective departments are appointed as Census Officers and Charge Officers of such SpeCial Charges. All these appointments are made under the Census Act and therefore certaIn duties devolve upon these appoIntees for takmg Census In then respective jurisdictions. The actual enumeratlOn is conducted through large number of enumerators who are drawn from various departments of the district. They consIst of subordInate staff of Municipal Corporations, Nagar Panchayats, Pnmary School Teachers, Talaties, etc. However, in speCIal areas hke forest v1llages, Cantonment, Railway Colonies, Pollee hnes and such other 'SpecIal Areas' the employees of the respectIve department are employed for enumeration.
Before taking Census, it IS very essential to elucidate the Census concepts and the rationable of each Census questIonnaire to be asked. Therefore, training to the Census Staff of each Census DIrectorate is imparted by the Census Commtssioner who issues
5 orders and necessary mstructions for takmg of the Census. Thereafter. the Census Directorate trains the district level staff who are charged with the Census duties and thereafter the subordinatt' level staff are trained by the district Census Officers in the fiel(~ under the guidance and assistance of the Census DIrectorate trame, Staff.
Obviously, it is not possible to count all the people at one point of time nor counted over long periods. Therefore, in order to have synchronous Census and to maintain uniformity of data what is actually done is to count people over a short period of time and determine the population as on a certain date. The date fixed under the notification is the reference date and the sunnse of that date 1~ the point of time at which the stock of.the people from the entm: nation to the lowest village level is known, and the data is collected for each person, whether a man or woman, young or old, literate or illiterate, employed or unemployed, .through Census Schedules on uniform basis. At the 1971 Census, the enumeration work place th from 10 March, 1971 to 31 st March, 1971. Whereas at 1981 Census the enumeration was commenced from 9th February, 1981 to 28th February, 1981. Also at the 1991 Census the enumeration was commenced from 9th February, 1991 to 28 th February, 1991.
Once the Census has been taken, the entire Census records ace sent to the State level Directorate for further processing. compilation and tabulation. For processing these Census records, Regional Tabulation Offices are opened by the Census DIrector under the administrative control and direction of Deputy or Assistant Director assisted by a number of administrative and technical hands. Once the data of individual district is compiled and tabulated in concerned regional office, it is again .centralised at the laeadqumter of the Census Directorate to put together for the whole State which is then published in district Census volumes.
The conduct of the Census is one of the largest administrative tasks and covers the entire country. It lS also important to ensure that CelWlS enumeration is as accurate as possible and that omission and duplications are avoided. This is done; by careful planning of all various staff of the Census years
6 ahead. The entire State is divided into a vast number of enumerator's blocks and each block is then placed under the charge of each Enumerator whose sole responsibility is to ensure complete enumeration of all in that block. Normally the village, which is the smallest administrative is treated as Enumerator's block. In case of a large village it is divided into small blocks and more Enumerators equal to the number of blocks are appointed to take Census Enumeration of such a village. In urban areas, where the administrative set up is different from that of a village, the existing structure of Municipal wards is taken as it is and these \-vards are then sub-divided into Enumerator's block for each of which an Enumerator is then appointed. At the time of carving out these blocks, every care is taken to ensure that no overlapping nor omlssion takes place and that the jurisdiction of various Enumerators are clearly marked and understood and that no Enumerator will overlook any unit in his block or cover that of another block. Generally, the size of the rural or urban block is determined keeping in view the number of days over which the enumeration is to be conducted, the density of population, the pattern of habitation, the complexity of the questionnaire to be canvassed. In 1991 Census, the normal size of rural block was fixed with 150 to 200 households and that of an urban block as one containing 125 to 150 households.
The Indian Census is well-known for apart from other things, being among the best conducted censuses in the world. Once the Enumerator's blocks have been carved out and Enumerators appointed and trained, what remains to be done is to ensure that not a single person is missed or counted more than once in enumeration and that enumeration is completed by the stipulated time. The enumeration is not a one-day affair but is spread out over a number of days. During this stipulated period of 18 to 20 days the Enumerator has to go from huuse to house counting all the persons present in that house and house counting all the persons present in that hou<;e and those who are expected to reside in the area of enumeratIon during the entire enumeration period. Even the house1ess and travelers are not missed. A constant watch is kept for houseless persons such as nomadic tribe who move' often from place
J-~21R RGl!2001 7 to another and usually the night of the last day of enumeration is reserved to count these houseless persons in their normally camps.
Since 1961 the enumeration procedures have been made more perfect, thanks to the housing Ct"osus conducted before every Census. Before commencing of enumeration of the persons the houselist is prepare for each block in which a record of all structures either Kachha or Pacca is accurately maintained. He is also expected to completely identify the number of households living in each structure. By this method he can easily conduct the enumeration from one house to another as also from one household to another in the process ensuring that not a single house or a household is missed. Great care is taken to enumerate the travelers in the bus or railways and that of floating population including those coming in on shops or boats from sea and those living on boats along side of harbours and river banks.
It would be worthwhile to note that at every Census some changes in the census schedules and questionnaires are made according to need of the time and future requirement of planning. The questionnaire and concepts are developed and finaiised after a long deliberations and consultations and field trials. Since the data is intended primarily for data users and planners in the country, it is particularly in these, the data users who are cons1.Jlted. The schedules and q:.lestionnaires and concepts are finalised only after this process of manual consultation and field trials. The size of operation and resources and the type and calibre of census enumeration staff has to be kept in mind while deciding what can be attempted and achieved as a Census.
The schedules canvassed at the 1991 Census are the Houselist, the Household Schedule and the Individual Slip. The 'House list Schedule' and the 'Enterprise List' were canvassed during the Houselisting Operation. The 'Household Schedule' for each and every household and the 'Individual Slip' for each individuals were canvassed. The Houselist Schedules contained the identification partkulars and use of each Census house, the predominant construction material of wall, roof and floor of the Census house, identification particulars of households, the name and sex of head of
8 household and whether he/she belongs to Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe; whether the household lives in owned or rented house, number of living room in the occupation of the household, amenities available to the household like drinking water supply, electricity and toilet and type of fuel used by the household for cooking. The question on provision of toilet facilities was asked for the fIrst time in rural areas. The enquiry on type of fuel used for cooking was made for the fIrst time in Census. The information on physically handicapped persons which was collected in the 1981 Census has been dropped at the 1991 Census. The information on housing conditions and facilities which was part of the Household Schedule (Part - I) in the 1981 Census has now been transferred to the houselist schedule. This has been done to avoid the delay in the processing of these data. At the 1981 Census, the household schedule had two parts. The fIrst part contained information relating to the household and the second part, the Population Record, was a record of individual information on the members of the household. Some of the questions contained in the first part have been transferred to the house list at the 1991 Census and thus the Household Schedule of the 1991 Census contains only the individual information on all the members of the household. The questions on the language mainly spoken in the household, number of married couples living in the household, whether the household owns a house or house site in the village or town of enumeration in case of the household is living in rented house and whether the household cultivates land and if the land cultivated is owned or rented or owned and rented and the local name of tenancy in case the land cultivated is rented were dropped at the 1991 Census. The household schedule of the 1991 Census contains a list of members of the household and their social, demographic and economic characteristics as abstracted from the Individual Slips.
The main basic schedule of 1991 Census was the individual slip. It was canvassed during the enumeration period in respect of every individual irrespective of age' and sex. On comparison of Individual Slips of 1971, 1981 and 1991 Censuses, it will be seen that there is some deviation in the structure of Individual Slip. In 1971 the Individual Slip contained 17 questions which were to be canvassed on universal basis but in 1981 two types of the Individual
9 Slips were canvassed. The universal Individual Slip of 1981 Census which contained 16 main questions was canvassed in areas of 80% non-sample enumeration blocks, whereas the another type of Individual Slip consisting of both universal slip containing 16 main questions as well as Sample Slip containing 6 additional questions on Migration and Fertility was to be canvassed in areas of 20 per cent sample enumeration blocks. This dichotomy in enumeration was introduced in almost all States including Gujarat State. The question on Migration and Fertility which were included in Universal Individual Slip in the 1971 Census. But in 1991 Census, Sample Slip was dropped. The questions on Migration and Fertility were included in one Universal Individual Slip at the 1991 Census.
The economic questions, here adopted at 1981 Census have been adopted almost the same for the 1991 Census, however, few changes are made in the 1991 Census. The;: 'work' concept of 1961, 1971 and 1981 Censuses as adopted to the 'income or economic independence' concept of the earlier Census is adopted for 1991 Census. But, the criterion for classification of persons as workers is changed. While in the 1961 and 1971 Censuses different approaches, namely, usual status and current status, were adopted with reference period of one year and one week for seasonal and for regular work respectively, at the 1981 Census the usual status approach is adopted uniformly for all work. In the 1961 and 1971 Censuses classification as worker or non-worker was made through different as a worker if he had worked for more than an hour a day regularly during the last season or if he had worked for more than an hour a day regularly during the last season or if he had worked atleast for a day in regular (non-seasonal) work during the preceding fortnight. At the 1971 Census a person was treated as a worker only if he spent his time mainly or if he worked atleast for a day in regular (non-seasonal) work during the preceding week.
As in 1981, at the 1991 Census also for main worker, the time criterian of engagement in work WllS the major part of the year i.e., atleast 183 days in the preceding one year, while those who worked for sowetime during the last one year were consideled as non-workers. As regards comparability of economic data of 1981 and 1971 Censuses with those of 1971 and 1961, it is expected that
10 the main workers would approximately correspond to the workers of 1971, while the main workers and non-workers together would correspond to the workers of 1961.
A few changes have been made m the Individual Slip which is the main schedule of the 1991 Census. These are briefly narrated in the following paragraphs.
i) It was apprehended that the persons engaged in unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise were not netted as workers in the 1981 Census. To net such persons, at the 1991 Census, it was emphasised in question 14A and also in the relevant instructions that work includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise. The instructions that work includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise. The instructions were also elaborated with repeated emphasis on probing enquiries and with various illustrations so as to net the women's work participation.
ii) The defmition of a literate has also undergone a slight change. Till the 1981 Census, Childrel1 of aged 4 years and below were treated as illiterates. On the advise of the Ministry of Human Resource Development and the Planning Commission, it has been decided to treat the children of ages 6 years and below as illiterates at the 1991 Census.
iii) The question on seeking/available for work has been asked from only non-workers at the 1991 Census unlike from both marginal workers and non-workers as at the 1981 Census. Furtht:r, those seeking/available for work will be asked if they had worked before in order to know about the fresh entrants in the labour market.
iv) A new question on whether a person is an Ex-servicemen and if so, whether he/she is a pension.;:r or non-pensioner has been included at the 1991 Census on the request of the Ministry of Defence.
11 v) The migration and fertility questions have been canvassed universally at the 1991 Census. The reasons for migration have been expanded by including two more reasons for migration. namely, business and natural calamities like drought, floods, etc.
Subject to the above changes, the Individual slip of the 1991 Census follows more or less the same pattern as in the 1981 Census in respect of demographic, social, cultural, economic, migration and fertility questions. These items cover the relationship to he;J.d,.. age, sex, marital status, mother tongue, two other languages known, religion, scheduled castes/scheduled tribes, literacy and educational level, attendance at school/college, economic activity, birth place, place oflast residence, reasons for migration, duration of residence at the village or town of enumeration, age at marriage and number of children surviving at present and ever born alive to the ever married woman and any child born alive during the last one year to currently married woman.
The questions asked in the Individual Slips are shown at the end of this Chapter. As stated earlier an Individual Slip was filled up for every human being alive at the time of enumeration in the terntory of the State in the 1991 Census. Thus at one particular pomt of time, i.e., sunrise of 1sl Match, 1991, a little more than 41 million shps were filled up WhICh contained the data of vast information regarding every person. It will be seen that this document IS a source of many many informatIOn which is then processed and tabulated in the form of tables. These tables are our mam source of the 'PortraIt of Population' of Gujarat State. Any scholar or reader who IS interested to have a more detailed information about different aspects of the population of the State as the 1991 Census has compiled should refer the various specialised Census volumes publIshed by the Census Organisation so far.
The chapter that will follow will throw light on the dIfferent aspects of ourselves as we have given answers to the questionnaire canvassed in 1991 Census.
12 CENSUS OF INDIA 1991 INDIVIDUAL SLIP CONFIDENTIAL
Lootion Code ...... , .. ( ) SI. No. of Household Pad No ......
Slip No ......
N.me ...... " ......
2 Rel.tIonshlp to head ...... , 8 Religion ......
3 ~~~.;~.;~;~~~~.~.~.;:::::::::::::::::::::~ 9 ~~~~:r ';~'.. ;;.;.~;.~ .. ~ .. ;~;:: .. :.:.:: ...... 0 .. Aze ...... ,.... ,...... c==J 10 Name or Schedulrd Caste/TI we ...... 5 Mar!t.ll status ...... ' 6 Mother tonfllle ...... , II literate (I )/1I1:te,.t. (2) .0 12 Educational attJlnffi-ent , Two other I.nguages known
13 Attending 5, 'loci/College, Yes( 11/No(2). D
Yes 14A Old you work any time at a1llast year? No (HiST/D/RJBI1/0i (including unpaid wort< on farm or In family entPrpti,e) I'IB If yes In 14A, did you work for malar p.rt of last year> Yes (1)/No (2) D 15A ""ain actlvlty last year? Yes In 1411 (ClAl/HHI/OW) No In 1411 (HiST/D/lVlI/I/O) If HHI/OW In 15A (I) Name ,,( tst.lbll'nment......
(Ii) Nature of Industry, trade or service ...... , ......
(ill) DeSCription of work ...... , (Iv) Class of work.r...... 158 'Yes' In 14S-Any other work any time last year? Yes (ClAl/HHIIOW)/No 'No' In 1-4S-Work don. any tim. last year? (CI AL/HHI/OW) If HHIIOW In I 58 ", (I) Name of estdbllshment ...... (Ii) Nature of IndUstry, trade or service......
(!Il) Description of worl<...... (Iv) am ofworker ...... , ...... , ." ... ,,,,,.,,, ...... , B 16A If no In 14A, seeking/av.ll.ble for work? Yes (1)/No (2) ...... 168 If yes In 16A, have you ever worked before? Yes(! J/No(2)...... , ...... 17A Whether YOU 3re an Ex·servlceman ? Ye, (1 )/No(2) ...... •...... •..... 0 178 II yes In 17A, P~nsloner (1)/Non·hnsloner(2) ...... 0 18 Birth Place 22. for .11 ever·mamed women only (0) Pla(e of blrth •.•.....•....•...... •...... ••.•..•...... n (a) Alit at marn.IIt ...... ·· .... · ...... c==J (b) Rural (1) Urban (2) ...... , (b) Number of children surviving at pre~nt (c) DJstrtct ..... , ...... (d) Sute/Country ...... , ...... : Male 0 fem.leD TOUIO 19. tlst Resiaenc~ (a) Place of last residence .. , ...... 0 (b) Rural (I) Urban (2) ...... , (c) Numt'er of children ever born alive (c) Dlruiq ...... ,...... (d) SUtelCO\Intry ...... , ...... ' .. .. HateD FemaltD TOt.1ID 20. Reason, for IlIltrratlon from pla,e 0 01 IJSt mhlence (Code)' ...... 23. for currently "lamed women only 21 , Duration of relldenc. at the vlllage or town Any child born alive during of e"ume~aUOh ...... , ...... , ...... 0 last one y•• r ......
, I Employment (1) I I 8uslness (2) I I Education (3) ! Q.mily moved (4) I
Mlmage (5) I Natural calamities like drought, ~ ell. (6) I Others (7)] CHAPTER-II
HOW MANY ARE WE?
Size of Population
We, in Guiarat number 41,309, 582 people scattered over 19 districts, 184 talukas, 264 towns and cities and 18,028 inhabited villages, Is that a great number? The answer depends on its perspective The question itself is self-explanatory to some exteflt, if we compare the size and population of Gujarat with that of equal size of other States of India and few other countries of a comparable size. The total area of Gujarat is 196,024 Km2 which accounts for 5.96 per cent of the total geographical area of the country. It ranks 7th amongst all StateslUnion Territories. This means that out of every 100 km2 of the geographical area of the country nearly 6 Km2 is claimed by Gujarat. This area contains a total of 41,309,582 people who together account for 4.88 per cent of national population. It means that about five persons out of every 100 Indians live in Gujarat. Let us compare Gujarat with Kumataka State whose total area i.e., 191,791 Km2 amounting to 5.83 per cent of the national. area Le., ranking next to Gujarat State in Geographical size. The total population of Karnataka State is 44,977,201 people which is 5.31 per cent of the national population. It can be seen from the above that the area of Karnataka .State is lesser than that of ours but it has higher population than that of Gujarat. The density of Gujarat works out to 211 persons per square kilometer as against 235 persons of Karnataka. Though the area of Blhar State is 173,877 ~ which is ranking next to Kamataka and Gujarat in terms of geographical area of the country, 10.21 per cent of national population i.e., 86,374,465 persons are accommodated in Bihar State. This means that Bihar is accommodating double the persons than those accommodated in Gujarat. This proves that the density of population in Bihar is quite high. It is 4.97 persons per Km2 as against 211 persons of Gujarat. It seems from the above
15 facts Jnd figlllCS that the georraphlcal are<1 of Guprat S!]1{~ IS somewhat higher than both Bihar and Karnataka but the population of Guprat is lesser than both BIhar and Karnataka. The population of Karnataka is 8.88 per cent higher than that of Gujarat whereas the population of Bihar is 109.09 per cent higher than ours, that means it IS more than double than Gujarat. Comparatively, it can be said that Gujarat can not beat Karnataka and Bihar in total strength of population eventhough it beats both of them in geographical area. Gujarat ranks two number higher than Bihar in area but it is lagging eight number behind Bihar in terms of population. BIhar is the second most populous State of the country, whereas Gujarat ranks tenth. Similarly, the density of population is not only lower than that of othel States of comparable size but is also lower than the 2 national average which is 273 persons per Krn . The density of Guj arat, Kamataka and Bihar IS 211, 235 and 497 with its rank 20, 19 and 8 respectively at national level.
It would also be of academic interest of the data users to see the positIOn of Gujarat State amongst the other countries of the world and neighbouring countries ofIndia.
Distribution· of population
The density of population is briefly discussed in the preceding paragraphs. It has been tried to see what would be the proportion of populaticn per Km2 of Gujarat and other States and Countries, which we have looked at, if it were to be evenly distributed throughout its area. In actual practice however, it is never possible to achieve thIS even distribution and many areas remain uninhabitable on account of various reasons. Before taking a detailed look at the density of the population let us first see how we lie distrIbuted in our own state. The populatIOn of Gujarat is distributed among 18028 inhabited villages and 264 towns of 184 talukas of 19 dIStrIctS. The pattern of our distribution in all the districts, talukas, villages and towns is not equal everywhere because the conditions of settlement of population in the places where we hve and work will differ from place to place. The pattern of distribution of population of Gujarat IS discussed below.
16 The district of Ahmadabad with a population of 4,801,812 persons ranks first among our districts in population size in last three decades. Similarly, Kheda district also maintains its second rank with a population of 3,440,897 in 1991 Census. Surat district with a population of 3,397,900 persons outnumbers Vadodara district in 1991 Census. In 1981 Census Vadodara district ranked third with a population of2,558,092 persons but in 1991 Census it is ranking at fourth number with a population of 3,089,610 persons. It is also interesting to note that the ranks of Panch Mahals and Surat districts are also interchanged. In 1991 Census Surat district ranks third with a population of 3,397,900 persons and Panch Mahals district ranks 5th with a population of 2,956,456 persons whereas in 1981 Census Panch Mahals ranked 6th with a population of 2,321,689 persons. In 1971 Panch Mahals also ranked 5th with a population of 1,848,804 persons and Surat ranked 6th with a population of 1,786,924 persons. In 1991 Census Mahesana district ranks 6th with a population of2,937,810 persons and Rajkot district ranks 7th with a population of 2,514,122 persons whereas in 1981 Census Mahesana ranked 4th with a population 0[2,548,787 persons and Rajkot district ranked 8th with a population of 2,093,094 persons respectively. In 1971 Census Mahesana district ranked third with a population of 2,092,468 persons and Rajkot district also ranked 8th with a population of 1,624,072 persons. The next group of four in order of ranking in population size of 1991 Census from 8th to II th are the districts of Junagadh with a populatIOn of 2,394,859, Bhavnagar with a populatlOn 2,292,026, Valsad with a population of 2,173,672 and Banas Kantha with a population of 2,162,578 respectively. In the next ranking lot of twelve to seventeen, the districts in the sequence are Sabar Kantha with a population 1,761,086, Jamnagar with 1,563,558 persons, Bharuch with 1,546,145 persons, Kachchh with a population of 1,262,507 persons and Amreli with a population of 1,252,589 persons, whereas Surendranagar distrIct ranks Seventeenth with a population of 1,208,872 respectively. The remaining two diStricts, VIZ., Gandhinagar and The Dangs rank eighteenth and nineteenth with a population of 408,992 and 144,091 respectively. It can be observed from the above that all the dIstricts of the State except Gandhmagar and The Dangs have a population more than one million each
17 whereas the districts of Gandhinagar and The Dangs come in the range of 1 to 4 lakhs population. In 1981 Census, both districts, viz., Gandhinagar and The Dangs have the population size less than one million. In 1971 Census, four districts, viz., Amreli, Surendranagar, Gandhinagar and The Dangs have the population size less than one million.
It would be ipteresting to analyse the distribution of districts according to the population size ranges. Let us classify the ,-li::;tricts in the following six ranges of population size:
(1) 100,000 and less (2) 100,001 to 1,000,000 (3) 1,000,001 to 1,500,000 (4) 1,500,001 to 2,000,000 (5) 2,000,001 to 2,500,000 (6) 2,500,001 and aoove
None of the districts comes in the population size range of less than 100,000. The smallest district of the State is The Dangs with a populationof 144,091. Gandhinagar with a populAtion of 408,992 is the next smallest district. This two districts fall in the population range of 100,001 to 1,000,000. Three districts fall in the popUlation range of 1,000,001 to 1,500,000. They are Surendranagar, Arnreli and Kachchh. Whereas Bharuch, Jamnagar and Sabar Kantha districts have a population range of 15,00,001 to 20,00,000 in the populatIOn range of 2,01)0,001 to 2,500,000 four districts fall. They al Banas Kantha, Valsad, Bhavnagar and Junagadh.
The Tel.mining districts have population of 2,500,001 and above. Of these, Rajkot, Mahesana and Panch Mahals have population between 2,500,001 to 3,000,000 whereas Vadodara, Surat, Kheda and Ahmadabad districts have population more than -3,000,001. Ahmadabad district with a population of 4,801,812 ranks the highest amongst all districts of the State. It is also observed trom, the above that only two districts are below the population size of 1,000,000. The oetails of grouping of these
18 distncts according to above mentioned population SIze ranges from the smallest to the highest are given III the statement shown below:
Statement - II.1 Grouping of districts by population size ranges in desctnding order
Name of District ulation----- 2 1 3----- 100,000 and less
2 100,00 I to 1,000,000 The Dangs 144,(J91 Gandhmagar 408.992
3 1,000,00 I to 1,500,000 Surendrangar 1,208,872 Amreli 1,252.58') KachSh 1,262,507
4 1,500,001 to 2,000,000 Bharuch 1,546,145 Jamnagar 1,563,558 Sabar Kantha 1,761,086
5 2,000,001 to 2,500,000 Banas Kantha 2,1 (l2,57S Valsad 2,173,672 Bha,nagar 2,292,026 Junagadh 2,394,859
6. 2,500,001 and abuve Rakot 2,514,122 Mahesana 2,937,810 Panch Mahals 2,956,--l56 Vadodara 3,089,610 Surat 3,397,900 Kheda 3,440,897 Ahmadabad 4801,812
Further let us compare the populatIOn SIze of our dIstncts with the average population size of a district in India as a whole and in other States. The average population SIze of a dIstrict of Gujarat State is arrived at by dIVIding total population of the State by the total number of districts. This works out to be 2,174,189 persons which is little higher than the national average of 1,872,351 persons per distrICt. Earher III this chapter, the figures of our States are compared with the figures of BIhar and Kamataka as both of them
19 are smaller in area than Gujarat. So it will he worthwhile to compare the average district population of our State with that of these two States and also with that of Orissa another State which ranks below both the States in population and density. The average district population of Kamataka is 2,248,860 which is somewhat higher than Gujarat and Bihar States. Similarly, the average district popUlation of Orissa is 2,453,364 which is also somewhat higher than Karnataka and much more higher than Gujarat and Bihar. The State of Bihar which ranks below in the average district population i.e., 2,056,535 than Gujarat State. Further it is interesting point to note that the smaller States like Karnataka and Orissa have higher average district population than Gujarat. The total number of districts of Gujarat and Karnataka is some-what equal. They are 19 and 20 respectively. Eventhough, the size of Karnataka, in terms of area is smaller than Gujarat. it has higher population and average district population. It would be worthwhile to examine the average district population of various States of the country even though there is a considerable variation in the size of these States. The area of West Bengal which has merely of 4,004,586 among 25 States of India. Similarly, the highest average district population of 9,420, 644 is of Delhi amongst.._ all Union Territories. The area of Delhi is 0.76 percent to the total area of Gujarat. The lowest average district population of78,596 among the State is notice in Arunachal Pradesh whereas amongst the Union Territories it is accounted for Daman and Diu. Both of them are not smallest in area in their respective Status. Goa and Lakshadweep are smallest in area among the States and the Union Territories of India. The average district population size of other States which is not discussed here so far are available from the Statement·IL2 given below for general interest.
20 ~ERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF ~OPULA TlO~ AND ARIEA DISTRICTS OF GUJARAT CEN5U5·1991
M -0 '-0 If) r-- 01 00 -0 .. I:c:. II'l ..., 0- M ,"'"> 0- 00 r-- blI·_ '- ... -"1 '-0, V) V) V) 00 0\ ~ ...... c .. ,_o ' ... t: N M M 01 >0 c ._ ..,.II'l "" - N ""' --I- I: I: ..,. c:. ... -a ..., 00 ..., -... c_ -= 00 ~ N 00 ~ \0 oQI .: ° = I: ... -= ,...: 0 N 0 0 .,.: c..!! g 0 B~~ 0'; = '-C (Il CI.c:. ..'" - Co. ~ ~ r-- V) 0\ 0- \0 ..,. 0- -= M In I"l - 0\ <') ~ .. ... - -= V) II) "... Q " oci ~ -0 .. ~ = "" ~'" .s= I- Ifl -= !! -; .. - !! '" I: (Il .. = .9 QC 00 00 N V) M N 00 r-- .... CIC 0 In '0 0\ 00 ..,. r-- Ie 0 "l M"" "t r-- It') 00 :;'" c= N 00 ..,. ~ ~ '"...-\ 0 Q. 0 $ i t- \0 0 t- ~ -= ..., 00 ' 0 '¢ OJ) 0 00 OJ) r- .... N r- ... ti N ..,. .... ~ °S ...... '" "Ze .-'" ~ c: .: - N o ~ ...o .. ~ 00 N N ..... c: r- o IF) .. .;~ eo!! 'oC ~ ::::s rrJ... oCIo'" .. CIo ~ ~ f"") 00 o 00 V! ...~';-; c: vi o'" o ~ .. .. ~" ...... ~ = .. .. ii=i.. '"os c: 00 0 r- 0, 00 'Ci 'Ci 'D 0, I'- 00 .,. I'- VI ..,. .... 'D ~ c: ~, I'- V) 0- - -, r-;, r-;, ~ .S! 00 r-: r- ..,.' 0- ~ 0- .n- ..". -:; ""C"- oo M M r- oo 0 'f) 00 N ..,. 0 0-, ,..., 'C> ...., r- 0- 0-, r- N 0, 'Ci ..,. N N 00 :- 0 'D ,..., 00 r- t') o:t -q ..,.. r-...... '"'! otS ...., r-: N N ""...0 V) 0 N ~ t') o:t 0 N N N VI I/"} .,. o:t ...., - ...., .: ~ ..... < .: e ·S ;.... 0 Q 0 .. .t:: 0; ·C... N .,'" ii=i .. "t:l ...... e f0- ~ b 0.. ..c ... »'" "0 ij .. '" § § E ~ ... 0. C;;'" -5 C;; ..c '" " ..c C;; ~ .. '" "t:l .' '>I) 8 as z t ~ ~ N t>O '" ·2 .;qo'" '" ;:l ~ ~'" :E ~ ::E ~ z'" 5 0.. ~ 0 .... (.;5 "Z 0 N "" -i vi ~ ~ cO 0; r- ~ 00 N q o o o o c::i or, on N :z Ci z o c::i o c::i 00 N ~ or, or, q r oo ~ ~ o 00 ~ 13 I ; t' I I~'§ MI' I 'Ci!- I!,7 I 'I ~§ L_---1: l'V) I~~ - ~ N M I 11>-' P f 1'"11,11 r • t; :t"! ...0·- 00 ~.sIii I!I': S 1 a.a ... t; o .£: 1 0-= ... :ZiS B til ~ ,:l. = = o \ono ...... 2'--0 0=_ o -o :9 0 • .!~o.! '0 ~ 0 Q, .... = ~:::I·;:i,-= ] ..: a.;::s - (.1 8 (.1 z q 0 :1 ... - -o ::9;::s .. 0 • :I 0 .. Cf:;. ; .. Yl (.1 :E · ~ 3 ; :I ;::s tIS (;fJ - a'" § II) ... II") u 00 ~ c ~ t II)e § ~ o 'oQ ..., 00 N -;• i '"~ Q, 0 ~ Do. .... j 0 '"tIS ~ .§ "'e ~ tIS ::,.: :3- .!! f"l • 8:5 .. The dlstnbuhon of populatIOn at the district level j~ analysed earliel 10 thIS Chapter. The examination of distributio~ of taluka of each distnct according to the population size ranges and its position at taluka level in each dIstrict will be very much academic interest for the readers. We will examine the position of district according to the rank of geographical size. I} Kachchh District: In terms of area the largest distrlct of the State is Kachchh district. Its area is nearly a quarter of the geographical area of the State. It measures 45,652 Km2 and reckons 23.29 per cent of the total geograp:lical an:a of the State. However, its popUlation is 1,162,507 which IS only 3.06 per cent of the total State population. TIus means only 3 out of every 100 persons in the State live in that nearly ont' quarter part of the total geographical area of the State constituted by Kachchh district. 1n nearly three quarters of the total geographical area of the Staie, the remaining 97 out of every 100 persons reside. Kachchh district ranks fifteen in the population size among 19 djstnct~ of the State, even though it ranks first in geographical SiZL bemg the largest district of the State. The reas(\ns for its thin densuy is that it has a much smaller portion of habitable/and its vast ;Jortion is uninhabitable due to semi-desert and desert area. The Rann of Kachchh is not gracious or attractive place 27 to reside. So that the major. portion of the same is without any habitation at all. There are nine talukas in the district. They are (1) Bhuj (2) Mundra (3) Mandvi (4) Abdasa (5) Lakhpat (6) Nakhatrana (7) Rapar (8) Bhachau and (9) Anjar. The least densely populated taluka of the district is Lakhpat. It has a population of only 36,759 persons. Mundra and Abdasa taluka rank next with a population of 68,652 and 86,402 respectively. The remaining six taluk.as of the district have a population more than 100,000. Bhuj taluka with a population 277,215 is the largest taluka of the dIStriCt. It is followed by Anjar taluka w1th 265,225, Rapar with 150,517. Mandvi with 146,034 and Nakhatrana with 116,944 persons. Bhachau taluka crosses over the population of lOO,OOO. It has a population of 114.759 persons. It is revealed from the above that none of the talukas of Kachchh diStrict is in the population range of below 30.000. Only one taluka falls in range of 30,000 to 49,999. Only one taluka falls in the range of 50,000 to 74,999, 75,000 to 99,999 and two talukas are in range of 200,000 and above. All the remaining four talukas are in the range of 100,000 to 199,999. Statement-II.3 Distribution of talukas of Kacbchh district by population size ranges Name of Distribution of talubs by po )ulation size ranges District! 30,000 to 50,000 to 75,000 to 100,000 to 200,000 & Taluo 41),999 74,999 99,999 199.999 above 1 2 3 4 5 - 6 Kachchh 4 2 District L Bhuj 277,215 2. Mundra 68,652 3. MandVl 146,034 28 --·----.-----=o:-:·-----r--- ~ame of ~ __. Istributlon 0 taluus by po ~ulation size ran2es Di~tricU 30,000 to 50,000 to 75,000 to 100,000 to 200,000 & Taluka . 49,999 74,999 99,999 199,999 above I I 2 3 4 5 6 4 Ahdasa 86,402 5. Lakhpat 36.759 f, Nakbatrana 116,944 7 Rapar 150,517 8. Bhachau 114,759 (j A:l!ar 265,225 Jamnagar district IS the next highest district ranking in the 2 geographical area of the State with 14,125 Km . It is 7.21 per cent of the total geographical area of the State. This means out of 100 2 Km" of the State, 7 Km IS under Jamnagar district. It is just nearly one-third size of Kachchh district. So the difference between the geographical size of both the top ranking districts of the State is vast. Inspite of that, the population of Jarnoagar district is considerably higher than the Kachchh district. It has a population of .1,563,558 which is 3.78 per cent of the total population of the State. It ranks thirteenth in the State in terms of population. It consists of ten talukas. Jarnnagar taluka is the largest in population size. Dhrol taluka is the smallest with a population of 63,225 persons. Three talukas falls in the population range of 75,oooto 99,999 and five talukas falls in 100,000 to 199,999. None of the taluka population is below 50,000. The break up of talukas of the district according to population range can be seen from the below statement. 29 Statem~nt-n.4 Distribution of tatukas of JarnH_i.::.lf district by population size ranges Name of Districti Distribution oft.lukas b population size ral!&_ts Tatuka 50,000 to 75,000 to 100,000 to 200.000 & 74,999 l 99,999 199,999 above 1 2 I 3 4 5 Jamnagar 3 5 District I. Janmagar 553,115 2. lalpur 92,925 3. Jamjodhpur 113,589 4 Bhanvad 99,150 5 KalyanpuT 137,781 6 Okhamandal 117,528 7. Khambhaha 171,184 R Jodlya 79835 9 OhTOI 63,225 to. Kala\ ~d 135,226 3) Banas Kantha District: Banas Kantha district ranks third in geographical area but it ranks eleventh in population size of the State. Its total area is 2 f2,703 Krn , 6.48 per cent of the total geographical area of the State. It has a population of 2,162,578 which is 5.23 per cent of the total State population. AU the eleven talukas of the district have population more than 75,000. The smallest taluka is SantaJpur with a population of 86,396 persons, whereas the highest is PaJanpur taluka with 397,437 population followed by Deesa with 352,040. Out of remaining eight talqbs of the district seven talukas are in population range of 100,000 to 199,999 and one taluka viz., Radhanpur in population range of 75,000 to 99,999. The talukas of 30 Banas Kantha district distributed according to the population size ranges can be visualised from the below statement. Statement-II.S J)jstribution of talukas of Banas Kantha district by population size ranges Name of District/ Distributio•• rtal.as bv BOaul.tieD size raDt!es Taluka 75,000 to tOO,GOOto 200,000 Ii: 99.999 199.999 above I 1 3 .. Banas Kantha DiStrict 2 7 2 1. PalanpuT 397,437 2. Vadgam 173,640 3. Deesa 352,040 4. Kankrej 189,675 5. RadhanQur 94,669 6. Sanlalpur 86,396 7. Deodar 190,077 8. Vav 159,246 9. Tharad 196,289 10. Dhanera 191,633 II Dania 131,476 4) Rajkot District: The fourth district in rank of geogaphical area of the State is Rajkot district. It ranks seventh in population size. The area of Rajkot district is 11.203 Kml, which is S.72 per cent of ,the State total geographical area. It bas a population of 2,514,122 i.e., 6.09 per cent of the State population. There are 13 talubs in the district. None of the taluka of the district is below the population of 30,OOO~ R8jkot taluka is the largest taluka -with a population 769,S72 persons. Five talukas viz.., Rajkot, Gondal, Jetpur, Morvi and Jasdan. fan in the population raJlIC of 2 lakbs and above. Lodhib talob is the smallest with a population 40,791. Three talulcas viz., Dhoraji, 31 Upleta and Wankaner fall in the population range of 100,000 to 199,999. Kotda~Sangani, Jam Kandoma, Paddhari and Maliya talukas comes in the population range of 50,000 to 74,999. Morvi taluka is the second highest taluka of the district in terms of population. The distribution of talukas of the Rajkot district by population size ranges can be known from the following statement. Statement-II.n Distribution of talubs of Rajkot district by population size ranges Name of Distributioll of taluDs by pRa}kot Dlstnct 4 3 5 1. Rajkot 769,572 2. Kotda- 59,389 Sangani 3. Gonda} 241,386 4. Jetpur 214,424 5. Dhoraji 149,664 6. Uplela 165,141 7. Jamkandorna 69,680 8. Lodhib 40,791 9. Paddhari 72,045 10. Morvi 305.255 11. Maliya 66,791 12. Wankaner 147,491 13. Jasdan 212,493 5) BltaVlla.ar District: In __ of g~1 area of the State, Bbavnagar district raub fifttl ad ninth in terms of population size. 1be area of 2 district is 11,155 Km. , 5.69 per cent of total area of the State. 5.55 per cent of the population of the State resides in this district and its population is 2,292,026. While comparing the area of Bbavnagar 32 '.hstrict 'Nith !hat of"Rajkot district, both the districts are of the same SlL('. But in t\~f!l1S c t p,)pulation size. Rajkot district is sonle what l.lrg~r than Bha\ nagar The dlsrr:o ;" divided into 12 talukas. None of them h,1$ a plJpulatiC'n les~ ttl,'" :'\),000. Ghogha taluk:a is the m,.1i:c:>l .ldmnilstrat1V~ 1~r.11. of 1.he district with a population of 74,617 followed 1;} \'atL1brnpur taluka with 74,783. Both the talubs of th(' dlstr!ct nUJl!hl:r5 themselves as the smallest in the district. TJ nrala, the onlY latuk", falls in the range of 75,000 to 99,999. The l'C'rraillm,::, nine tal !lias each have a population above 1 !akh. Of whICh, (jaria\i'1",r, Palitana, Sihor, Gadhada and Botad talukas fall in the popuJaticn size range of 100,000 to 199,999:' Bhavnagar is the largl:st raluKa ..,jth a population of 522,718 followed by Mahuva. K'mrila :md Tctlaja talu.1<:as with 310,877, 233,457 and 216,789 Pt:I";OllS ,cspcctively. From the following Statement, the distribution of talu\\o ~H Bhavnagar district by population size ranges can be ~.tt;.d!ed. Statement 11.7 m~tdllUtion of talukas of Bhavnagar District by Population size rnages. -- i'la-;;:;~ r.fl~\str\ctJ T Distribut~n oftalukas by populaoon size rallges Tal,Jkl! 50,000 to 75,000 to I 100.000 to jl 200,000 &. __. ______,f-_;_74:.z.9::..;99~._t_ 99.999 i 199 999 above 2 3 I " I 5 Bhavnagar Thstnct 2 5 4 1. Bhavnagar 522,718 2. Ghogha 74,617 3. Talaja 216,789 4 Mahuva 310,877 5. Kundla 233,457 6. Gariadhar 108,551 7. Palitana 173,447 8. Sihor 165,211 9.. Umrala 85,377 W. Gadhada 155,044 11. Botad 171,155 12 VaUabhipur 74,783 13 6) Junagadh District: Very thin disparity in ranking of geographical area and population size is noticed in only few districts of the State. Junagadh is one of them. It ranks 6th in tenr.., of geographical area and Sib in terms of populanon size of the State. it" area is 10,607 2 Km which is 5 Al per cent of the State ured. The population of Junagadh district is 2,394,859 accounting 5.80 per cent of the State. The highest administratIve units are in Junagadh district. It comprises ef 15 talukas. None of these units ha~ a populatIOn less than 50,000. Mendarda taluka is the stnallest in population size with a population of 62,970 followed by Bhesan taluka \vith a population of 73,508. This means that both the talukas are the smalJest in population size among other administrative units of the district. Ran8vav, Kutiyana and Vantbali talukas fall in the population range of 75,000 to 99,999. The remaining all the ten talukas are baving population more than 1 lakh, of which Junagadh, Patan-Veraval, Porbandar and Una talukas faU in the population range of 2,00,000 and above. Patan-Veraval taluka rank frrst with a population of 311955 closely followed by Porbandar with 300,129. The talukas of .J.unagadh district distributed in the different ranges of population can be revealed from the following statement. Statement-II.S Distribution of talukas of .funaladh District by population size ro!lnges Name of District! Distributi4Nl of taI.b. i '¥ .....ul.6o. size nlD2es Taluka 50,001 to 75,000 to 100,000 to lOI).GOO ~ 74,999 99,," 199,,999 .bon I 2 3 4 5 Junagadb Distnct 2 3 6 4 1- Junagadh 286,.380 2. Mendarda 62,970 3. Talala 109,208 4. Patan-Veraval 311,955 S. 'Malia 128,039 6. Mangol 167,195 34 Nameo. istnct/ Dlstrl. 'b' utloa {) f taI IlIlaS b'f .-.puI a tie• size rao&es Taluka SO,ooo to 7!1,OOO to 100,800 to 200,000 &. 74,999 9~'" 199,999 above I 2 3 4 S .., , Keshod 160,745 8. Porbandar 300,i29 9 Ranavav 87.765 10 Kutlyana 8l,578 11 Manavdar 125.363 12 Vanthah 98.75\ 1] Bhesan 73,508 14 VlsavaJar 130,098 15. Una 270,57) -----* 7) Surendranagar District: This district ranks seventh in geographical area and seventeenth in population size in the State. It is of 10,489 Km2 which is ?35 per cent of total geographical area of the State. 1,20S,872 persons reside in this district which account 2.93 per cent of the State population. There are nine talulcas in the district. All the talukas are having population more than 50,000. Lakhtar taluka is the smallest in population size with a population of 57,753. There are two talukas viz., SayJa and Muli in the next higher population size range of 75,000 to 99,999 with a population of 75,414 and 77,180 respectively. Similarly, four talukas viz., Chotila, Halvad, Dhrangadhra and Dasada have crossed over the range of population 100,000 and above enrolling themselves in the population range of 100,000 to 199,999. The remaining Wadhwan taluka and Limbdi taluka have crossed over the population range 200,000 with a population 251,812 and 206,498 respectively becoming the largest taluka of the district. The distribution of talukas according to the population size range is tabulated below.' 35 Statement-II.9 Distribution of talukas of Surendranagar district by population size ranges ,,"ameof Distribution oftalukas bv population size ranles Districtrraluka SO,OOO to 75,000 to 100,000 to 200,000 &. 74,m 99,999 199,999 .bon> 1 2 3 4 5 S urendranagar 2 4 2 District 1. Wadhwan 2.51,812 2. Limbdl 206,498 3 Say1a 75,414 4. Chotila 128,972 5. MuII 77,180 6. Halvad 112,856 7. Dhrangadhra 155,117 8. Dasada 143,270 9. Lakhtar 57,753 8) Dharuch District: In the terms of geographical area, Bharuch district ranks eighth whereas it ranks fourteenth in population size. It measures 9,038 Km2 and has a population of 1,546,145 thereby accounting for 4.61 per cent of the total geographical area of the State and 3.74 per cent of its population. The population of the district is distributed in eleven talukas. None of the talukas bas a population less than ~O,OOO. The smallest administrative unit is Hansot taluka with a population of 58,141, followed by Vagra with 68,874 and Sagbara with 74,561 persons. There is only one talub mthe next population range of 75,000 to 99,999. It is Amod taluka having 85,701 population. The remaining seven talubs each are crossing over the population of 100,000. Of which, Bharuch taluka is the largest taloka of the district having population of 313,631 persons, followed by Nandod taluka with 208,714 persons in the population size range of 200,000 and above. Five talukas, viz., Ankleshvar, Jarnbusar, Jhagadia, Dediapada and Valia fall in the population range of 100.000 to 199,999. From the following statement, the distribution of talukas of Bharuch district can be revealed. Statement-lI.t 0 Distribution of talukas of Bharutb distritt by population size ranges Name of I Distribution of talukas by population siu ran2es Districtlf.ruka , 50,000 to 75,000 to 100,000 to 200,000& 742999 99,999 199 999 above 1 I Z 3 4 5 Bharuch Distnct 3 5 2 1. Bharuch 313,631 2. Anklesvar 190,043 3 Hansot 58,141 4 Vagra 68,874 5 Jambusar 164,262 6. Amod 85,701 7. Ihagadia 151,335 8. Nandod 208,714 9 Dediapada 114.618 10. Sagbara 74,561 11. Valta 116.265 9) Mahesana District: This district ranks ninth in the total area of the State with 2 9,02: Km , WhlCh is 37 range of 50,000 to 74,999 with a population of 73,297 persons. It i~ the smallest taluka of the district both in terms of population and area. The largest taluka of the district is Vijapur with a population of 410,867 persons. None of the talukas have a population less than 50,000 nor any of the. taluka is coming in the population range of 75,000 to 99,999. Tbe tabulation of the talukas according to the population size range is given below. Statement-II.II Distribution of talukas of MahesaDa Distrid by population size range§ 1N ameo r Distribution of talll kabI 'Y DOpata n size ra.&!! LJI Districtlfaluka SO,OOO to '1~,MOte lot,08Oto loe,08O~ 74'999 99,999 1",," abo" 1 ! 1 3 4 5 M~esana District 9 1. Mahesana 374,946 2. Kadi 260,934 l. Chanasma 218,365 4. Sami 132,211 5. Harij 73,297 6. Patan 357,925 7. Stdhpur 333,339 8. Kheralu 282,249 9. Visnagar 232,814 10. Vijapur 410,867 ]}. Kalol 260,863 10) Panch Mahals District: Panch MabaJs district ranks tenth in geographical area of the State \\<-ith an area of 8,866 Knl. 4.52 per cent of the total area of the State, accOlmtS for Panch Mahals. It has a population of 2,956,456, which is 7.16 per cent of the total population of the State. There are eleven administrative units in the district. All these units 38 a:-'_; :<~h,bs, Uut of 1] !alukas, 10 talukas are havmg population h;O,OO[; ~nd a'lJt1've. Gnly one taluka Jambghoda, ranks as the ~mslleq f'ne \\ ,tr. ,.1. fl;)tJulatlOn of 32,477. None of L'lte taiuka is nav)ng pnpuiai'on iu u1e population ranges of 50,000 to 74,999 and 7'\O{';.Q t.,) 99,:';' ;fl. -;: he d1sparity in the population of the smallest i.aiuk.l ,1!1d th.: brgc~t taiuka is too much. The largest taiuka is Godhra ,"ith a population of 421,904 whereas the population of the smallest taluka is 32,477. Three talukas, viz., Kalol, Halol and Sheh~'ra fall m the population range of 100,000 to 199,999. The rei1li.ming seven talukas have a population more than 200,000. The disparity i·l be!:';..een the smallest and the largest taluka can be seen from the Statement-II.l2 Distribution of talukas of Panch Mabals district by population size ranges 3 7 1. 421,904 2. Kalol 166,679 3. Halo! 161,478 4. Shehera 179,069 5. Lunawada 27}.975 6. Santrampur 411,665 7. Jhalod 215,817 8. Dohad 401,389 9. Limkheda 287,204 10. De\'gadbana 340,799 11. Jambugh 39 11) Ahmadabad Dist.rict: The great range of disparity between geographical area and population size are noticed in only five districts (If the State. Kachchh rank ftrst with the diffe"cnce of 15, follow{'d hy Kh(da and Jamnagar with the difference of 13 and 1] resped,vl'ly. Ahmadabad and Surendranagar has marked equal disparity of 1(, ~h;nadabad ranks eleventh in the geographical area Vr'ith an ano" of 8 .70'7 K1:t2 which is 4.44 per cent of total area of the State. it ;an1(,; [ir;r ~r, ~opulatio[l size with a population 4,801,b J2 ren.'')!l:>. It !Ulcoinmodates 11.62 per cent of the State populatIon. fk'!lg one of the most important centres of industry, trade and C{'rtl'nerCt in Western India, very high concentration of population h fo.,;.d IT Ahmadabad City. It bas cannarked as one uf the re:ldinp, tI,:.';::·k ceQtres of the country since long. A considerable momentum ,\" 't:" growth of the population of AhrrJadabad is due to the first choice' <;IS the capital of Gujarat State is bestowed on Ahmadabad City on formation of a separate State of Gujarat in 1960, until the fnrm;ation of the new capital at Gandhinagar. The rapid growth of urb"n cenlres adjoining to Ahmadabad Cit) and other parts of the district, and the vast employment oppmw lity cpened in the numerous. textile mills and by its grafting of trade, conml\.Tce and industl;al establishments bas attracted the substantial population to migrate to this district. There are "even talukus in the district in tenn.<: of number of talukas, it is tbe smallest distric·t of the Statl:, excluding two single taluka districts viz. Gandhmagar and The D-ilngs. None of the talukas has population less th.em 100,000. So an lh<: talukas are thickly populated. Only Sanand taluka f'llis in the popuJatiQn size range of 100,000 to 199,999. The rema:ning ~i.x tilukas fall in the popUlation size range of 200,000 and above Sanand IS the smallest taluka having population 161,525 persnns wher~as Ahmadabad City taluka is th.e largest taluka of the (1istm.t having popUlation 3,250,464. The ilext large:>t taluka is Daskroi wit.'1 338,442 persons. Here is the another interesting point noticed f(i, ~u5 d:t\t! l:i ~ht, the vast difference in the:! population of fIrst and sec ond ranking ta!ukas of the district is found, eventhough b~th t..'1e talu} a botilldaPcs are 40 co-temunus. The distribution of the taluka:. accordlOg to populatIon is as under. Statement-I1.13 Distribution of talukas of Ahmadabad district by population size ranges ------.------~----~-~------Distribution of talululs by population sin ranges ~ame of District/ Taluka 100,000 to 199,999 J 200,000 & above 2 I 3, Ahmadabad District 6 Ahmadabad City 3,250.404 2 DaskrQi 338,442 Dholka 307,343 4 Dhandhuka 252,183 5 Sanand 161,525 (. Viramgam 7. Dehgam 214,321 12) Vadodara District: State's twelfth rankmg dIstnct In geographIcaJ area IS Vadodara. It is the fourth largest district in populatIOn SIZe. Like Ahmadabad and Kheda it is most densely populated dtstrict: Its population is 3,089,610. The total area of the dIStnct IS 7,794 Km~ The percentage of total area of the distnct and populatIon to State's total area and population comes to 3.98 and 7.48 per cent respectively. The district is divided mto twelve talukas. None of these administrative units have a population less than 50,000. The smallest administrative unit in population SIZe IS Tdakwada taluka with a populatIOn of 51,483. Next smallest taluka IS Smor with 65,587. None of the taluka falls in the populatIon range of 75,000 to 99,999. The remaining all the ten talukas are havmg population more than 100,000. Karjan, Vaghodia, Dabhoi, Sankheda and ~--::) I x RGI!2()f!~ . 41 Jetpur-Pa'i (former Jabugam taluka) and Nasvadi fall in the population SIZe rang~ of 100,000 to 199,999. Vadodara taluka with the highest population of 1,341,575 ranks first as a largest district followed by Chhota-Udaipur with 304,272, Padra with 218,545 and Savh with 205,478. All the above four talukas faU in the population sIZe range of 200.000 and above. The break-up of the talukas by population Sl::-e ranges is given below. Statement-II.14 Distr;builon of t~Juka$ of Vadodara distrid by popuja~ size raBIes ~~me of Distribvtioll4tr talilka. It _~ __:i~tr~ifra~~~_j~~4e:;o 7;,~O ~_. ___! ____ _j__ __ 2 3 Vadoddra Dlstnct 2 4 Vadodara 1,341,)75 2. Karpn 141,465 3 Paden 218,545 4 Sa'll! 205,478 5 YaghodtOi 115.543 () DabhOi 173,131 7 Sankheda 165,461 8. .Jctpur Pavt 199,632 Q Chhota UdaIpur 304,275 10. Nasvadt 107,435 II Tilakwada 51,483 12 Smor 65,587 42 13) Surat District: Like Bharuch, Valsad and The Oangs, Surat is one of the districts of Southern Gujarat It measures 7,657 Kml which IS 3.91 per cent of total area of the State. It ranks thirteenth in size. However, it ranks third in population size. Its population is 3,397,900 which is 8.23 per cent of total population of the State. The district is comprised of thirteen talukas. Former two mahals viz., Valod and Palsana are upgraded as talukas in 1981 Census. None of the talukas of the district is below population of 50,000. Uchchhal ranks as the smallest taluka of the district Wlth a population of 63,639, Nizar, Valod and Palsana talukas fall in the next range of 75,000 to 99,999. The remaIning all the nine talukas have a population 100,000 and above. Chorasi taluka with a populatIon 1,130,833 ranks fIrst as a largest taluka of the district. The talukas are tabulated helow In the different populatIon size ranges. Statement-II.lS Distribution of talukas of Surat district by population size ranges ---~~-m;~i---- 'b T---IY-Istrl otlOD 0 f taI u ka 5 b,y popu I atlon. sIZe ranles Districvraluka rI 50,000 to 75.000 to 100,000 to 200,000 & ; 74.999 99,999 199,999 above --~----~ _____1 ____" 2 3 4 5 ~;urat Dlstnct 3 7 2 I ChOrasl 1,730,833 2 Olpad 157,538 3 Vamre, 13.),750 4 Mangr(.j 196,702 5. MandvI 161,315 6 ~ongadh 172,959 7. Uchchhal 63.619 8. 1'. I Zar 94,054 9. Vyara 218.762 10_ Valod 76,%5 II. Bardoh 178,864 12. Mahuva 126,097 13. Palsana 85,822· 43 14) Sabar Kantha District: In terms of geographical area, Sabar Kantha district ranks fourteenth and twelfth in population size. It is one of the districts of northern Gujarat. It is comprised of ten talukas. The total area of the district is 7,390 Km2 which is 3.77 per cent of the total geographical area of the State. Its total population is 1,761,086 which accounts for 4.26 per cent of total popUlation of the State. The smallest unit in terms of population size is Vijaynagar taluka with a population 73,391 closely followed by Malpur taluka with a population of 73,398. This means that none of the talukas of the district have popUlation 50,000 or below. All are above 50,000. None of the taluka fall in the population range of 75,000 to 99,999. The remaining all the eight talukas have population above 100,000. Out of 8 talukas having population 100,000 and above, four talukas viz., Hlmatnagar, Pranti, Idar and Modasa have population more than 2 Lakhs. Of these, Idar is the largest taluka with a population of 274,226. The distribution of talukas of Sabar Kantha district accordmg to population sIZe can be studied from the Statement given below: Statement-II.16 Distribution of talukas of Sabar Kantha district by population size ranges Name of Distribution of talukas by -population size ranles Districtffaluka 50,000 to 75,000 to 100.000 to 200,000 & 74,999 99,999 199,999 above 1 2 3 4 5 Sabar Kantha 2 4 4 District 1 Hlfnatnagar 222,126 2 Pran!1J 247,397 3 Idar 274,226 4. Khedbrahma l60.151 5 VlJaynagar 73,391 6 Bhlloda 175,395 44 Name of Distribution of talukas by population size ranges DistricUTaluka 50,000 to 75,000 to 100,000 to 200,000 & 74,999 99,999 199,999 abo\e - 1 2 3 4 5 7 MeghraJ 114,410 ~ M()dasa 212 . ...,91 '1 \1a1pur 7 },398 10 Bayad 191,801 15) Kheda District: The second most populous district of the State WIth the populatIOn of 3,440,897 which accounts for 8.33 per cent of total population of the State 1S Kheda district. In terms of geographical area of the State It ranks fifteenth With an area of 7,194 Kme WhICh IS 3.67 per cent of total area of the State. It can be seen from the above that the great disparity between area and populatIOn is noticed m thIs dlstnct, next to Kachchh district. There are ten talukas in the dIstrIct. None of the talukas have population below 1,00,000 of which two talukas have populatIOn more than 500,000, one has more than 400,000 but below SOO,OOO, three talukas have above 300,000 but below 400,000, two talukas ha\e also more than 200,000 but below 300,000 whereas remaining two talukas have population in between 100,000 to 200,000. The smallest ~Jluka IS Matar WIth a population of 182,902. The largest t:.1..: ... lS Anand with a population of 584,977. The distribution ot' .~ .c.[(ciS of Kheda dlstnct according to the population sIze range Lan ~'c :,cen from the below ~tatement: Staternent-Il.17 Distribution of talukas of Kheda distrid by population size ranges ~ame of District! Distribution of talukas b 0 u'ation size ran es Ta~Uka _L~_'~_~_l_:9'~~_ _L__ - 2_00_,00_0:' a~ve_ __ Kheda DlstTlct MehTTledabael 45 ------~------~------~~~~~--~~~------Nan.e of Di.trid/ Distribution or taJukas b ip_ulatioa size rallges TaJuka ] 00,000 to ]99,999 200,000 '" above ------~]~~----+-~~~~2~~---r--~~~3~.~~--- 3 Anand 584,977 4. Petllid 337,730 5 Dorsad 421,040 6 Khambhat 304,012 7 Maw 182,902 8 Kapadvanj 361,828 9. BalainOf' 189,354 10. Thasra 272,067 1') AmreU District: The rank of population and area is same in Amreli district. It rub sixteen in terms of total geographical area of the State as ~U Ii in total population of the State also. The area of the district 2 is 6,760 1Cm • It bas a population of 1,252,589. It thus accounts for 3.45 per cent of the total geographical area of the State and 3.03 per cent of its total population. The district is divided into ten talukas. The smallest unit in population size is Khambha taluka with a population of 53,045 followed by Lilia taluka with 62,646 and Jafrabad taluka with 73,641. This means that aU the three talukas have population above 50,000. None of taluka falls in the population range of 75,000 to 99,999. The remaining all the seven talukas have population above 100,000 but below 200,000. Amreli is the largest taluka of the district with a population of 198,232 followed by Kunbvav-Vadia with 167,708, Kodinar with 165,795 and Rajula with 160,177. The distribution of talukas of Amreli district by population size ranges is as under: 46 Statement-I1.tS Distribution of talukas of Amreli District by population size ranges -~------~------"Iiame of Distributioll of ~.h""J b.r POPUhlti~~~_4! ranges __ DistricUTalllka 50,000 to 75,JOO tli 100,000 to 200,000 & 74,999 99,~ 199,999 above 1 2 3 .. 5 Amreh Dlstflct 3 7 AmreIJ 198,232 2 Dhan 144,232 3 Khambha 53,045 4 RaJu1a 160,177 5 lafrabad 73,641 (> Kodmar 165,708 7 Kunkavav Vadia 167,708 8 Babra 107,80<) 9 Lathl 119,304 10 LIlIJl 62.646 17) Valsad District: In tenns of geographical area of the State. Valsad dIstrict IS the smallest district of the State after Gandhmagar and The Dangs, It ranks seventeenth In geographical area and tenth in population size' of the State. The total area of the distr~:t IS 5,244 Kmc which IS 2,67 per cent of the total area of the State. It has a population of 2.173,672 which accounts 5.26 per cent of the State population. There are eight talukas in dIstrict. None of them have population less than 173.752. In other words, all of them have population more -t7 than one and half lak. Two talukas fall in the population range of 100,000 to 199,999 whereas the remaining six talukas have population more than 200,000. Of which two talukas have population above 300,000 but below 400,000 and one taluka viz .. Navsari have popUlation above 4,00,000. The largest taluka is Navsari with a population of 433,601 followed by Valsad with 329,933, Dharampur with 304,206, Pardi with 272,219, Chikhli with 260,787 and Gandevi with 217,552. This can be studied from the below statement. Statement - 11.19 Distribution of talukas of Valsad dil'trict by population size ranges Distribution of talukas by population size Name of District/ ranges Taluka 100,000 to 199,999 200,000 & above ____1___ -.L____ -=2=---____ 3 Valsad Distnct 2 6 l. Valsad 329,933 2. PardI 272,219 3. Umbergaon 181,622 4. Gandevi 217,552 5. Navsari 433,601 6. Chlkhli 260,787 7. Bansda J 73.-"'2 __!__ !?_!t_~ra_f!l_E!-l!______304.206 18) fhe Dangs District: The Dangs is a single taluk. district like Gandhmagar. It 1S the second smallest distrIct ltl terms of geOgraphICal area and smallest In population slze It measure -. 1,764 Km~ having papulation 144.()91 persons Ii accounts 0.90 per cent of total area of the State Jnd O~) per (_'ent of its populatIon It falls 10 the populatIon sIze 1an;:e ot 1 {If, 000 to 199,000 19) C.iddhinagar District: State's new capital Gandhinagar, is situated in this district. ; he distrIct is named after it. It is also a single taluka district like 2 The Dangs. It measures 649 Km • It is the smallest district of the State in terms of area, but it ranks higher than the Dangs in population size. It has a population of 408,992. Which falls in the highest population size range of 200,000 and above. It accounts O.B per cent of the total area of the State and 0.99 per cent of its population. It ranks eighteenth i.n populati.on size and last i.e .. nineteenth III total geographical area of the State. It is interestmg to note that the percentage of total area of Gandhinagar district and the percentage of total population of The Dangs district to total of the State is Just equal. They are 0.33 per cent and 0.35 per cent respectively. Vice-versa the percentage of population of Gandhinagar district and percentage of area of The Dangs district to total of the State is just equal. It is 0.99 per cent Gandhinagar district and 0.90 pcr cent of The Dangs district. It is also noticed mat the percentages of both the districts in both the terms of area and population to total of the State 1S less than 1.00 per cent. Let us see the distribution of talukas by population ranges as a whole of the State. Out of 184 talukas of the State, 77.17 per cent of the talukas 142 have a pOPllbtion of above 100,000. Of which 73 talukas have population in between 100,000 to 199,999, 35 talukas have population in between 200,000 to 299,999, 19 talukas have population in between 300,000 to 399,999, 7 talukas have population in between 400,000 to 499,999, 4 talukas have population in between 500,000 to 599,999, one each taluka have population in betVveen 700,000 to ,99,999 and above 2,000,000. [he remaining 42 talukas have populatIOn less than 100,000. Of which, 19 talukas are in the population size range of 75,000 to 99,999; 23 talukas in the population size range 50,000 to 74,999. Only 3 talukas have population less than 50,000. These 3 talukas are in the population size range of 30,000 to 49,999. None of the laiukas have population less than 30,000. At the top of the Scale, the Ahmadabad City talub with a population of 3,250,464 is the largest si~gle taluka In the State, followed by Chorasi taluka 49 (l,730,bJ3) of Surat dlstnct; Vadodara taluka (1,34l,575); Rajkot taluka (769,572); Jamnagar taluka (533,115) of Jamnagar district; Anand taluka (584,977) and Nadiad taluka (541,352) of Kheda district; and Bhavnagar taluka (522,718) of Bbavnagar district. It can be observed from the above that ~he distribution of population of the State at taluka level is much higher. 77.17 per cent talukas have population 100,000 and above, 21.20 per cent talubs have population in between 50,000 to 99,999 whereas only 1.63 per cent talukas have population less than 50,000, which is comparatively too less. Density of the population: It can be decided from the previous discussion that the pattern of our distribution over the various districts and talukas is inharmonious and there is considerable difference in the pattern of our distribution over the various places. We have briefly touched upon the subject of the density of the population not only of our own State but also that of a few other States of comparable size and few other nations. We have discussed in details that Kachcbh district, being the largest district of the State accounting nearly a quarter of the State's geographical area is the smallest in population size amongst 19 districts of the State. Similarly, being a second largest district in land area, Jamnagar district ranks thirteenth in the population SIze. In contrast, Ahmadabad district is the eleventh largest In land area, It ranks first in populatIOn size. Kheda district follows Ahmadabad With the second rank in population size but it ranks fifteenth 111 land area. Looking to this, a detailed look at the denSity of the populatIOn In various districts of the State is essential. The density in relatIOn to the dlstnbution of the population means the number of persons inhabit m a square kilometre area, if the entire population of a given area were to be evenly distributed over that area. This IS, of course, purely theoretIcal since in actual practice It is never pOSSible to attain thiS even distributIon. The people choose the places to lIve and work lookmg to Its geographICal, SOCIal and economic factors. :'II) The densIty of India is 274 persons per Km". The density 2 of the State IS 2 J 1 persons per Km which IS less than alllndia. We have already seen that the density of the other States comparable In geographical size With Gujarat is regardably higher than the density of our own State. It is 235 of Kamataka and 497 of Bihar. Both the States are smaller than Gujarat in area but have a higher population than our State. Both the area and population of Orissa is less than Gujarat. Naturally, the density of Orissa is also less than us. It is 203. There are other five States where the density is much more higher. They are Kerala, West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Punjab. Highest denSity among States is 767 found in West Bengal followed by Kerala with 749, Uttar Pradesh with 473, Tamil Nadu WIth 429 and Punjab with 403. Our adjoining three States Viz .. Maharashtra, Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh have much more area and population than U!l except m Rajasthan the population is slightly higher than our State. But the density of all these three States IS less than us except Maharashtra which is some what higher than us. It is 257 of Maharashtra, 129 of Rajasthan and 149 of Madhya Pradesh. The density of Union Territories are not good example to take for the purpose of comparison because these are small umt areas in compaJlison With the State. So the factors which govern the density of the population of the State level as a whole do not obtain at Union Territory level. But just have a look to the denSIty of Union Terntories from which it can be observed that the density of Union Territory can reach to which peak. There are seven Umon TerritOrIes 10 the Country. Of which, four are of single district, two of two dIStrictS, and one of four districts. The highest four administratIve units are found ill Pondicherry. The highest area amongst Union Territories is found in Andaman & Nicobar Islands 2 (8,249 Km ) whereas the largest population is found in Delhi (9,420,644). The highest density 6,352 persons per Km2 is also found in Delhi. closely followed by Chandigarh with 5632, Pondicherry with 1642 and Lakshadweep with 1,616. All these UllIon Temtories are of single unit metropolitan areas except Pondicherry where It 1S four. Looking, to the above companson. It can be revealed that the density of Gjarat is not as hIgh as it could be. That means, Gujarat IS not overcrowded. 5l From the comparison with the other States and Uilion Territories of our Country, it can be said that the density of population in Gujarat is not as high as it could be. In other words. the population living in the land area of our State is still adequate. It is not overcrowding the land as well as environment. But while standing with other countries of the continent, we will realise that we are overcrowded. For example, fIrst let us take the demographic data of Argentina. There are 32,608,560 persons residing in 2,780,400 Knl are of Argentina. The area of Argentina is fourteen times more than the total geographical area of Gujarat State. In contrast, the population of this country is 21.06 per cent less than that of Gujarat. It is, therefore, understood that the density of this Country will also be less than our State. It works out only 12 persons per square kilometers. Other country Mexico have vast land area of 1,958,201 Km2 which is ten times larger than that of Gujarat. Its population is 96.42 per cent higher than Gujarat which is merely double than that of Gujarat. But the density of Mexico is as low as 2 41 persons Km • In Poland the total surface area is 323,250 square kilometers and population is 37,878,641 persons. But its density is only J 17 persons per Km2 which is lower than that of Gujarat. On the other side of the scale while comparing that fIgures with Japan we would fInd vanegated impiessions. 123,611,167 persons are living in 377,801Km2 geographical area of Japan. Thus, Japan is 92.73 per cent larger than Gujarat in terms of land area. On the other hand, in terms of population, Japan is 199.23 per cent higher than our pop"1ation. In other words, the area of Japan is merely double than that of Gujarat and its population is merely four times than the population of our State. But the density of Japan is higher than that of Gujarat being 327 persons per square kilometer. The density of one of the developed countries United Kingdom is higher than our State. According to the latest Census taken in U.K. in 1991, its population - 56,352,200 persons are living in 244,100 Km2 2 surface area. Its density works out 231 persons per' Km • While comparing our density with the largest populated country of the world China, we find that our State is much more thicker than China in terms of population. 1,160,044,618 population of China is spread over in Hs Q,596,961 Km2 surface area as per latest rensus conducted the rem IT] 1{l90 Its density is i 21 persons ?er Knl It ,__'') can be said that though the populatIOn of China IS merely thIrty times than Gujarat and Its area of fourty-eight times higher than that of Gujarat, but its density is lower than our State. Though the area and population of France are more than us its density is lesser than us. Its 56,634,299 population lives in 551,500 Sq.Km. surface area 2 of France. Its density is only 103 persons per Km . It will be incomplete, if we will not make any comparison of Gujarat with our neighbouring countries like Pakistan, Bangladesh, Shri Lanka and 2 Nepal. In Pakistan 84,253,644 persons are residing in 796,095 Km • area. The populatIOn and area of Pakistan is much more than that of Gujarat but its density IS lower than us being 106 persons per square kilometers. On the western side of our Country, in Bangladesh, 143,998 Km2 area is occupIed by 87,119,965 persons. Its density works out 605 persons per Kml which is the highest in our neighbouring countries. Its popUlation is double than that ofGujarat whereas its area is merely twenty six per cent less than Gujarat. The population and area of Shri Lanka are more than a half of that of Gujarat. But ItS density is more than Gujarat being 226 persons per 2 2 Km . 14,846,750 persons Jive in 65,610 Km area of Shri Lanka. On the upper part of our country, 15,022,839 persons reside in 140,797 Sq.Km. area of Nepal. Its populatIOn is 63.63 per cent lower than Gujarat and area is only 28.17 per cent lower than us. Naturally, its denSIty will be lower than our State. It is only 107 2 persons per K.m . Thus, It (;an be l-onduded that 'We have le",:, number of persons per Km2 than Untted Kingdom, Japan, Bangladesh and Shrilanka. On the other side of the coin, we han larger number of persons per K.m~ than Argentina, Mexico, France, China, Pakistan and Nepal. It can be said that Gujarat State is more densified than the highly populated country of the world-China. A stage further, 1t "'Ill be useful to examine the densll)' of population in our various distncts. This is illustrated by the Map produced alongside. In light of our early dlscussion, there will not be any difficulty to mterpret the density of population in relation to that area. The higher the land area and the lower the population living in that partIcular land area, the lower will be the denslty of the population of that area. Thls can be observed from the example of Kachcbh district. The highest land area among the districts of the State is in Kachcbh district and it is fifth lowest populated district of 53 the State. But the density of population is lowest as 28 persons per 2 2 Km . In The Dangs, the density is 82 persons per Km . Jamnagar and Surendranagar districts, fall in the density range of 101-1 SO. There are only three distncts, viz., Amreli, Banas Kantha and Bharuch which fall in the density range of 151 to 200. Four dIStricts, viz., Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Junagadh and Sabar Kantha fall in the density range of 201 to 300. Mahesana, Panch Mahals and Vadodara fall in the next density range of 301 to 400. Kheda, Surat and Val sad. dIStricts fall in the density range of 401 to 500. The density of population is higher than 500 in Gandhinagar and Ahmadabad districts. The density of population is 551 persons per Km2 in Ahmadabad in district. In Gandhinagar district, the density 2 of population IS 630 persons per Km . which is highest among the di6tricts. The rankmg of districts by geographic a 1 area in descending order alongwlth its populatlOn and rank III populatIOn sIZe and the densIt)' ofpopulatlon can be studIed horn the Statement given below: 54 IOUIIO,IR£I: mnRlllnOllIl... ..-.- 5TITE/U.0II T!IR~TOAY. GUJARAT 01511Itl ... DENSITY OF POPULATION 1991 TllUII ... R lalllET~S MilO ~ " !wi !ow 1M 1M J A 2 PERSONS PER Km ~ 351 AHD ABDYE B251-350 IOAMA~ & DlUI .151.-150.,5101IA'00).211 ~ 51-ISO IIJI[]] 50 AND BELOW ~~ u~~ Sur~~~ ollndlc map Win I~t perillission 01 tnt ~ur~'lor Guttal of lh~ hrlllorl~1 lIohr.l MIndia uhnc :nto ttl m 10 a dl$t~nce of '~tl~~ ~f~ijr~~ jro~ I~e o~DrODnQh baSI Ilu Statemt~nt-II.20 District arranged by geographical size in descending order "ith its population size ranking and densit} -SI. I ~a~ of Area in I Population T -- Rank. Density ~o. 1._D_is_tr_i~_t_-4 __Km___ ~ _+- I a~~ordjng t., per Km~ -If- !. I populat!o_!!_ L ------_I___L_ 2 --,-_~3 __1__ _:' ~ __ ._ ._c . _ .. 5 ~ u .. 6 1 lUchchh 45.652 1.".2,51)7 ,5 ,;, 2 Jamnagar 14,1:!5; ':;0'5:;)/. I, 3 Banas Kantha 12::--03;:.1,,': .578 "I 4 RaJ kat 11.203 5 Bhavnagar 11.155 6 J unagadh J 0,607 7 5urendranagar l0,489 j I, . , ' >\ Bharuch 9,f}j8 . , i: I, "1Q II 12 Ll .i 14. l2 L'i 2 16 16 17 :0 1& ~2 19 18 030 Lookmg to the above facts anyone can raise the queshon why some districts are more thickly populated than others and whether there are any SOCIal or economic or geographical reasons to accoWlt for the variatiOn ill the denSity of the population In the vanous districts of the State. That these factors Invariably go a long way in determinmg the densIty of the populatIOn III any area IS well known and it will be not derued that geographIcal and social and economic reasons do have a lot to do with the pattern of denSity of the population in the various dlstncts. It would be too much 57 difficult to say, exactly which are the reasons in respect of each of the districts, without a separate detailed inquiry on that subject alone. We do not have all the facts before us to justify any definite conclusion as to reasons which might explain the variations in density but same reasons that are generally well-known at least in the case of some of the districts could be usefully stated. We Wlll now analyse the data of density accordmg to rank on the basis of geographical area. Let us take Kachchh district first. This is our largest district in terms of geographical area and yet has one of the lowest population living in it. There are a number of reasons which account for this fact. First one, the major portion of the district is nothing more than swampy marshes and desert and semi-desert land which offer no scope for human habitation nor for meaningful economic activity. The bulk of the area shown in the maps as the Rann of Kachchh is, therefore, entirely uninhabited for all practical purposes. Second one is the historical isolation of the district from the rest of the peninsula. The area has been traditionally cut-off from the land mass lying behind it on one side and faces the ocean on the other. The distances are long. The intervening spaces are uninhabitable. The land itself has been infertile and low on resources. It IS lllterestlJ1g [0 note that the large number of habitant... of Kachchh distnct have gone out in search of better prospects whereas few outSIders have decided to reside into Kachchh. In somewhat dltlerent set of factors. Jamnagar is simIlarly afflicted. The density of population of Jamnagar is 111 persons pe~ 2 Km • This district also faces the open sea on one side and the hinter land is a hmited one. A good deal of the land area in this district i~ also taken up by sandy wastes and salt flats particularly along the coastal region. A sunilar fate affhcts Banas Kantha district where the problef!l is one of 10'"" resources and a backward population coupled with large tracts of the land being taken up by desert and semi-desert soils and hills and hillocks. The tendency of large areas of Surendrangar being water logged or being rendered poor by sub-soil salinity IS well known. Such portions of the land as are free from salinity or sandy condItions are few and far between. For the rest, the land holds too little promise and has defeated numerous efforts at improvement. Kheda district on the other hand is one of the most densely populated dIstrIct in the State and has historically been one of the most advanced area of the State both socially and economically. It is populated by a forward looking people full of push and initiative who had a good deal of capital thanks to the richness of the land, and were willing to risk investment m more and more new ventures. Ahmadabad district ranks first on the density ladder mainly due to the contributlOn of Ahmadabad City and its suburbs. The City Itself IS one of the largest in India and has for long been the centre of major concentration of populatIOn owing to the opportunity that its various textIle mIlls and other trading, commercial and industrial establishments offer. Gandhinagar district stand with Ahmadabad district on Platform No.1 of the density map, because of very heavy concentration of population in the capital town of Gandhinagar where thousands of civil servants and labourers live rather than bemg a true reflection of the quality of habitation in the district as a whole. Density of the population in the talukas: It is true that the density of population m the talukas WIll by and large reflect the overall pattern noticed in case of the district as a whole. (1) Kachchh: None of the talukas of Kachchh district has the density nearer to State average of 211. The density of population in the dIstrict as a whole IS 28. Most densely populated taluka IS AnJar 2 with 197 persons per Km . Next to it IS Mandvi taluka with 104, accompamed by Mundra taluka with 77 and Bhuj taluka with 62. Nakhatrana, Bhachau and Rapar have registered 59, 58 and 50 respectively. In remaming two talukas viz., Abdasa and Lakhpat, 2 the density IS below 50 persons per Km bemg 36 and 19 respectively. The lowest density 19 persons per Km2 is registered in 59 6-21X RCil12001 Lakhpat taluka. Th~ detailed break-up of the talukas by density ranges is tabulated below. Statement - I1.21 Distribution of talukas of' Kachchh disfl itt by density ranges Name of District! Per!>On.i Iller Km1 TaJuka 0-50 I 51-100 1 111-150 1 151-200 1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 Kachchh Dlstnct 3 4 1 BhuJ 62 2 Mundra 77 3 Mandvi 104 4 Abdasa 36 5 Lakhpat 19 6 Nakhatrana 59 7 Rapar 50 8 Bhachau 58 9 AnJar 197 (2) Jamnagar: 2 The density of Janmagar district is 111 persons per Km • Out of ten taJukas of the district, the density of six taJukas is more than district average Lalpur with 86, Kalyanpur with 98 and Jodiya with 92 are below the district average. The highest density of 471 persons per Km2 is noticed in Jamnagar taluka which is the only taluka of the district which has crossed the State average of 211. Okhamandal, Khambhalia and Bhanvad have registered their number next to Jarnnagar taluka with the density of 164,141 and 135 respectively. Dhrol taluka and Janmagar district have registered an identical density of Ill. Kalavad has a density of 109 persons and Jamjodhpur has closely followed them by 104 persons per Kme Jamnagar taJuka retarn his title as the highest densely populated taluka of the district whereas lowest densely populated taluka of 197 I Census Kalyanpur lost Its title which is snatched away by Lalpur in 1981 and retarned the same states In 1991 Census. In the below statement, the distribution of talukas of Jamnagar dl~tnct IS given: 00 Statement-II.22 Distribution of talukas of Jamnagar district by density ranges Name of Persons per Kml District! 51 - 100 101-150 151-200 201-300 301-400 401-500 Taluka I 2 3 4 5 6 7 Jamnagar 3 5 Distnct I Janmagar 471 2 Lalpur 86 3 JamJodhpur 104 4 Bhanvad 135 5 Kalyanpur 98 6 Okhamandal 164 7 Khambhalia 141 8 Jodlya 92 9 Dhrol III 10 Kalavad 109 (3) Banas Kantha: The density of Banas Kantha district as a whole is 170 2 persons per Km . Five talukas have density above district average. Out of which 4 talukas have density above State average. They are Kankrej with 238, Deesa with 241, Palanpur with 271 and Vadgam with 307. Four talukas have density in the range of 151 to 200. They are D~odar (188), Dhanera (161), Radhanpur (159) and Danta 2 (153). Tharad taluka has a density of 145 persons per Km • In remaining both the talukas the density is less than 100 persons per 2 Km • Yav has a density of94 persons and Santalpur has a density of 64. Vadgam and Sant;alpur talukas have retained their title as the highest and the lowest densely populated taluka respectively in 1971, 1981 and 1991 Census. The distribution of talukas among density ranges is as under: 61 Statement - II.Z3 Distribution of talukas of Banas Kantha district by density ranges N arne of District! Persons per Km1 Taluka 51 -100 L 101-150 1 151-200 j_ 201-300 1 301-400 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 Banas ¥..antha 2 4 3 District 1 Palanpur 271 2 Vadgam 307 3 Deesa 241 4 Kankrej 238 5 Radhanpur 159 6 Santalpur 64 7 Deodar 188 8Vav 94 9 Tharad 145 10 Dhanera 161 11 Danta 153 (4) Rajkot: 2 The density of Rajkot district is 224 persons per Km . Only three talukas of the district have registered density more than district average viz., Rajkot (718), Jetpur (336) and Dhoraji (309). The reamining ten talukas have registered density less than district average. Out of which only one taluka viz., Maliya has density only 87 which is the lowest among other talukas of the district. Gondal 2 has a density of 202 persons per Km • Whereas 3 talukas fall in the density range of 151 to 200. They are Upleta (197), Morvi (180) and Jasdan (160). Five talukas fall in the density range of 101-151. They are Kotda-Sangani (133), Wankaner (132), Jamkandoma (124), Paddhari (112) and Lodhika (109). Rajkot taluka retain its title as the most densely populated taluka. Similarly Maliya taluka retain its title as the least densely populated taluka of the district. The distribution of talukas by density ranges can be studied from the below statement. 62 0 0 "l' 0 00 0 r- t- f--f-- 0 0 ";- a- 0 \CO f--f-- 0 0 "? IX) 0 It'l ill f--f-- ~ bJ) 0 0 =~ ~ r- 0 >."'" ~ ;::: E f--f-- ill ~ =~ g "CI -D ~ ~ "1'4:) N M 0 >. '"CO <') <'l .Q.... eM- ~ i;if--'" f-- 0i: Q. ...". 0 .... 0 N ill N .... ~ It'l 0 ~ N .... 0 - '" f--f-- r') -~= 0.., '0 ~ ~ <:> <:> E~ r- 0 0 ~ .... ~ ~ M ~ 00 ..0 ..... Q ~ ;;; .... ill rfJ ~ f--f-- ~ <:> = It'l c; ;- ~ N N .... '";' ..., N 0 <'l .... '" '" Q 0 = l-f-- o~.... <:> = <:> ,_ .Q N - 00 0i:.... - ill on ~ ~ Oi= E-< :;:, <,j ~ '" ...;:: ... Q u OJ) E .... '- <= 0 v e & ... c <= (/J <= ...... 6 -;; ...... "'"... ..c a '0 "0 ::l §' '" ~ E <= "0 E "0 U .E""" "0 0 os """ if> ... '0 '" <= 0 "0 "0 ... "'"~ '0 0 B- ..c c.. "'"E os ~ ~ ;::: _,... 'Z ~ Cl 0- "'"~ ::.:: v ~ ~ ~ .5 0 N .... ~ N '" ' The district level average of density of Bhavnagar district is 205. None of its talukas has density below 100. All the twelve talukas have density above 100. Out of which three talukas fall in the densit'; range of 151 to 200, seven talukas fall in the density range of201 to 300 and only one taluka has density above 100. The highest densely populated taluka of the district is Bhavnagar with 503, Mahuva and Talaja have density of 255 and 249 respectively. Vallabhipur with 126 persons per Km2 retains as the least densely populated taluka of the district alongwith Vallabhipur, Gogha (170), Gadhada (173) and Kundla (193) chave less density than district average. The talukas of Gariadhar (224), Sihor (229) and Botad (229) are quite closely in density. The density of population in both Sihor and Botad talukas is 229, whereas the density of Palitana taluka is 236. The distribution of the talukas by density ranges can be revealed from the below statement: Statement - ll.25 Distribution of talukas of Bhavnagar district by density ranges Name of Persons per Kml District! 101-150 151-200 201-300 301-400 401-500 SOl..(ioo Taluka I 1 2 3 4 S I 6 7 Bhavnagar 3 7 Dtstrict I Bhavnagar 503 2 Gbogha 170 3 Talaja 249 4 Mahuva 255 5 Kund1a 193 6 Gariadhar 224 7 Palitana 236 8 Sihor 229 9Umrala 210 IOGadhada 173 11 Botad 229 12 Vallabhipur 126 64 (6) Junagadh: The district level density of Iunagadh is 226 persons per 2 Km . All the fifteen talukas of the district are distributed ill the densIty range of 101 - 150 to 401 - 500. As was in 1971 and 1981 Censuses, the density of eight talukas above the district average. Of which, two talukas viz., Junagadh and Patan-Veeraval have density above 400. Whereas the density of six talukas fall in the range of 201 to 300. Three taluJ<:as viz., Mendarda (173), Una (171) and Bhesan (16'1) fall in the de)1slty range of 151 to 200. Four talukas have density in between 101 to 150. Talala has density 115 which is the lowest in the district. The lughest density of population is registered by Patan-Veraval taluka with 453, closely followed by Junagadh with 422. The distribution of the talukas by density ranges can be studied from the below statement Statement - n.2o Distribution of talukas of Junagadh district by density ranges Name of District! Persons per Km' Taluka 101-150 I 151-200 I 201-300 I 301-400 I 401-500 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 Junagadh DI,tnct 4 3 6 2 1 Jl.lnagadh 422 2 Mendarda In 3 Talala 115 4I'atan-V<:ra\al 453 :; ~1aila 237 h Mangrol 293 7 K<:"hod 2~9 ~ I'm han dar 2(,3 ') Rana, a\ 14') I () Kutl)ana 144 I I Man:1vadar 212 12 \'anthali 251 13 Bhcs3n 1()7 14 \'l"l\adClI 14 .. 15 tn.! 171 (,S (7) Surendranagar: Surendranagar district is one of the least densely populated districts of the State next to Kachchh and The Dangs districts. The average density of the district is 115. Out of 9 talukas of the district, six talukas have density below district average. Of which, five talukas have density below 100. Four talukas viz., Chotila, Limbdi, Dhrangadhra and Wadhwan have density above 100. The thickly populated taluka of the district is Wadhwan with 316 foJIowed by Chotila with 122 and Limbdi with 120. The lowest density of 78 is registered by Sayla taluka and Lakhtar taluka both in the district. In the below statement, the distribution of talukas of Surendranagar district is given below: Statement - II.27 Distribution of talukas of Surendranagar district by density ranges N arne of District! Persons_per I(ml Taluka 51 - 100 J 101-1SO J 151-200 1 201-300 1 301-400 1 2 _I 3 L 4 J 5 ! 6 S urendranagar 5 3 District 1 Wadhwan 316 2 Limbdi 120 3 Sayla 78 4 Chotila 122 5 Muli 82 6 Halvad 93 7 Dhrangadhra 113 8 Dasada 88 9 Lakhtar 78 66 (8) Bharuch: The average density of Bharuch district is 171 which is below the State average. Seven talukas of the district have registered the density higher than the district average. Of which, four talukas have returned the density figure above StatB average. Bharuch taluka and Anklesvar taluka have retained its title as thickly populated talukas of the district with the density of 487 and 437 persons per K~2 respectively. The lowest density is noticed in Vagra taluka (78), followed by Dediapada with 112, Hansot with 146 and Iambusar with 150. The distribution oftalukas of Bharuch district according to density ranges can be revealed from the below statement: Statement-II.28 Distribution of talukas of Bharuch district by density ranges Name of Persons per Kml District} Taluka 51 -100 I 101-150 I 151-200 I 201-300 I 301-400 I 401-500 2 I 314 I 5 I 6 17 Bharuch Distnct 3 3 2 2 1 Bharuch 487 2 Anldesvar 437 3 Hansot 146 4 Yagra 78 51ambusar 150 6 Amod 183 7 Jhagadia 186 8 Nandod 186 9 Dedlapada 112 10 Sagbara 203 II Yalta 226 (9) Mahesana: Mahesana district is one of the densely populated districts of the State. The density of the district is 325. Six talukas Patan, Mahesana, Vijapur, Visnagar, Sidhpur and Kalol have density 67 higber than the district level average. The thin densely populated 2 taluka is Sami being 87 persons per Km • Kalol has r.ecorded highest density of 536 ~ng other talukas of the district. followed by Sidbpur with 492. Both the tatukas are industrial centres of the district. The distribution of the talukas by density ranges is visualised from the statement given below: 68 -.0 8 00 <') 'i' - on <:> -til '-- - <:> :1l ...., N N tr• , I"- ' The density of Panch Mahals district is 333 persons per 2 K.m • The density of all the eleven talukas of the district is more than State average. Four talukas have registered density above the district average and also above 345. Out of remaining seven talukas, four talukas have density in the range of 201 to 300, whereas three talukas have density in the range of 301-400. The lowest density is 2 registered by Jambughoda taluka being 268 persons per Km • None of the talukas of the district have density below 268. 'The most thickly populated ta1uka is Dohad with 459, followed by Kalo1 (419) and Godhra (414) talukas. The detailed break-up of the taluka by density ranges is tabulated below. Statement-II.30 Distribution of talukas of Panch Mahals district by density ranges. Name of Persons per Kmz Districtffaluka 201-300 I 301-400 I 401-500 1 2 I 3 I 4 Panch Mahals 4 4 3 District 1 Godhra 414 2 Kalol 419 3 Halol 312 4 Shehera 315 5 Lunawada 288 6 Santrampur 304 7 Jhalod 346 8 Dohad 459 9 Lirnkheda 270 10' Devgadbaria 298 11 J ambughoda 268 70 (11) Ahmadabad: This district rank first as most densely populated among other districts of Gujarat. Its density is 551 which is next highest to Gandhinagar district. Due to the contribution of Ahmadabad City and its suburbs and some of the more advanced urban centres in the district, Ahmadabad district reach on top among others in density. Except Ahmadabad city taluka, none of the talukas of the district cross the average density of the district nor they reach closer to it. Only Daskroi taluka reaches closer to district density. The density of Ahmadabad City taluka is registered as 11,094 persons per :Km2 which is extermely high. The lowest density of 94 persons per Km2 is fOWld in Dhandhuka taluka. The distribution of talukas by density ranges can be studied from the below statement. Statement-II.31 Distribution of talukas of Ahmadabad district by density ranges Name of Persons per Km1 Distrh:ti 51 - 101- 151- 201- 301- 4'01- 501- 1,000 Taluka 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 and above I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ahmadabad 2 District 1 Ahmadabad 11,094 CitY 2 Da'shOl 510 3 Dholka 172 4 Dhandhuka 94 5 Sanand 204 6 Vtramgam 162 7 Dehgam 346 (12) Vadodara: The density of this district is 396 persons per Knl. It ranks sixth in terms of density among other districts of the State. Like Ahmadabad district, the contribution made by Vadodara City and Vadodara taluka have pushed the district on the density ladder. It can be observed from the below statement that there is a considerable gap between the density of Vado dara taluka and that of Padra taluka which is the next highest in density. Out of remaining ten talukas, all talukas fall in the density range of 201 to 300. All the talukas of the district have density more than 201. Statement-II.32 Distribution oftalukas ofVudodara district by density ranges Name of District/ Persons per J(ml Taluka 201-300 301-400 401-500 1.()00 and above 1 2 3 4 5 Vadodara O1stnct 10 1 Vadodara 1,933 2 Karjam 235 3 Padra 408 4 Savli 259 5 Vaghodla 205 6 Dabhoi 2i4 7 Sankheda 229 8 Jetpur-Pavl 248 9. Chhota-Udalpur 222 10 Nasvadi 201 II Tilakwada 210 12 SInor 225 72 (13) Surat: Like Ahmadabad and Vadooara district, similar situation of density can be revealed in Surat district from the statement tabulated below. A considerable gap between highest densely taluka Choras~ (2,692) and next highest taluka Bardoli (473) is noticed in this district also. The least densely populated taluka is Uchchhal with 102. None of the talukas have density below 100. Except Chorasi taluka, all the talukas are distributed in between 101 to 150 and 401 to 500 density r ..inges, which can be visualised from the below ! ·atement. Statement-I1.33 Distribution of talukas of Surat district by density ranges Name of Persons per Km] DistricV 101-150 151-200 201-300 301-400 401-500 2,000 Taluka and above 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Surat DlStnct 2 5 3 2 I Chorasi 2,692 20lpad 231 3 Kamrej 354 4 Mangrol 233 5 Mandvi 221 6 Songadh 143 7 Uchchhal 102 8 Nlzar 239 9 Vyara 269 10 Valod 381 II Bardoli 473 12 Mahuva 356 13 Palsana 433 73 (14) Sa bar Kantha: The average density of Sabar Kantha district is 238 persons per Km2 which is slightly higher than the State average. There are seven talukas in the density range of 201 to 300, one taluka in the density range of 301 to 400 and two talukas in the density range of 151 to 200. Of which, six talukas are above district average. Vijayanagar taluka remains as a least densely populated taluka with 161. Prantij taluka is registered as thickly populated taluka of the 2 district with 302 persons per Km • The distribution of talukas among density ranges is as under: Statement-II.34 Distribution of talukas of Sabar Kantha district by density ranges N arne of District/Taluka Persons per Km2 151-200 J 201-300 I 301-400 1 213 I 4 Sabar Kantha District 271 1 Himatnagar 287 2 Prantij 302 3 Idar 241 4 Khedbrahtna 196 5 Vijaynagar 161 6 Bhiloda 244 7 Meghraj 210 8 Modasa 258 9 Malpur 201 10 Bayad 260 (15) Kheda: Kheda is one of themost densely populated districts of the State. Its density is 478 persons per Krnz. It ranks third among others. The thickly populated taluka of the district is Anand with 865 closely followed by Nadiad with 818, Petlad with 711 and Borsad with 694. The least densely populated taluka of the district 74 is Khambhat with 255. The density pattern of the district seems to be uruform as the taJukas of the district are distributed in between density ranges of 200 to 900 which can be studied from the statement tabulated below: Statement-II.35 Distribution of talukas of Kheda district by density ranges p ersons per K m --~~7rfc~~ "-f!hOl~l 301- 401- 501- 601- 701- 801- Taluka ,300 400 500 600 700 800 900 ------,------1 __..1_2 _ ~ __L 4 5 6 7 8 Kheda District t 3 2 2 1 Mehmedabad 489 2 Nadiad 818 3 Anand 865 4 Petlad 711 5 Borsad 694 6 Kh,c.mhhat 255 7 Matar 317 8 Kaparlval1j 367 9 Balasmor 343 10 Thasra 410 (16) Amreli: 2 The density of Amreli district is 185 persons per Km . All the '(alukas of the dIstncts are distributed in the density range of 101 to ISO, 15l to 200, 201 to 300 and 301 to 400. There are three taJukas in flISt range four talukas in second range and two talukas in last range of density. Thls also shows the uneven distribution of denSity in the district Kodinar taluka has regIstered as thickly 2 populated l.aluka of the district with 309 persons per Km • Amreli taluka wpich IS the next highest in density. On the other hand Khambh::t:1 taluka has registered as least populated taluka with 130 persons per Km;:. The pattern of density of the district can be nsualiseJ from the statement given below: 75 Statement-II.36 Distribution of talukas of Amn~1i district by density ranges. N arne of District} Persons per Km2 TaJuka 101-150 I 151-200 201-300 301-400 1 2 I 3 4 5 Amreli District 3 4 2 1 1 Amreli 236 2Dhari 132 3 Khambha 130 4 Rajula 189 5 Jafrabad 207 6 Kodinar 309 7 Kunkavav Vadia 200 8 Babra 136 9Lathi 188 10 Lilia 159 (17) Valsad: The district average of density of Vaisad IS 415. There are six talukas in the district whose density i') l..igher than the district average, which is merely 75 per cent. The hIghest density is found in Gandevi taloka (737) followed by Valsad taluka with 647 perosns per 1(m2. 'The least density is noticed in Dharampur taluka (I84}. The distribution oftalukas by density ranges is given below: Statement-II.37 Distribution oftalukas of Valsad district by density ranges Name of District/ Persons_}}_er Km' Taluka· 151- 201- T 'JOl-rl: ~1- 601- 701- 200 100 i 400 SOO 600 "00 800 1 2 3 I 4 5 _.: 6' 7 8 Valsad District 1 I 2 2 1 Valsad 647 2 Pardi 639 3 Umbergaon 502 76 -Na-m-e-of-D-is-tr-ic~ p enons per K m 1 T~luka I 151- I 201- 301- I ~Ol- 501- 601- 701- ._-_... -:--_. ! 200 300 ,!OO_ . _L '100 600 700 HOO _ ____:~ __ I 2 i 3 I 4 .L. 5 6 7 8 ·1 \janJ"'l 737 5 Navsan 585 6Chlkhli 454 7 Bansda 290 8 Dharampur 184 {1S) Gandhinagar and The Dangs: Both Gaudhinagilr and The Dangs districts are a 'iingle taluka district. The den!:;]t'! of Gandhmagar district is returned as 630 persons per Km". Which is highest than Ahmadabad district and can be considered as first rank among other districts of the State. The density of The Dangs district is 82 which is the second lowest in the State, the first one is Kachchh district. Now we will discuss the distribution of the talukas for the State as a whole in different density ranges. Totalling up the various talukas in the districts under the various ranges, it is found that the majority of talukas in the density range of 201 to 300. There are 78 talukas below the above density range whereas only 54 talukas are above the said range. Only talukas have density below 51 persons 2 per Km , 19 talukas in density range of 51 to 100, 28 talukas in density range of 101 to ] 50 and 28 talukas in density range of 151 to 200. On the other hand there are 19 talukas in density range of 301 to 400, 18 in density range of 401 to 500,5 in next higher range of 501 to 600, 4 in density range of 601 to 700, 3 in density range of 701 to 800, 2 in density range of 801 to 900. Out of remaining three talukas on~ taluka falls in the density range of 1,000 to 2,000 and the last two in the range of 2,000 and above. It is observed that the majority talukas of the State have a density of populatIon ranging from 51 to 100 to 401 to 500, persons per Km2 There are 78 talukas below the dlmsity range of 200. 77 These are, therefure, well below the State average of 211. It is interestmg to note that there are three talukas in the density range of below 51 and 17 talukas have density above 500. All the three talukas having density of 50 or less are of Kachchh district. On the other hand one each taluka of Bhavnagar, Mehasana and Kheda districts and two talukas of Valsad district are in the density range of 501 to 600. One each taluka of Gandhinagar and Kheda districts and two talukas of Valsad district are in the density range of 601 to 700. In the density range of 701 to 800, there is one each taluka of Rajkot, Kheda and Valsad districts. Only two talukas of Kheda district are in the density range of 801 to 900. One taluka of Vadodara district is in density range of 1,000 to 1,999, whereas Ahmadabad CIty taluka of Ahmadabad district and Chorasi taluka of Surat district are in the State in the density range of 2,000 and above, where industrial activity is predominant. Another interesting aspect of the subject to discuss is the influence of large urban centres on the general density of the taluka, or of the district as whole, inspite of they may be large towns or cities. The figures for the different districts throw some interesting enlightment into the subject. For example, Jamnagar city has very little influence on the general density rate for taluka as well as for the district as a whole. The highest density amongst the talukas of Jamnagar district is in Janmagar taluka itself, where it is471 persons 2 per Km • None of the talukas of Jamnagar dlstrict except Jamr.agar taluka have density above the State average. This means that though the population of Jamnagar city is above 100,000, the density figures returned both for taluka and district is low. The same is the ca);e with Rajkot and Bhavnagar where the highest figure is 718 and 503 respectively. The district average for these two districts is 224 and 205 respectively. On the other hand, the population and density figure for Ahmadabad city taluka as well as district as a whole. The lowest density found in the disuict is in Dhandhuka taluka where it 2 is 94 persons per Km • However, the density of Ahmadabad City taluka is highest amongst all the talukas of the State. It is 11,094 2 persons per Km . It is easy to appreciate therefore how even the district average, which is 551, can tend to convey the wrong picture. The district average comes up with the influence of the Ahmadabad City taluka. The density of Ahrnadabad district without the 78 Ahmadabad city taluka comes out to 188 which is lower than the State average. The density of Sanand taluka reaches 204 closer to State average of 211. Kheda district presents more genuine picture. The district average of Kheda is 478. There are five talukas whose density is above the district average. Of which, only one taluka viz., Mehmedabad whose de~sity is just above the district level. The density of other four talukas is well above the district average. Nadiad, Anand, Petlad, Borsad, Mehmedabad, Kapadwanj and Thasra are considered to be most developed talukas in the State III their own way. Likewise Ahmadabad district, the city population of Vadodara and Surat have also influenced to blow up the average denslty of taluka and district level also. The questlon also arises as to whether or not any mference can be drawn about the relative prosperity or otherwise of the various districts on the basis of population density. Generally, this can be a good index of prosperity of the given area. After all, if people tend to coverage on and crowd into any area, there must be a reason for it. One of them, economic reasons are among the chief causes that migrate people f!om one place to another. In result, the population of one place increases on other side it decreases. To examine the truthness of the above reason, we must look into the five most densely p~pulated and the five least densely populated districts of the State. The density of Ahmadabad and Gandhinagar districts is 2 highest. The density of Ahmadabad district is 551 persons per km • The district average of density of Gandhinagar is 630 persons per 2 Km . Both are on top in rank in density. The density of Ahmadabad district is high only because of the influence of the Ahmadabad city and its suburbs and neighbouring towns. Similarly, the density of Gandhinagar district is high due to Govt Offices. Out of 408,992 population of Gandhinagar district 123,359 persons live in Gandhinagar town, the new State Capital, Kheda district 2 ranks third with the density of 478 persons per Km • It seems to be a fairly true index of prosperity of the district and also presents a more realistic picture of equal distribution of popUlation density 79 among talukas. Out of ten talukas of the district, five talukas have density above the district average. Surat district ranks fourth with the density of 444 persons per Km2 due to the contribution of Surat City and its neighbouring towns. Surat City itself is one of the largest centre for Diamond Industry, Textile Mills, Jari Industry and other trading and industrial establIshments. Valsad district maintains its fifth rank in den::)lty in 1991 Census with a density of 2 415 persons per Km • It is onc of the orchard areas of the State and also rich in agrIcultural lands. It also grows extensive cash crops, some of which are exported. Vadodara district· ranks SIxth with a 2 density of 396 persons per Km • This distrIct has maintained its fifth rank in both the 1971 and 1981 Censuses in density. Here also the influence of Vadodara City and its neighbouring towns is noticed, like Ahmadabad district, in pushing up the ranking of the distrIct on the ladder. The district is the home of large industrial establishments and manufacturing complex, like Fertilizemagar, Gujarat Refinery, Petro-Chemical Complex, etc. It is also rich in :1atural resources. In contrast, the lowest density is found in Kachchh district. 2 It is only 28 persons per Km . Next to it The Dangs with 82, Jamnagar with_ 111 and Surendrangar with 115 and Banas Kantha with 170. Except Jamnagar district, all the four remaining least densely populated districts, stand in the row of backward areas of the State. However, the case of Jamnagar district little bit surprises. Eventhugh bemg one of the State's richest areas in minerals and a good deal of industrial trade, a nominal portion of the population is attracted to reside in the district. Jamnagar City still remains the main hub of activity but could not influence on the general density of the district. On the other hand the rest of the rural hinterland remains traditionally backward. We can come to the conclusion that the density of the population is generally a fairly accurate index of the relative prosperity or otherwise of the conremed area. But in some cases it can be a misleading index also. A question might be arised into the someone's mind that whether the density of population being an index of the prosperity or 80 otherwise of an area can be an index of other co-related factors of a sociolological or geographical or ecological significance? This whole the question is closely interlinked with the economic aspect of the area. For example, Ahmadabad, Kheda, Surat, Valsad, Vadodara and Mahesana districts have a high dem,ity level. They all are in every way suitable to support and promote the grO\vth of larger population than in same of the other districts. On the other hand, Kachchh, The Dangs, Jarrmagar, Surendrangar and Banas Kantha have a low density l~vel. They are comparativel~backward for one fo the factors of their geograaphical situation. On account of bulk of swampy marsh in the northern portion of the Kachchh district, much of its area is uninhabitable. The rest of the area which is habitable is by and large subject to desert and semi-desert conditions. The latter type of conditions are prevailing in most of the areas of Banas Kantha and Sabar JCantha districts. On account of much of the land mass being rendered uninhabitable by extensive forest areas and hilly tracks, Bharuch district ranks fourteenth in 2 density with the density of 171 persons per Km • In general, it can be said from the geographical point of view that the talukas located on the eastern hilly range and on the northern border of the State which are mostly barren Or semi-barren, have more or less low density in comparison with the talukas located in mainland of Gujarat. Residential Houses, Households and size of Households: Now we are going to dis_cuss the pattern of our distribution over the length and breadth of State which is connected with the subject of how many of us live where. The roof on our heads is one of the another aspects related to the subject of living. It would, therefore, be suitable to look briefly at our living, conditions, the kind of houses we live in and the size of average household in Gujarat and its various districts, Every human being is not fortunate enough in having a roof over his head or in ability to live in his own home either as tenant or owner. The more unfortunates of them live under the open sky or in temporary sheds consisting of nothing more than a makes]lift roof supported by mainly poles and often no walls at all; others are those which are compelled to reside away from their homes for one reason or another and live in institutions of 81 one kind or the other, such as hospital, Asylums, Jails, Hotels, Boardrng houses, etc. Therefore, the every individual residing in houses or houseless people or living in institutions are to be counted in Census. We will examine the population of Gujarat in the above three categories of living conditions. 41,309,582 people of the State are residing in 7,492,603 households. Normally it is understood that a household means a family. This is correct in general term. But it is not adopted in Census. For the purpose of Census it is not so, particularly in the case of institutional households where a group of unrelated persons live together, beneath a conunon roof ar:1 (lvalling common facIlities and take meals from a common kitchen, yet they did not comprise a family in the .normal sense of that word. The common understanding of the household as a family of related persons is correct. The institutional households in the State are 6,987 which is 0.09 pel cent of the total households. There are 66,310 houseless households in the State which is 0.89 per cent of the total households. That means the population of 0.89 per cent households of the State dwell under the open sky in fields or open compounds or such other spaces of on streets Qr on footpath with the temporary roof to get shelter from the sun and rain. In contrast, the population of 49.02 per cent of the total households are residing in the houses having roof over their heads and walls also. Such households are generally referred to as residential households. There are 7,419,306 such households. Thus, in all, there are 7,492,603 households in the State. Out of which 6,987 instituttional households and 66,310 houseless households. Out of every 10,000 (ten thousand) of hcuseholds of the State 9,902 are residential, 89 are houseless and 9 are institutional. There are 10,311,535 houses occupied by tloe residential and institutional households in the State. The po: 'lhtion of 7,419,306 residential households is 40,798,022; that of me houseless households is 289,326 and that of the institutional households is 222,234. The position of house and households oftbe districts can be studied from the Statement II~38 given hereafter. The districtwise 82 population accounted by the three categories of households viz., Residential, Houseless and Institution:ll, alongwith the total number houses IS tabulated in the ~tatement. For the purpose of the Census, a house is defined as any structure havmg a roof and four walls and it can be and is used as living accommodation. The persons Ii ving in such a house as a 'family' are treated as a household. But those livmg in such a household as an unrelated group of persons but takinb meals from common kitchen and otherwise subject to organised management as a single unit are treated as institutional households. From the said table, it can be seen that how much districts are fortunate who have proper quota of houses to reside in and how much from them have to manage for the same. In Surat, Kheda, Vadoadara, Valsad, Rajkot, Bharuch, Ahmadabad, Mahesana, Banas Kantha and Junagadh districts, the entirely houselcss perosns are quite large. TIley are in between 10,001) to 79,000. The least houseless persons are noticed in The Dangs district followed by Jamnagar and Gandhinagar districts. 83 X r, :- -" .:;, c '"oe 'r, ,-, ,-- , X 'r, S r- -,c "c- or, 'r x, C, 'r h, •..r~ ,~ ~ 0-, e7 '1- c, r, ,..:"'" ex; c ? ~ if, "J '-' v "'" ;:::; ~ if, ;.-~ ;:::::. t- ") V, ;'! C, r-: r::-! -: ... :;: rl c, ,., r,"" ...,. ...,. N 00 rr, ... -::. r- , -, ::::' tr) ,...... "X /C V-, 'T -:- N OC OC N ~ YO c- r, C! -: x. r-- r! <= ,.,,.j i -::. r, r, X; 1- :r, c:5 ,: .. , - :; '"g- c.. J' -e r-- r, cr, X -;! t ... % r-- ~ 'r, '-0 'r, - - ...... ,.. ':} "-::., ~ ;'~ ~, X, ~ rr (" "1; il) 0- -r .::_ 'T oi 00 - - ';j,_, ... rJ1 '; N 'r, ~, ::: % ...,. ~, CC ,- ,_, if, I- ~':F N X 'r, 3 '<', I:':: 0 -T• .... "1; ""cr, 0- ~ 0- ,-, "! --"., ,0 I~ 'f ~, ~ r, 'r, ::;-. r- ...,. r-- ;,. ;- <:J '=' ,.,..; .... !5 ::;. 0:;:~I~I I .-- 'f: ?;r .... r, r--. = Q '" ,., 0 :.. .,. N '" 0 :c -.:; ,-, r~ -"- V, '1' N V Q r • 'r, 0- 'r, 0- v-, r-, ~. .;:'"' ~ ._;; cD ~r "': ~ v, --r. If: ~: ~, ~ '~ -i .:. -C ::.i .~ 0- ~. '"I~ 0- 0- ;:;: r-- ... , '-r, 00 CIO - f-I r< ...,. c, ~. rr 'r, "0 ".,.:... '" ~ e; ~'~I -..!. r-- -:; r1 ~, X 'r, ~, r, "- - 0 cr, :5' OX X i', r, 00 C' C oe rl rl cr. .,. ~ rr. "':t ~ - OCJ ,c " E "0'" "" '0 ~ .c .;:: QJ J: ~ en '" =0 I~f ~ ~ ::t: '" <:> -<:.. cr, ~, CO .,. .. ~ <; .I:: ... 00" '"' -5'" ... C OJ] - ~ ~ C c N " ... " OJ) .c= Q E .c .. <:: ::: <; OJ) E '" "tl .<: ~ :L'"' '" '" ._ '" "0 ~ 'J ~ _c ... Q" "6 c ;;: 00 ~ e .. '"c "E '" .<: '" .<: "tl ~ (J '"<= .c c .. E ""~ :::> J:'" E '"t: '" " Z '=- -"! ..: (/) ~ < .=; 0<:'" ;::::'" Of'.'"' ::E'" ~'"' Q '" 0 z ,., .,. >r, I~ I-I >0 r- oo 0' N r- -0 0 on 0 0- on -T 0 '"r- c- oo::. 00 -.q 0- q c. 0 -.0"'" 0-- ,-: ~ ... 0 " 0 0 on 00 >D .. N ::0 Of' or, '"0 '"on ~.g -.q 0- V) 0 r--_ "'1; ..... = ,..., ,...; N ..;"" ..; ,- .r; =Q Q N ~, .~ ~ :; ~, - 0.0 -= =-- ~ r-- a-, a-, <1' ..... ~, 00 c:,o ..'" V) 0- C'< on r- N -0 3 ;; -0 M 0 ..... N Q ,< .r; "'! ..; .....,~ ,.. :::!'" "' M N 0- M 00 N r-- <1' ;:;:; t, <::> -0 O. 00 .....'" "'! '""!. N "3 r- -:;:; 00 N '"-.0 ,..: ..... 00 eo <1' r- 0"- 0- on N ,.. V) '""" -0 "' <:> <:> <:> v-. on v. v-. V') " ~ '" 00':!tj ._ -g ~ ...... N ..g os ~ =-;; ~ S ..c: os ..c: u -g sQ 'Q u "'8 ~ 1 ... ~ -;; ... .. Ii os ..c: e;;:J '" z ~ 52 Q... ""> r:tJ en > ~ ..... '0 00 ;:: 1i5~ - ~ :! ~ - !::: .::> Ir. ''> c.c ...,. 0- Vl 0 00 r-, C '" '"00 ~, N"" 0 vi '" on '""Ir, e -6 -D v, on on 'ro os~'" := ... Q on 0 r- ..--, 'OJ" 0- r- 00 N ~= 1;;100 ...,_ ,.,.., 0- ,...., ":t ,.,.., r- on or. ~ .,,",- - vi ..0 ..0 on -0 -0 -D V"i on on on V"i II 7ii ~ I .. a o ." ;; .~-,_ I 'rl 00 II !!- o o • ""0 -=.. ' ~~ -II 111:gE-o - I-- :.i!s ..rl .::s! N 00 or. ;:0 '5 N M !Xl :I '" o o o e1 0 - ." :I ::c .....!~ - - o II ~ :;,!,! •II .,., Vl 00 ...... oro t- ,_ ...., S N N 0- 0 ~ .. oro '" 0 3 "" 0'. o ." 00 0' 0' C"- 0-. 0' 00 0- oo 0- 00 • .a ry, il i - CI'\ 0"- 0- ""'" 0-. 0- C!- O' '"' 0- 0' -'" ell: II \0 • ·00 0 ~ ,~. r- ~ ...r CI'\ 0- ..... oc -0 ..0 ~ 0 0 $ 0 0 Q 0 0 1] C> 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 0 0 0 0 .~ ~ - is II 1"1:11 r--- :II 0 .. O.o::l"fj0 =1 00 N N r -:11.0::11 "b !!~ ~ £.. .. - ~ £ a00 III ~"t: a ~ ~ N - bO ..c ..c c 0-= ~ c ~ '1j .. "g ..c ~ ~ .. ~ bI) u '" .E 1;5 .. ] ~ 'ii ..c '" :0 '1j ';' .. u .. '" c e::s ..2 I: .. a ~ ~ c. Z• ~ e Vl 0:1 0:1 Vl .... ~ < ...." ~ :::!: " ...: eo rzZ 0 - N M ' 1- I o o l1.~ _, r-... I Noc ..". Xl 1~ _. 0 o o '" o 00 00 o c r-- 00 0-, r-o o o o o o00 o r-- o oc 00 g' 0- We have seem that a total of 41,309,582 people have been counted in the State m the last Census. We have also looked that there are J (1,3 11,535 hOLlses in the State. We have also noticed that there are 289,326 houseless persons in the State. Now let us see the avemge SIZe of hous(~hold in the State. The average household in Gujarat C'XiSTS of 5.51 members. That means nearly six persons per household. There is slight difference in this pattern in the rural areas a<; against the urban areas. The average rural household comprises of 5.68 persons. On the other hand, the average urban household is of 5.38 p::rsons. While comparing these figures of the last two Censuses, It can be seen that average household h'1 Gujarat in 1961 Census was 5.35 members \\ hich was raised by 0.35 members in 1971 Census i.c::., 5.70 persons and in' 1981 Census it was calculated as 5.74 persons WIth tht: only grvwth of 0.04 members. In 1991 Census it i~ calcHlated as 5.51 persons with the loss of 0.23 members. Thi~ shows that the average household has shown a decreasing trend in the last decade. This proves that nowadays the Joint family SYSlt;r,llS stIll eXlst~ng in the State. The size of tht? average households at district level will be of much interest te, the readers. Statement II.39 tabulated below nan-ates the- district leve\ average household. The comparative picture of avcragt:· size of household of the State as well as of its each district of b~·th the Census of 1981 and 1991 can be studied from the Statement. It also giv:s the average size of rural and urban housebold. Statement-II.39 Average Size of households for TotallRurallUrban in 1981 and 1991 "I. Stat-;; Oistrict No Urban t 2 8 Glijarat. State 574 5.59 5.68 5.38 ! Jamn.:gaf (> 31 6.02 6.18 580 2, RRJkot 615 5.96 6.04 5.73 _, Surendranagar 590 5.53 5.76 5.45 4 Bh:lVmigar 6.37 (} 07 6.47 5.77 5 ATnJeh 6 4~ 6.19 6.45 6.10 6 Junagadh 6.34 649 6.02 0.04 6.17 5.78 88 SI. 1 St2telDi.trict 1981 I 1991 Total I Rural I {Irban I Total ~-~-I _Rural {'rban =It 2 3 I 4 I 5 i 6 _I __l_ _8__ 7 Kachchh 5 1') 518 520 512 51f) 506 8 Banas Kantha 577 581 53'\ 582 600 529 9 Sabar Kantha 558 5.62 5.27 ) 39 542 520 10 Mahesana 552 554 )44 526 531 527 11 Gandhtnagar 5 1 I 5 18 487 501 :; 17 .. 84 12 Ahmadabad 543 549 541 522 :; 4! 519 I: Kh"d:l 5 50 5 50 5 50 5 31 .'i 28 540 '4 Panch Mahals 611 617 566 6,25 648 560 J:-' 'Jadodara 553 5.73 522 'i 18 556 5 13 16 Bharuch 550 553 538 5 19 52.1 5 12 17 Sura: 561 5 J6 :; 83 5 17 502 542 18 Val sad 5.57 559 551 528 :; Sf' 'i 19 19 The Danl:\s 5 15 5 15 5 I U 5 ~l) 4 ~5 It IS observed that the slight vanatioll m the sIze of urban householGs is noticed among the dl~tf1ctS. It IS in between 5 to 6 members per household except in Gandhmagar and The Dangs districts where It IS slighLly below five (4.84) and (4.85) persous respectl\'ely. The average size of urban hOllsehold of only nine districts V1Z., Jamnagar, Rajkot, Surf'ndranagar, Bhavnagar, Arnrel!, Junagadh, Kheda, Panch Mahals and Sur«t is some what higher than the State average. Out of which five districts are of Saurashtra region alld Kheda, Panch Mahals and Surat dIstricts are from the southern regIOn of the State. In rural areas, the pattern of average size of households showed slight difference. All the nine districts whose average of urban household is higher than the State average have also shown the same tendency 1TI Rmal areas also except Kheda and Surat districts. Kheda and Surat districts have shown low;:r average household than the Rural State average. The average rural household of Panch Mahals is very higher than the State average. Overall, the average rural household among the districts ranges in between 5 to 6 members or slIghtly higher but below 7. Growth Rate of the population: After discussmg the pattern of our distributIOn over the length and breadth of the State and how many of us live there, the question ITlay arise in our mind that at which rate we arc growmg and its likely consequences on our' future. The advanced rapid 89 growth rate of the world population is a solicitious problem not only to the demographers and academic circles involved with pIJpulation but also to Government which have to make stlpulattions for food. clotbtg and shelter to all as a whole. POPULA nON UN 00 OM) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N N N N N ~ W W W W ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ 0 N ~ ~ ~ 0 N ~ ~ ~ 0 N ~ ~ ~ 0 N o 0 0 0 000 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 The estllnated world population in 1970 was 3,632 mIllions and :It the rate of at which It IS growmg it may be doubled by the year 2000. The population of our country at the 1981 Census stood at 685,184,692 and by the year 1991 it is 846.302,688 and in the year 200 I It wtll reach at 1.021,888,400. That means it wIll be a one blll10n after t\\ () decades. The populatlOn of G.1arat at the 1981 Census WD<, 34,085,799. It reaches to 41,309,582 in 1991 and likely to be reached at 46,530,700 in 2001. Th~ rapid ~ro\\1h of the population IS creating mtense ,mxlety at all level nOt only in the world but also In our country and III uur own state. The better lIVing conditions and longetivity of life arc one of the reasons for rapid growth of population. On the other "Ilk, our natural resources, food supplies, clothing, cement steel and olher reqUl:emcnls \11 gemal are not adequate to meet with the requirements of the growing population. In the present day and age it may be p05s!hle to administrate some what extent with availabihty of the essential commodities. But our population will have to cut dowll hlS speed of growth in future administrative measur~s. The glnUJJ1e and scnolls opinion is that if we 'Nill not take immediate measures to restrain the rate of growth of world population of the contmcnt, a lime ''''Ill come where it will be very much difficult to mall1tll1 and also [0 manage the essentialitIes of the people. Now. let us briefly examine the growth rate of our populatIOn since 1901 to see at what speed our population is growing. The statement-II.40 brings out the growth rate of populatIOn since 1901. Statement-IIAO Growth of population ofIndia 1901-1991 Year Total population 2 1901 238337313 1911 25~()O5470 + 573 1')21 251239492 - 073 93 "far Total population Percentage decadal variation (or growth rate) 2 3 1931 278867430 + II 00 1941 318539060 + 1423 1951 360950365 + 13 31 1961 439072582 + 21.64 1971 547949809 + 24 80 1981 685184692 * + 25.05 19Q1 846302688 + + 23 51 In 1901 Census, the population of our country was 238,337,313. After a decade i.e., in 1911, it enlarged to 252,005,470, with an increase of 5.73 per cent. At the next Census, in 1921, it reduced to 251,239,492, registering a loss of 0.30 per cent during the last decade of 1911 to 1921. Ten years la1er, at the next Census of 1931, the loss occurred during 1911 to 1921 was made up with the increase of 11.00 per cent reached at the total of 278,867,430. Since then the steady growth has been noticed. In 1941 Census, the growth rate was registered 14.23 per cent, in 1951 Census it was 13.31 per cent, in 1961 Census it was 21.64 per cent, in 1971 Census it was 24.80 per cent in 1981 Census it was 25.05* per cent and in 1991 Census it has marked. at 23.51 + per cent. The population at these Censuses were 318,539,060 in 1941, 360,950,365 in 1951, 439,072,582 in 1961, 547,949,809 in 1971, 685,184,692* in 1981 and 846,302,688+ in 1991. One. can conclude from the above figures, that the efforts and steps taken by us to reduce the growth rate of population have gone in vain. Inspite of, nationwide publicty of rapidly expanding population and also implementation of family planning programme, we could not succeed to prevent nor to curtail the race of rapid growth of population. If we want to prosper and to reach a high standard of living, we must check the trend of growing population. * Includes projected population of Assam + Includes projected population of Jammu and Kashmir. 94 The picture of growth of our own State population is even more apprehensive than our country. Our State came into existence in May 1960. The population of the areas now comprising Gujarat State was 9,094,748 in 1901. It reached at 9,803,587 in 1911 with an increase of 7.79 pe' cent in last decade. In the year 1921 the national population has. shown decreasing trend, but the population of eomprising Gujaut ~tate has registered increasing trend. The national population decn. ~sed by 0.30 per cent in 192 t as against in Gujarat in the said decadr , it was increased by 3.79 per cent. At the next Census of 1931 it has galloped .0 12.92 per cent numbering a population of 11,489,828. This trend was continued upto subsequent four decades. In 1941 it was 19.25 per cent; in 1951 it was 18.69 per cent; om 1961 it was 26.88 per cent and in 1971 it was 29.39 per cent. But in ] 981 it was 27.67 per cent. That means the growth rate of population of 1981 Census of the State had shown decrease of 1. 72 per cent over the growth orIast decade i.e., of 1971 Census. The population of Gujarat was registerl;!d 13,701,551 in 1941, 16,262,657 in 1951, 20,633,350 in 1961, 26,697,475 in 1971, 34,085,799 in 1981 and 41,309,582 in 1991. Since 1911 the growth rate of the population of Gujarat was registered 13,701,551 in 1941, 16,262,657 in 1951, 20,633,350 in 1961, 26,697,475 in 1971, 34,085,799 in 1981 and 41,309,582 in 1991. Since 1911 the growth rate of the population of Gujarat remains higher than the national rate. In 1911, the growth rate of our country as Ci' whole was 5.73 per cent against which it as 7.79 per cent for our State. The growth rate of population at national level had shown a loss of 0.30 per cent in 1921 but the growth rate of Guj arat had shown increasing trend in tne same period with the rate of 3.79 per cent. In 1931, the growth rate of Gujarat was 12.92 per cent as against 1l.00 per cent at national level. At the next Census of 1941 it was 19.25 at Gujarat level as agamst 14.23 at national level. In subsequent Censuses, the comparative figures are 18.69 per cent of Gujarat as against 13.31 per cent in 1951,26.88 per cent as against 21.64 per cent in 1961, 29.39 per cent as agianst 24.80 per cent in 1971 and 27.67 per cent as against 25.00 per cent at the Census of 1981 and in 1991 Census 95 the growth rate of Gujarat is found less than the national average of 23.81. It is observed that the Increasing trend is noticed both at national and State level right from 1911 to 1981 except in 1921 at national level. The population growth had registered a loss of 0.30 per cent in 1921 at national level. In 1951, both National and State level, the gro\Vth rate slightly fell down in comparison with the figures of their last Census of 1941. The growth rate of national Ie vel was 14.23 per cent in 1941 Census which was slightly decreased and reached at 13.31 per cent in 1951 Census. Simultaneously, in Gujarat it was 19.25 per cent in 1941 which fell down at 18.69 per cent. Likewise 1951 Census. in 1991 also the growth rate of both national and State level fall down in comparison with the figures of their iast Census of 1981. 'The growth rate of national level was 25.00 per cent in 1981 Census which is decrea'!>ed and reached at 23.81 per cent in 1991 Census. Similarly, in Gujarat it was 2767 per cent in 1981 which fell down at 21.19 per cent. Since then Gujarat had marched with the nation in increasing trend of population. But at the last Census, in comparison with previous Census gro\Vth rate. Gujarat has registered a decrease of 6.48 per cent over 1981 Census. Looking to the above facts and figures, the rate of at which, the population of the country is expanding becomes a cause of anxiety. Guj arat State has also _to be anxious for the same. Since 1921, the mcreasing trend is noticed both at national and State levels. Better standard living, longetivity of life due to improved medical and health facilties and reduction and health facilities and reduction m deaths during infancy and childbirth are the root-cause for the progressive increase in the population. 96 0 ' 00 0- ' -~~ ,---I-- ] ...... ~ OS OS CO rJl .:! OIl ... CO -5 ..s 'S.:: ..... rJl'" c:: a III ... a OIl ..c:: ..c:: e CO OIl '0 ~ ..c:: ~ ~ sQ ...'" CO 0 c: ~ OIl u .... .;!, ~ CO ..c: '"CO CO .. ~ CO u J:J ::I c:: :z: ~ ::0 ..c: ~ ::I ~ .., "" -( .., rJl C-' '" ~ rJl co ~ co '" ..: e rJlZ N ...... ' ~ - r-- 00 0 0 01 Vl 00 ...., N 0 N 0 ~ -;j, -;j, t-: ... ci N"" vi N ai oci -.i Io? r-- "<1' M Vl '"...- + + + + '+ '"+ + + - I- -...g: t'l 1l ...... • I/} .~ ~ '0 '" ...... t>ll ... 0 N "'l- V) t- oo 01- ri.-i .-- "" .-'" .- The above statement gives you a complete idea of the growth rate of the' population both at State level as well as district level since 1901. It will be observed from the data that except Mahesana, Banas Kantha and Kheda districts, all the districts had registered growth in 1911. A decline in the growth rate of five districts viz., Rajkot, Bhavna6ar, Amreli, Kachchh and The Dangs is noticed in 1921. After that, none of the districts have registered a decline except Kachchh district upto 1991 Census. Kachchh district had registered a decline of 2.42 per cent in 1941 Census. It can be said that all the districts of the State have maintained their uniformity in the growth rate of population in various decades. Banas Kantha d~trict had registered the lowest growth rate with a loss of 4.26 per cent as against The Dangs district had registered the increase of 57.78 per cent being the highest among other districts in 1911. At the next Census in 1921, the district having the highest growth rate in previous Census became not only the lowest district but also registered a loss of 16.54 per cent. Panch Mahals diStrict r~ top with the growth rate of 16.35 among others in the same decade. In 1931 Census, The Dangs district again ranks fIrst with the gro\\<1h of 38.74 pet cent whereas Kachchh district ranks last with the growth rate of 7.42. At 1941 Census, Kachchh district with a loss of 2.42 per cent became the lowest in growth rate and Ahmadabad district registered the highest growth rate of 38.70 per cent. Ahmadabad district maintained its fIrst rank with the growth rate of 28.66 per cent in 1951 Census, whereas Bharuch district registered the lowest growth late of 10.40 per cent. In 1961 Census, Gandhinagar district was the lowest in growth rate with 14.51 per cent as against The Dangs district reached on the top in growth of population with 51.36 per cent after remaining silent during two decades. At the Census of 1971, the youngest district Gandhinagar had registered the highest growth rate among other districts with 46.39 per cent and Kachchh district ranks lowest with 22.02 per cent. In 1981 Census, Gandhinagar district remained the fIrst ~mong the other districts with the growth rate of 44.08 per cent. Bharuch was lowest with 16.84 per cent. In the last Census i.e., in 1991, Gandhinagar district still remain the fIrst among the other districts with the growth rate of 41.48 per cent and Jamnagar was lowest wth 12.24 per cent. 99 Dunng the span of ninety years from 1901 to 1991 Censuses Gujarat State has registered a gro\\1h rate of 354.21 per cent increase in population. But at the district level The Dangs district has regis.tered highest growth rate of 685.97 per cent closeJy followed by Ahmadabad district with the rate of 564.87 per cent and Gandhinagar district with 553.94 per cent increase as against which Kachchh district has the lowest growth rate of 158.70 per cen increase and next to that is Mahesallu distrid which has registered a growth rate of252.39 per cent lllcrease In popUlation. The graph illustrated here shows the incfosing trend of the population of Gujarat State since 1901. ThIS graph Jg:lll1 alarms us about the growth of population of the country as a whole :md also of the State, cautioning us to take immediate enec ti"e p;-~ve!:tn;; measures to control the growth of populatlOn at every levelS. OtherwIse, it will be too late to solve the problem~ mov,ntaining m front of us and a day WIll come when our all effort') to find the' solution which are possible and easier and effectJve today may become impossible, ineffective and uneasy in PJture. Then It WIll be like Cancer reached in advanced stage for WhlCh there j" no remedy and the Joss we have to face will be irreperabk. So it becomes a problem not only for the Government but also for all the citizens. Both of them have to awake early and create the sense of responsIbility of every individual towards the pros and cons of the problem of rapid gro\\th of populatIOn. 100 CHAPTER - III VILLAGE DWELLERS AND TOWN DWELLERS: t\s you know, Indi.a is a country of villages. In other words, the vast majority of us live in villages. It can also be said that the soul of India still lives in its villages. Besides many other things. or cmmtry is also kn()Wll aU over the world as a "iand of villages and 01 rural people. This fad, which was true at the beginning Gfth;: twentieth Century, holds good even now. In 1901, merely 89 per cent of population of our country live in the villages and in 1991, merely 74 per cent of its population live in villages. In Gujamt every 66 out of 100 persons live in the villages and the re:naming 34 in the towns and cIties according to 1991 Census. Table No.III.1 gives the percentage of rural and urban population as returned at Censuses from 1901 to 1991. Statement - flI.1 :rer Celi!ages {If Rural and Urban Population from 1901 to1991 Year P~rcelltage of F ural TPeX=-centage of Urban Population -----f- Population ____J ____~ ______~2______L______~3 ______1901 89 11 1911 90 10 1921 89 11 1931 88 12 1941 86 14 1951 83 17 1961 82 18 1971 80 20 1981 77 23 1991 74 26 It is evident that urban dwellers are increasing and during the two decades 1971-91 have registered an increase of 6 per cent 101 points which is at par with the urbanisation recorded for all the six decades 1901-61. The growth of urbamsatlOn by 3 per cent during 1981-91 is double the corresponding percentage increase during 1971-81. The distinction betweell a Yi1iage and a town dweller is important since urbanisation has become an accepted essential progress. It is customary to divide the population of every country into two broad categories, namely, rural and urban. These two components of population can only be examined in detail with the help of distribution patterns, density, size of households and such other related aspects. In Census, the population living in villages are termed rural population while chose in townsicities are known as urban population. These are the two distinct demographic groups of population recognised in each census. At the outset, let us see what ronstitutes an urban area. In other words, which are the chuacteristics to recognise a place as an urban. It is a proverb that God made the country and man made the town. Let us turn our attention to the criteria of urban areas. Till 1951 Census, there was no uniform criterion prescnbed to defme urban area in our country. Therefore, the definition of the terms 'rural' and 'urban' change from :period to period and from state to state and even from country to country. To study the urbanisation in all its aspects, a uniform criteria was insisted at the 1961 Census. In 1961 Census, a place having a municipality or a cantonment or with a population of 5,000 and over, if 75 per cent of its male population pursued non-agricultural activities was treated as urban area. This criteria were applied in respect of places other than municipalities or cantonments with reference to their population of previous Census. Likewise previous Censuses of 1961,1971 and 1981, the list of urban areas was finalised in consultation with the State Govt. and got approved by the Registrar Ger.eral, India. The urban areas are defD.J.ed with the help of the following criteria in 1991 Census: 102 a) All places with a Munici.Pahty, CorporatIon, Cantonment Board or Notified town area; b) All villages/compact project areas which satisfied the following criteria; i) a minimum population of 5,000 ii) at least 75 per cent of male main-workers engaged In non-agricultural persuits; 2 iii) a population density cf at least 400 per Km • The urban critenon of 1981 Census varied slightly from iliat of the 1961 and 1971 Censuses in that the males working in activities such as fishing, logging, etc., were treated as engaged in non-agricultural activity and therefore contributed to the 75% criterion in 1961 and 1971 Censuses, wherea& in the 1981 Census iliese activities are treated as on par with cultivation and agricultural labour for the purpose of this criterion. In 1991 Census also, the activities of livestock, forestry, fishing, hunting, plantations and orchards and allied activities have been treated as agricultural activities which applying the test of male working population. Let us study another important aspect of this topic; in what proportion is the population divided between the rural and urban areas of the State as well as of the nation. According to 1991 Census figures, 74.27 per cent of the national population is residing in rural areas as against 25.73 per cent in urban areas. In Gujarat, it is 65.51 per cent and 34.49 per cent respectively. The percentages of urban population te the total population for the country as a whole and for each StatelUnion Territory are contained in the following Statement: 103 Statement - IlI.2 Percentage of Urban Population to Total Population in States/Union Territories, 1991 ~------State/Union T~rritory Total Urban Percentage of Population Population urban Population to total PO~1l1atioll ~ 2 3 4 Illdia * 838,583,988 215771-612 25.73 States Andhra Pradesh 66508008 17887126 26.89 2. Arll:':lchal Pradesh 864558 110628 12.80 3. Assam 22414322 2487795 11.10 4. BIhar 86374465 11353012 13.14 5_ Goa 1169793 479752 41.01 (> GUJarat 41309582 14246061 3449 7. Haryana 1646~648 4054744 24.63 8. '-ltmacha1 Pradesh 5170877 449196 8.69 9. Kamataka 44977201 1:)907788 30.92 10. Kerala 29098518 7680294 26.39 il. Ma.dhya Pradesh 1:>181170 15338837 23 B 12. Maharashtra 78937187 30541586 3869 13. Mampur 1837149 505645 27.5'2 14. Mcghalaya 1774778 330047 18.60 l5. Mi<.cram 689756 317946 4610 16. Nagaland 1209546 208223 17.21 17_ Oriss.! 31659736 4234983 13.38 18_ PilnJab 20281969 5993225 2955 19. Rajasthan 44005990 J0067113 22.88 20. Slk;';lm 40G457 37006 9.10 21. TamIl Nadu 55858946 19077592 34.15 22 Tripuni 2757205 421721 15.30 13 CHar PraMsh 139112287 27605915 19.84 24_ W;;~t Bengal 68077965 18707&01 27.48 l.Jnimi Territories Andaman & NIcob"r 2806(;1 74955 26.71 Islands 2. Chandlgarh 642015 575829 89.69 3. Dadra & Nagar 138477 11725 8.47 Haveh 4. Daman&Diu 101586 47543 46.80 5_ DeIhl 9420644 8471625 89.93 6. Lakshadweep 51707 29114 56.31 7 . Pondich~ 807785 516985 64.00 ... Excluding Jammu & Kashmir 104 It would be worthwhile to examine the extellt of urbanisation in the various states of our country. Gujarat is one of the highly urbanised States of India. The highest urbanisatIOn is found in Delhi, Chandigarh, Pondicherry, Lakshdweep aud Daman &Diu Union Territories where out of 100 persons 89.93, 89.69, 64.00, 56.31 and 46.80 persons respectively live in the urban areas. MizoIam and Goa States follow them with 46.10 and 41.01 per cent respectively. In Maharashtra the proportion of urban popuiation is 38.69 per cent. In Gujarat 34.39 per cent live in urban areas. AU the above State slUTs have regIstered higher percentage of urbani~ation than the Gujarat in 1991. Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Punjab, Manipur, West Bengal, Andaman & Nicobar Islancis, Andhra Pradesh and KeraIa have registered less percentage of urhanisation than the Gujarat State but they are above of the national average of 25. 73 per cent. In fourteen States and Union Territories, the proportion of the urban population IS lower than the national average. The lowest proportion of the urban population is noticed in Dama & Nagar Haveli, where it is 8.47 per cent, followed by Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim and Assam with 8.69, 9.10 and 11.10 per .:ent respectively. The lowest proportion of urban population is noticed in Arunachal Pradesh with 12.80 per cent, Bihar with 13.14 and Orissa with 13.38 per cent. It is interesting to note that amongst the States and Union Territories, the lowest and highest proportion of urban population is found in Union Territories not only on first rank but also on second and third rank. Amongst the States only, Gujarat State ranks fourth highest in extent of urbanisation. Mizoram ranks first, Goa ranks second and Maharashtra ranks third as urbanised States. Nowadays, it is established fact that the Census data are presenkd by !Ural/urban areas. It becomes the tradition. In the foregoing paragraphs, we have discussed that which places can be treated as urban areas by applying the prescribed criteria and how many of us are living in it. Now, let us see that how many of us are Ii'ling in rural areas. For which, we must understand what is rural area. In the fUIjll areas, the smallest area of habitation is village having defmite surveyed boundaries. It is separate administrative unit. It may have one or more hamlets. The entire revenue village is one unit. There 105 may be unsurveyed villages wIthin forest, etc. for the presentation of CenslIs elata, entire village, having/not having hamlet(s), is to be treated as one single unit. The population living in such administrative unit is rural population. In other words, it can be said that the population not living in urban areas automatically be classed as rural population. Those places not classified as urban are to be treated as rural. Each of the revenue villages notified by the Revenue De}Jartment of the State was given a location code number. Similarly, the UIban areas were also given a location code number. Location code number is given to each and every administrative unit for its identification. The non-municipa~ areas of the towns which were basically rural in characteristics are treated as rural areas. There were such areas in the State as under: Sf. No I District I Taluka I L.e.No. I Name of Rural area I ]'.lDagadh Patan-Veraval 101 Patall (Rural) 102 Veraval (Rural) 2 B3Il8S Kantha Paianpuf 191 Palanpur (Rural) 3 Mahesana Vijapur 108 Vijapur (Rural) 4 .~hrnadabad Dholka 117 Dholka (R~ral) All the above rural areas were also assigned location code numbers. Likewise 1971 and 1981 Censuses, a concept of urban agglomeration was also adopted for the 1991 Census, for maintaining comparability with the data of 1981 Census. The areas like railway colonies, university campuses, military areas developed outside the statutory limits of the city of town but adjoining it were not qualified to be treated as towns but they formed a continuous spread with the town. All such cases were treated as one urban unit and called urban agglomeration. In all 46 units were treated as urban agglomerations which includes cities, towns and villages also. There are 18,569 villages in Gujarat of which, 18,028 are inhabited vilfage~ and 481 are uninhabited villages, 60 villages have been flllly included in towns where' as 47 villages have been 106 included partly in towns. Out of 60 vlllages included fully in towns less than one fourth (1/4) of such villages are in Ahmadabad district followed by Rajkot district with 13, 8 each in Vadodara and Valsad districts, 5 villages in Kheda district, 4 in Junagadh district, 3 in Surat district, 2 in Panch Mahals district and one each in Jamnagar, Amreli and Sabar Kantha districts. Out of these 18,028 inhabited villages, 76 villages have population 10,000 and above~ 575 villages between 5000·9999, 3,417 villages between 2,000-4,999, 5,432 villages between 1,000- 1,999, 4,634 villages between 500-999; 2,875 villages between 200- 499 and 1,019 villages have population below 200. Thus we can conclude that greater concentration of population is seen in villages having population slZeof 1,000-4,999 which claim 65.79 per cent of the rural population of the State. The percentage of those living in the villages ofless than 500 population comes to 4.21 per cent of the total rural population. The villages of the smallest size of less than 200 claim only 0.44 per cent of total rural population while those in the group of 200-499 have 3.77 per cent of the total rural population. 3.51 per cent population is claimed by the villages having population size of 10,000 and above. Bharuch and The Dangs districts did not have a single village having population 10,000 and more. It is not worthy that 47.33 per cent population of The Dangs district resides in the small size (below 500) villages. 52.67 per cent reside in medium size (500-1,999) villages and has not a single villages in large/very large size (above 2,000) villages as against 57.60 per cent, 31.04 per cent and 11.36 per cent respectively in 1981. This shows that the population of small size villages is shifting towards Medium size in The Dangs district. An entirely different situation is noticed in Kheda district where only 0.82 per cent of rural population is living in small size villages, 18.68 per cent in\ Medium size villages and 80.50 per cent in large/very large size villages. By regrouping the seven categories of v~llages into small, meoium, large and very large according to the sizes of their population the following pattem emerges. 107 -,------Group I Population _---'_1991 L1981 L 1971 T_!961_= Under 500 (small) 4.21 5.86 9.12 14.25 500-1,999 (Medium) 41.21 46.03 51.48 :>4.26 2,000-4,999 (Large) 37.20 34.02 29.94 7.5.12 _ Over 5,000 (Very large) 17.38 14.09 9.46 0.37 Medium sized villages having inhabitants nlimbenng 500- 1,999 are predominant in Gujarai and claim 41.21 per cent of rural population of the State in 1991. From the figures of previous three Censuses it is observed that the medium sized villages (below 2,000) claim ahnost about more than half the rural population of the State. The large sized villages (over 2,000) also have a large share of 54.58 per rent of the rural population of the State in 1991. It is also observed that the population under small sized villages have been decreasing continuously frQm 14.25 per cent in 1961 CellSus to 4.21 per cent in 1991 Census as against this the prcponion of population under the large sized villages (Over 2,000) has been in'creasing from 31.49 per cent to 54.58 per cent during h;'e period of last 30 years. The medium sized villages (500-1,999) show a declining trend in their populatio'l. Large variation between the. smallest and largest villages is noticed in 1981 Census. In 1971 Census the smallest village having one male person was found only JI10ne village viz., Chandika of LJpieta taluka of Rajkot disb-ict. But in 198 L there were such seven villages having only one male person living therein. Likewise 1981 Census in 1991 Census there are such seven villages having only one male person living therein. There are four ill Junagadh district, two in Kachchh district and one in Jamnagar district. One each village of Bhesan and Visavadar talukas of Junagadh district had n:turned a population of only 2 persons. Except in Bhesan taluka, both the persons in another taluka are male. Whereas in Bhesan taluka it is equal distributed as one male and one female. In Surendranagar district a population of 2 male persons is found in Chotila taluka. A population of 3 persons is found in two villages of Junagadh taluka and one village of Ranavav taluka of .Tunagadh district. In village of Junagadh taluka all three persons are male whereas in Munj Varo Nes of Ranavav 108 taluka of Junagadh, district it is two male and one female. Two villagt's of Junagadh taluka of Junagadh district h3.d returned a population of 4 persons. The population of all these villages is entnely male Slmilarl~, a population of five persons IS found in each VIllages of Jarrmagar. Junagadh and Kheda districts of which ant> village of Ranavav taluka and on<:> village of Balasinor taluka of Kheda dlstnct and one village of Okhamandal taluka of Jamnagar dIstrIct. The populatIOn of Dhana Nes village of Ranavav taluka IS two males and three females whereas in Butlya village of Balasillor taluka of Kheda district it'is three males and two females and in Samlyani village of Okhamandal taluka it IS four males and one female. Thus the total number of, smallest vlllage~, m GUJarat according to 1991 Censu,; now stands at hy, Of which 7 Villages ilave populatIOn of only one person. 3 VIllages haw two persons, another 3 vlllages have three peff,on~, 2 Villages have four persons and 3 VIllages have populatIOn of five persons, It is Interestmg to note tha' the' highest total numbrr of ::.mallest VIllages are fcmnd in Junagadh dlstnct (Jut o! J 1'. sud vlllagb. J ~ villa~es are of J uHdgadh district ()f WhiCh, hIghe5 t number of smallest Villages are notIced in Junagadh taluka cl hey have scored seven. Kachchh district and Jamnagar district had followed Junagadh distrIct With total ot two such VIllages. One vlliage each of Surendrangar and Kheda dIStrIcts have he en returned as smallest vlliage, In contrasT tht' populallon of 31 .h3::- persom. IS found in the larg:C'~t village of the' State. The fitteen largest Villages of the State, their populatlOn and area, the densIty, sex raho and hteracy in each are tabulated in the Statement - IIL3 given below. }09 ...... .:> rJl~ .;;c' ...<: Q ~f08~.~i8~.f1 OOot"J"'OOt"-r-"""':r-r- 00 -or-: (""-.. 00 CJ'I o_ It can be revealed from the above figures that the populatIOn of all such vIllages IS above 14,000. Their area is ranging 111 between 13 to 37 Km] except in Ba yavadar it IS 93.77 2 Km . The density of all these nllages except Bhayavadar is above 400 persons per Km]. SimIlarly, the literacy rate is also quite good In all these villages except Chorwad village of Malia taluka of Junagadh distnct. The sex ratio of these vIllages is also above 896 females per 1,000 males. It wIll be worthwhile to bemg to the notice of the reader that the size of population of Village has nothmg to do with the distinction between rural and urban. There are eleven towns of the State each having a populatIon below 5,000. In comparison with each of the ten largest Villages haVing a population above 14,000, there are 102 towns whose populatIOn IS below 14,000. This shows that the populatIOn IS not only the cntenon to classify rural into urban. The size of vJlIages both m geographical area and in population W11l vary from place to place. The size of the village site can be assumed from the ,lUmber of habItations or the houses in the VIllage. Let us, therefore, examme the distnbution of our villages by occupied reSidential houses. Statement-IlIA depicts the distribution of Villages III each district by occupied residential houses. 111 I I ~ 0 ,;, ~ ro.... 'Il II.i := E 0 c ::t bi: ._-; 0lJ - lr, '::0 In ""T .0 - -, If) 0 -0 r"'l -< ...... ('-I -D -- ...... 0 r'-j ('1 N t"'") I'"") - ~ ~ t':l :E ~.... '"~ ;.,.) ~ 4- C "C ~ rr. 'Q. ~ := ~ c,; er Q r::. '" .~ '(q t:: ::I- <.S I- ._ l- '1" e ....; Q or .... '"~ ~ bt OJ; ~ t ~ ._;... ..c: Q '"C ~ ~ .§ if, "- - OJ, E.;: ~ ;:;: -'" '"0 :a ~ CI.I .E .~'" ...... t:'" 1.1 C .;: is .... ~ '" OJ) is C ;.e .2 u,... W-l ... It can be seen from the above statement that there IS no uniformity in all the districts. Out of 18,509 inhabited villages of the State, only one village of Bharuch district is entirely houseless . .t,731 villages have less than 100 residential houses; 5,079 villages have between 100 and 199 residential houses. There are 3,248 villages where the number of re~ldential houses are in between 200 to 299, 1,825 Villages III the range of 300 to 399 residential houses and 994 villages in the residential house range of 400 to 499. There are 1,659 villages III the next higher range of 500 to 999 residential houses. 490 VIllages have number of residential houses above 1,000. Of which, 437 vJ1lages have residential houses in between 1,000 to 1,999 and ('nly 53 villages have residential houses above 2,000 but less than 5,000. It is observed that the majority of the villages are smaller in the size of residential houses. Out of 18,028 inhabited villages of the State, 9,810 villages have residc;ntial houses less than 200 as against 8,218 Villages have above 200 residential houses and two Villages are entirely house1ess. It may be good enough to point out here that the villages given Urban Status, the villages which are fully included in the towns forming parts of urban agglomeration and uninhabited villages are not accounted for the purpose of distrIbution of occupied residential houses. Urban Areas: We have already discussed in the foregoing part of this Chapter that there was no uniform prescribed criteria to classify. rural areas into urban areas in our country till the Census of 1951. A fairly strict definition of an urban area has been adopted in India and in different States from 1961 Census. For 1981 Census, the definition adopted for an 'Urban area' was by and large the same as that of 1961 and 1971 Census, with only some minor variation. As a result of the standard defimtion of Urban area the total number of tuwns of the State stands at 264. Accordingly, 34.49 per cent of the population of Gujarat lives in cIties/towns and 65.51 per cent in villages. The rural population is 97.38 per cent of the total geographical area of the State while the urban popUlation occupies only 2.62 per cent of the total geographical area of the State. This means that out of every 100 Km2 of the geographical area of the State rural population possess mere 97 K.m2 restricting to urban 113 2 population to 3 Km . This uneven possessioQ of area is resulted into higher density In urban area in comparison to rural areas. In other words, only 2.62 per cent of the total geographical area of the State adjusts 34.49 per cent population of the State. We have also discussed that the urbanisation is an essential of progress. In SImple terms it is a process of concentration. At the outset, let us see the degree of urbanisation in the various districts of the State. Ahmadabad dIstrict is the most highly urbanised district of the State: 74.69 per cent of total population of Aluruldabad district is urban. Not only this but the total number of urban centres is the highest amonst other districts. In Surat, Rajkot, Vadodara, Gandhinagar and Janmagar the percentage of urban population is 50.56, 47.09, 42.98, 40.89 and 40.35 per cent respectively. Surat ranks second, Rajkot third, Vadodara fourth, Gandhinagar fifth and Jarnnagar sixth in terms of urbanisation. The percentage of urban population of Bhavnagar district is also higher than the State average of 34.49 per cent. In Bhavnagar district, the percentage of urban population is 35.11 per cent. In all, the urban population of the abov.e seven districts are higher than the State average. That means the percentage of urban population of 12 districts are lower than the State average. The lowest percentage of urban population 10.19 per cent is recorded in Banas Kantha district, followed by Sabar Kantha with 10.51 per cent, Panch Mahals with 10.61 per cent and The Dangs with 11.04 per cent. In Bharuch district and Amreli district the percentages of urban population is 21.27 and 21.53 per cent respectIVely. In Mahesana distrIct the percentage of urban population is 22.01 per cent. Kheda district has recorded slightly higher percentage of 22.80 per cent than Mahesana district. In Valsad district the percentage of urban population is 24.47 per ccnt. The percentage of urban popUlation of Surend ran agar, Kachchh and Junagadh districts are in between 30.01 per cent to 32.54 per cent. As we have seen earlier in this paragraph that the highest number of urban centres (25) are noticed in Ahmadabad district and the highest urban population is also noticed in Ahmadabad district. But on the other hand. the next in order of Urban Centres are Valsad and lunagadh distrIcts each with 25 and 23 towns have recorded lower percentage of urban populatIOn than the State average of 34.49 per cent. They are at r&.nk 11 and 8 in context of urbanisatIOn. Kheda 114 and Vadodara dlstncts each with 21 urban centre~ ra:1k t\\e1fth and fourth as urbanIsed dIstrIcts of the State. There are 1~ urban centres 10 Jamnagar dlstnct, 17 in Bhavnagar distnct. 15 111 Mahesana distnct, 14 In Surat distrIct, 13 In R~jkot, 12 In Amrelt dIstnct, II in Surendrangar distnct, 10 each JTl Kaci,c~ ,h a.ld Bharuc h dIstncts, 9 in Panch Mahah, 8 III Sabar Kantho. dI:-.tnct, 7 III Banas Kantha dIstrIct, 3 III Gandhmagar dlstnct and 2 In The Dangs dbtnct of the State, Of the total 264 urban centres (towns) of the State, ~orth, South and Central GUjara! areas CO\ er about 61 per cent of the total urban areas whereas the rest of the urban centres are ill the dlstncts of the Saurashtra and Kachchh dlstocts. The towns have been arranged III the order of populatIon sIze and class of towns The follo\\ mg SIX classes of towns are recognised accordll1.g to the Sl7e of the populatIOn. Size Class 1 Population range I 100,000 and above II 50,000 to 99,999 III 20,000 to 49,999 IV 10,000 to 19,999 V 5,000 to 9,999 VI Less th:111 ."i,OOn According to Indian Census com entlOn, places havJng population of 100,000 and over either lull\ Id,!all) or as an urban agglomeratIOn have been classifIed a~ CHit \ But j()r our purpose, the constituents of an urban agglomeratllln Ctre rechmcd as separate town m then own nght and they have been classljied accordmg to theIr own populatIOn and not accordmg to the populatIOn of the urban agglomclatlOn, The populatIOn of outgrowth(s) IS added to the town whose out-growth(s} It IS. The combmed populatIOn of town and out-gro\\1h(s) IS taken for determination of the class m thiS lIS Chapter. Accordingly, the distnbution of towns of Gujarat by population range classification is tabulated ill the below statement: Statement - I1L5 Distribution of towns by population range classification, 1991 --_------.,-- Class Population Range No. of towns in each range }--- "--- 1 2 3 1 100,000 and above 19 II 50,000 to 99,999 33 III 20,000 to 49,999 58 IV 10,000 to 19,999 92 V 5,000 to 9,999 51 VI Below 5,000 11 Looking to the .above figures, it is observed that the number of towns having popuration 20,000 and above is 110 which !s less than the total number of towns having population below 20,000. They are 154. Out of total of 264 towns of the States only 19 towns are in class 1, 33 in class II and 58 in class III. Of the remaining, 92 are in class IV, 51 in class V and only II in class VI. The highest number of towns falls in class IV whereas the lowest number of towns are recorded in class VI. It can be concluded from the above that the majority of the towns in the State are small towns having population less than 20,000. It has already been observed earlier in this Chapter that the highest urbanisation is found in Ahmadabad district both in tenns of percentage and total number of towns. 74.69 per cent of the population of Ahmadabad distrIct lives in 25 urban centres. In other tenns it can be said that 74.69 per cent of Ahmadabad district is distributed in 25 towns. Out of 25 towns, one is class I city with a popUlation 100,000 and above, 5 in class II, 7 in class III, 6 in class IV, 5 in class V and one in class VI. This shows that the towns of Ahmadabad district are distributed in all the size classes. 116 In the second highest urbanised distrIct ()f Surat, 50.56 per cent population lives in 14 towns of the distnct There is only one City in Surat district having population 100,000 and above. There is no town in class II and VI. 3 towns are in class III. 7 towns in class IV. 3 towns of the distnct fall in class V. Thus majority of towns. merely 92 per cent, fall in the population range of below 20,000. The second urbanised district of the State of 1971 Census RaJkot district ranked third in 1981 Census with 41.29 per cent urban population to total population of the district and also rank third in 1991 Census with 47.09 per cent urban population to total population of the district. This district consisted equal number of towns (12) in both the Census of 1971 and 1981. In 1991 Census Rajkot district consist 13 towns. But it has not maintained its equal distribution in class of towns as was in past. Two cities are in this district i.e., in class I. There are 4 towns in class II, 3 in class III, one in class, class IV and 3 in class V in the district. None of the towns of district is classified as class VI. This is Drst district Of the State having two class I towns viz. Rajkot and Morvi. In 1991 Census, Vadodara distnct is the fourth district in the rank of urbanisation. Its 42.98 per cent of the population lives in 21 urban centres. There is only (Jne town each in class I, II and III. They are Vadodara City, Dabhoi and Padra. There are 7 towns in class IV and 9 in class V. Two urban centres are classified in class VI. The next in rank is Gandhinagar district, where its 40.89 per cent of the population lives in 3 urban centres. There is only one city In class I viz., Gandhinagar. There is only one town each in class III and V. None of the urban centre is classified in class II, IV and VI. In Jamnagar district, the sixth district in the rank of urbanisation, 40.35 per cent of population live in urban areas. There are i 8 urban centres in the district of which one each in class I, V and VI, 4 in class III, 11 in class IV. None of the towns of the district has been classified in the population range of 50,000 to 99,999. 117 Bhavnagar district ranks to Jamnagar district in terms of urbanisation 35.11 per cent of population of Bhavnagar district lives in 17 urban centres. Of which, one town is in class I, 3 each in class II, III and IV. There are 7 towns in class V. There is no urban centre classified 10 class VI, i.e., below population of 5,000. The percentage of urban population of Junagadh is 32.54 per cent. It is spread out in 23 urban centres of the district. Two towns viz., Junagadh and Porbandar are classified as class I towns having population 100,000 and above. Two towns are classified as class II town in the district. There are five towns in class III, 11 in class IV and 2 in class V. Only one urban centre is classified as class VI town. This is second district of the State having two class I towns viz., Junagadh and Porbandar. In Kachchh district, the ninth district in the rank of urbanisation, 30.72 per cent of the p~pulation lives in 10 urban centres. Two towns viz., Bhuj and Gandhldham are classified as class I towns having population 100,000 and above. There is only one town each in class II, III and V. There are 5 towns in class IV. None of urban centre is classified 10 class VI. This district has third rank in the State having two class I towns viz. Bhuj and Gandhidham. In Surendranagar district, 30.01 per cent of its population is urban. There are eleven urban centres In the district. Only Surendrangar to\'/n is classified in class 1. There are two towns each In class II and Ill, 6 in class IV. None of the town is classified in class V and VI. In the remaming nine distrICts, the degree or urbanisation is too low to count the progress of the distriCt. The percentage of urban populatIOn of Valsad, Kheda, Mahesana, Arnreli, Bharuch, The Dangs, Panch Mahals, S..lhar Kantha and Banas Kantha districts is below 25 per cent of tht:lr populaton. They also recorded lower percer,tage than the State average of 34.49 per cent. Though the total number of urban centres in Valsad (25) and Kheda (21) distrIcts are higher than Jamnagar, Rajkot, Surendranagar and 118 Bhavnagar districts, eventhough the extent of urbanisation In both the district is lower. Out of 19 districts of Gujarat State only 4 districts viz., Amreli, Banas Kantha, Sabar Kantha and The Dangs have not class I towns. This shows that the influence of higher number of urban centres did not tend to inflate the percentage of urban population of the district. Let us now tum our attention to study the extent of urbamsation at taluka level. For this purpose, we will compare the taluka level percentage of urban population with the district average. There are ten talukas in the lamnagar district. Of which, one taluka viz., Kalyanpur is entirely rural. Of remaining nine talukas, the percentage of urban population of two talukas viz., Jamnagar and Okhamandal are much higher'than the district average of 40.35 per cent. In other words, lamnagar and Okhamandal talukas are much urbanised talukas of lanmagar district. They have contributed much in urbanisatIon than he remaining seven talukas. The lowest percentage of urban population is noticed in Lalpur taluka (12.42 per cent). The percentage of urban population of Khambhalia taluka (29.88 per cent) is Just below the State average of 34.49 per. cent. Next to it, only the urban population of Ohrol taluka reached to 26.98 per cent of its total population. Percentages of the remainmg talukas are comparatively low. In Rajkot dIstrict, 47.09 per cent of the district popuJation IS urban. There are thIrteen talukas in the district. Of which, four of them are entnely rural. These are Kotda Sangani, Jam Kandoma, Lodhika and Maliya talukas. Three of the remaining nine talukas of the distrIct have higher percentage of urban population than the district. These are Rajkot with 85.05 per cent, letpUf with 49.72 per cent and Dhorajl WIth 53.10 per cent. Of the remaining SIX talukas, only one taluka has registered hIgher percentage of urban populatlOn than the State average, i.e., MOrYI with 41.90 per cent. Gondal taluka and Upleta taluka have registered Just below percentage of urban populatIOn than the State average, these are Gondal with 33.81 per cent and Upleta with 31.37 per cent. Paddhari taluka has registered the lowest percentage of 11.00 per cent in the dIstrict. Jasdan taluka follows Paddhari with 17.67 per cent. 24.82 per cent ! 19 of Wankaner taluka IS urban. Thus, the urban population of four talukas of the dIstrict has registered higher percentage than the State average. Because of this, the dIstrict ranks third in terms of urbamsation at State level. [here are nine talukas m Surendranagar district. Its 30.01 per cent population resides in urban areas. Two talukas of the district reach this level. They are Wadhwan WIth 66.11 per cent and Dhrangadhra with 37.37 per cent. The lowest percentage of urban population is registered in Sayla taluka. It is 15.61 per cent. Dasada taluka follows WIth 16.84 per cent. The percentage of Limbdi is alightly higher than Dasada. It is 17.09 per cent. Next higher percentage of 17.35 per cent IS in Halvad taluka and in Lakhtar taluka with 19.27 per cent followed by Chotila taluka with 28.23 per cent, Muli taluka IS entirely rural. Thus only two talukas of the district, namely, Wadhwan and Dhrangadhra has registered higher percentage of urban population than the State average being 66.11 per cent and 37.37 per cent respectively. In Bhavnagar district, 35.11 per cent of the total population IS urban. There are twelve talukas III the district. Of which, only two talukas of the district crossed the State as well as district level average. These are Bhavnagar taluka with 79.09 per cent and Botad with 42.60 per cent. The percentage of urban population of Bhavnagar taluka is more than the double of district average. In four talukas of the dIstrict viz., Mahuva, Kundla, Palitana and Sinor, the percentage of urban population is more than twenty per cent. Of which, Kundla taluka has registered higher percentage (28.18 per cent) than these three talukas. The percentage of urban populatIon of Sinor and Palitana IS identical. It is more than 24.00 per cent. The figures of Palitana and Sihor are 24.14 per cent and 24.02 per cent respectively. As against, six talukas have registered lower percentage of urban population below twenty per cent. Of which, the lowest percentage of 8.29 per cent is registered by Talaja followed by Ghogha with 12.62 per cent, Gadhada with 14.16 per cent, Gariadhar with 18.17 per cent, Vallabhipur with 19. 10 per cent and Umarala with 19.44 per cent. The poor urbanisation of the taluka is legging behind the district in urbanisation at the rank of seventh among other district. 120 There are ten talukas in Amreli district 21.53 per cent of total population of the distnct is urban. Two talukas, namely, Khambha and Lilia are entirely rural. Out of remaining eight talukas, the percentage of urban population of five talukas are higher than the district average. Only Amreli taluka has registered higher percentage of 34.99 per cent than the State average. With tht· percentage of 26.80 per cent, Dhan taluka ranks next to Amrell taluka. The figures of Rajula, lafrabad, Kunkavav Vadia and Lathi talukas are 20.78 per cent 23.84 per cent, 23.32 per cent and 25.5i per cent respectively. 13.49 per cent of total population of Babra taluka is urban, which is lowest in the district Kodinar taluka witt 16.07 per cent follows Babra taluka. In Junagadh district, 32.54 per cent of total populatlOn lives in urban areas. There are fifteen talukas in the district. It is the largest district having the highest number of talukas in the State It also ranks next to Ahmadabad district and Valsad district havin!; total number of towns (23) in the dIstrict. One ViZ .• Bhesan taluka out of the fifteen talukas of the district is entirelv rural. The highe',t urbanised ta!uka of the district is Junagadh with 63.84 per ccn! followed by Porbandar with 53.37 per cent. Rananvav with 4P 1 I;" per cent and Patan-Veraval with 38.52 per cent. Malia with 8.621't'1 cent ranks last and registered as the lowest urbamsed taluka of thr district which is closely followed by Vlsavadar with 12.98 per c"n' and Talala with 13.16 per cent. The figures of the remainmg taluka< are in between 17 to '31 per cent. They in sequence, are Keshod with 31.2 J per cent, Manavadar with 30.94 per cent Mangrol WIt[, 26.87 per cent. Vanthali wlth 26.52 per cent, Kutiyana with 21.r per ci!nt, Mendarda with 20.87 per cent and l)na with 17.68 per ("ent Thus, out of J5 talukas of the district. only four talu1..as. vi? Junagadh, Porbandar, Ranavav and Patan-Verayal have crossed the State average as well as the district average. There are seven talukas sharing ten urban centres in Kachchh district marr-ing 30.72 per cent of total population of the district as urban. Two talukas namely, Lakhpat and Nakhatrana are entirely rural. The extent of urbanisation in the district is lower than the State average. There are two talukas in the district viz., Anjar 121 (66.20 per cent) and Bhuj (43.65 per cent) whose percentage of urban populatIOn exceeds the States as well as dIstrict average. The degree of urbamsatlon is lowest III Abdasa taluka, which is 9.38 per cent. Rapar taluka follows wIth 10.94 per cent. The figures of urbamsation of the remailling three talukas VIZ., Bhachau, Mundra and Mandvi talukas ate 16.04 per cent, 16.97 per cent and 25.09 per cent respectively. This shows that the degree of urabnisation in the district is comparatively low. The extent of uroanisation in Banas Kantha district is only 10.19 per cent. It is one of the least urbanised districts of the State both in terms of degree of :J.rbanisation and in total number of urban centres. There are seven urban centres spread out in only six talukas of the district. Out of eleven talukas, five talukas are entirely rural. These are Kankrej, Santalpur, Deodar, Yav and Dhanera talukas. This is one 0 f the reasons for the lower degree of urbanisation in the district among other districts of the State. The percentage of urban population of the three talukas viz., Palanpur, Deesa and RC!1hanpur being 24.98 per cent, 17.74 per cent and 25.46 per cent respectIvely are above the distrIct average. But, none of them reaches of the State average. The highest proportion of urban population IS registered in Radhanpur taluka. It is 25.46 per cent. Next to it, Palanpur taluka stands WIth 24.98 per cent and Deesa taluka with 17.74 per cent. The lowest proportion of 3.29 per cent is noticed in Vadgam taluka followed by Danta taluka WIth 8.12 per cent and Tharad taluka with 9.20 per cent. Likewise Banas Kantha district, Sabar Kantha district is also one of the least urbanised districts of the State both in terms of extent of urbanisation and also in total number of urban centres. Only 10.51 per cent of the population of the district is urban. Three of the ten talukas in the district three are entirely rural, namely Vljaynagar, Bhiloda and Bayad talukas. Eight urban centres are shared by seven talukas. Out of seven urbanised talukas, the proportion of urban populatiOn of three talukas is higher than the district average. Of which, Himatnagar taluka has registered 23.17 per cent of its population as urban, followed by Modasa with 18.87 per cent. The said proportion of Prantij taluka is 14.52 per cent. The lowest degree of urbanisation is noticed in Megbraj and Malpur 122 talukas. They are 7.24 per cent and 7.25 per cent respectIvely. It IS followed by Idar taluka wIth 9.08 per ccnt Next to II I~ Khedbrahma taluka with 1O.37per cent. Thus, three taluka~ of the district could not cross over ten pel cellt of thelf population as an ,-<,ban population. Nor, none of the taluka~ 10 the dlstnct touches tht., State level average. The proportIOn of urban population of :v1ahesana dlstnct IS 22.01 per cent which IS spread over Its ten talukas out of eleven m the distnct shanng fifteen urban centres amongst them. The prop0l1ion of urban populatIOn of six talukas. namely, Mahesana, HanJ. Patan, Sidhpur. Visnagar and Kalal, cross over the dlstnct average. Of which. only Kalol WIth 35.48 per cent reach beyond the State average. The proportion of urban population of SIdhpur, Mahesana. HanJ. Patan and Visnagar 15 30.84 per cent, 29.32 per cent, 22.70 per cent. 27.11 per cent and 25.62 per cent respectIvely. The lowest urbamsed taluka of the district is Chanasma taluka where only 11.17 per cent of the populatIon IS urban, closely followed by Vljapur with 12 01 per cent. Next in row are Khera1u WIth 15.39 per cent and Kadi \\ nh 19.44 per cent Sarru taluka is entirely rural. Gandhmagar dIstnct IS one of the SIngle taluka dIstncts of the State. The proportIOn of urban population of the same is 40.89 per cent to total population of the district. It has three urban centres. Ahmadabad district is the most highly urbanised district of the State. It ranks first both In terms of degree of urbamsatlOn and In total number of urban centres, There are 25 urban centres 10 the dIstnct which are spread out III seven talukas of the district. The proportion of urban populatIOn of Ahmadabad district is 74.69 per cent. The hIghest proportion of 99.70 per cent of urban population IS regIstered hy Ahmadabad City taluka. It IS not only highest in the dIstrict but also amongst all the talukas of the State. The lowest proportion of urban population is noticed In Dehgam taluka. It IS 14.64 per cent. Sanand taluka follows WIth 15.89 per cent and Dhandhuka and Vlramgam WIth 21.04 per cent and 21.95 per cent respectively. The figures of percentage of urban populatIon of Daskroi and Dholka talukas are 28.09 per cent and 25.95 per cent respectively. None of the talukas of the district except Ahmadabad 123 Clty taluka reaches the district avelagt> nor the State average, The disparity in the proportion of urbanisation between the lowest and highest is too much among the talukas of the district. In Kheda district, the degree of urbanisation is 22,80 per cent. which is below the State average There are ten talukas 10 thl.' district of which. Mattr taluka is entirely mra] 21 urban centres are distributtJ amongst the nine taJukas of the dlstnct, In tince taluka~ \'j;,:. Nadiad Anand and Khambhat. the proportion of urban population is higher than the district avt:rage Of which, Anand is the ,.nly taluka which crosses the State level average with 34,97 per c('n~ Th(" proportion of urban population of Nadiad and Khamhhat are 31 70 per cent and 3' 44 per cent respectively The lowest urharusation is 'found in Borsad taluJca which i~ 11.12 per cent, It i'; clo<>ely followed by Kapadwanj with 15.25 per cent The figures of percentage of urban population of Mehmedabad and BaiasIDOl talukas are 19.50 percent and 19.2 J per <::ent respectively, The proportion of urban population of Petlad and Thasra talukas art 18,77 per cent and 18.14 per cent respectively Likewise Bana~ Kantha and Sabar Kantha districts, the level of urbanisatiot1 in Pach Mahals district is quite low, Its proportion of urban population to total population of the district j~, OT1JV J 0 6 J pt"r cent whic-b i" third lowest in the State Out of thl.. deven talukas the urbanisation is restrained in seven talukas srulring ninf' urbar. centre<; amongst them. None of the talukas of the district reaches to State level average Dohad with 24.07 per cent. Godbra with :n.86, Halol with 2l.97 pel cent and Kalol with 12.76 per cent cros~e$ the district average:- of urbanisation. The lowest percentage of 3.33 per cent is noticed in Santrampur tahika followed by Devgadbaria with 5.17 per cent, and Lunawada with 10.28 per cent. She hera, 1halod, Limkheda and Jambughoda talukas are entirely rural areas, . Three, out of twelve talukas in Vadodara district are having entirely rural popUlation, These are SavIi, Naswadi and Tilakwada, 21 urban centres are distributed amongst the remaining nine talukas aggregating the district average at 42.98 per cent, which is bigher than the State average. Likewise, Ahmadabad district, a wide 124 disparity between the highest and lowest urbanised talukas of the district is noticed in this di5trict. The highest urbanised taluka in the district is Vadodara whose proportion of urban population is 85.16 per cent. As against this, the lowest proponion of 3.24 per cent is registered by Jetpur Pavi taluka. Jabugam taluka is renamed as Jetpur Pavi in the 1981 Census. Incidentally it is the lowest amongst all the talukas of the State. In all the remaining talukas the percentage of urban population is lower than the district as well as the State average. Amongst which, a fair proportion of urbanisation is noticed in Dabhoi taluka. It is 29.25 per cent. In the rest of the taluka it is comparatively quite low. The proportion of urban population of Padra (15.48 per cent), Sankheda (18.59 per cent), Sinor n3.15 per cent) and Karjan (13.03 per cent) talukas are above ten per cent whereas the percentage of Vaghodia and Chhota Udaipur talukas are below ten per cent. It is 9.68 per cent of Vaghodia and 8.41 per cent ofChhota Udaipur. In Bharuch district 21.27 per cent of its population is urban which is far below from the State average. It is spread out in six talukas of the district. Out of eleven talukas, five talukas are entirely rural. These are Vagra, Jhagadia, Dediapada, Sagbara and Valia talukas. There are only ten urban centres in the district. The highest proportion of urban population is found in Bharuch taluka where it is 48.15 per cent. Next highest is Anklesvar taluka where 41.10 per cent ofthe population is urban. The urbanisation in both the talukas is higher than State as well as district average. The remaining four talukas have registered lower percentage of urbanisation than the district average. Of which, the lowest percentage is noticed in Hnasot taluka with 16.49 per cent which is followed by Amod taluka with 16.74 per cent. In Nandod and Jambusar talukas, the proportion of urban population is 21.18 per cent and 19.21 per cent respectively. In terms of urbanisation Surat district ranks sec(_illd with 50.56 per cent and in total number of towns, it ranks ninth among others. 14 towns of the district are distributed amongst nine talukas. Four talukas viz., Uchchal, Nizar, Valod and mahuva are entirely rural. The most highly urbanised taluka of the district is Chorasi taluka where 88.26 per cent of its population is urban, which is !25 IO-21l! RGI12001 merely doubled to district average and nearly three times to State average. None of the talukas except Chorasi taluka not only touches the district average but they are far away from It The lowest percentage of (7.76 per cent) of urban population is noticed in Palsana taluka which is followed by Kamrej with 8.76 per cent, Mandvi with 8.86 per cent and Olpad with 12.15 per cent. In Songadh and Bardoli talukas the percentage of urban population is 19.35 per cent and 27.32 per cent respectively. Likewise Ahmadabad City, the contribution made by Surat City and its suburbs has. pushed up the rank of the district on the ladder of urbanisation. It can be observed from the above facts that a considerable gap is noticed between the highest urban taluka Chorasi (88.26 per cent) and that of Bardoli taluka (27.32 per cettt) which is the next highest and that of remaining seven talukas where the· extent of urbanisation is below 20 per cent. In terms of urbani'iation next to Ahmadabad City taluka, Chorasi taluka also ranks second amongst all the talukas of the State. The proportion of urban population of Valsad district is 24.47 per cent which is lower than the State average. Likewise Bhavnagar and Ahmadabad districts none of the talukas of Val sad district is entirely rural. In other words the urban population of the district is spread out in all the eight talukas of the district. There are 25 urban centres· in the district, The highest urbanised taluka of the district is Navsari where the percentage ofurball population is 45.91 per cent. Next in rank is Valsad taluka with 38.51 per cent closely followed by Gandevi with 36.76 per cent. The percentages of all these < three talukas are higher than the State as well as district average. The lowest urbanisation is noticed in Dhaiampur taluka where' only 5.45 per cent of its population is urban. The urbanisation is also quite low in Bansda, Chikhli and Umbergaon. The figures of proportion of urban popUlation of them are 5.60 per cent, 6.93 per cent and 8.52 per cent respectively. In. Pardi taluka, the proportion of urban population is 24.20 per cent. It is interesting to note that eventhough the total number of urban centres (25 and 23) are in Val sad and Junagadh districts and also the total number oftalukas in Valsad district (8) is merely half than Junagadh district (15), the urbanisation in Valsad is quite low than Junagadh district, 126 It seems that influence of tribal population may be one of the reasons for the same. First time in 1991 Census, The Dangs district has two urban centres. The Dangs district is second single taluka districts of the State. The proportiOll of urban population os the same is 11.04 per cent to total populatiOl of the district. The pattern ofurb,_msation in the State as a whole can only be studied from the distri1,ution of talukas into broad ranges of percentages. Out of 184 talukas of the State, 37 talukas are entirely rural. Of the remaining 147 talukas the proportion of urban population of 12 talukas is more than 50 per cent. These are Jmangar, Okhamandal, Rajkot, Dhoraji, Wadhwan, Bhavnagar, Junagadh, Porbandar, Anjar, Ahmadabad City, Vadodara and' Chorasi talukas. Oflet, the degree of urbanisation is inflated by the influence of the cities in seven talukas. On the other side of the scale, the extent of urbanisation is too poor in three talukas viz., Vadgam, Santrampur and Jetpur-Pavi where the urban population of each of them is less than 5 per cent. All these three talukas are from southern region of the Stae. In 14 talukas of the State, the percentage of urban population ranges from 35.00 per cent to 49.99 per cent. In 26 talukas of the State percentage of the urban population is in between 25.00 per cent to 34.99 per cent. There are 92 talukas ofthe State in the urbanisation range of 5.00 per cent to 24.99 per cent. In comparison with the State average of 34.49 per cent, only 29 talukas of the State have registered more percentage of urban population than the State average. As against, in 156 talukas the proportion of urban population is less than the State average. Of which, 37 talukas are entirely rural. In other words, only 15.22 per cent talukas are highly urbanised talukas of the State. Let us see fIrst and last fIve talukas where the urbanisation is high and low, among others. The percentage of urban population of Ahmadabad City taluka is the highest amongst others. It is 99.70 per cent. Next four is sequence are Chorasi taluka with 88.26 per cent, Vadodara taluka with 85.16 per cent, Rajkot taluka with 85.05 and Bhavnagar with 79.09 per cent. Jetput-Pavi taluka of Vadodara district is the least 127 urbanised taluka of the State. Its percentage of urban population is only 3.24 per cent. Next four in ascending order are Vadgam with 3.29 per cent, Santrampuf with 3.33 per cent, Devgadbaria with 5.17 per cent and Dharampur with 5.45 per cent. Incidentally, all these least urbanised talukas except Vadgam taluka are from southern region of the State. Growth of Urban Population and of the Towns During the span of 90 years since 1901, the urban population of the State has increased from about 2 million and thrity thousand in 1901 to over 14 millions and 24 thousand in 1991. The urban population in the State at each of Censuses from 1901 to 1991 is shown in Statement 111.6. Statement - 111.6 Distribution of Urban Population by size class of towns in Gujarat with variation since 1901 Year Urban Decadal Variarion Growth rate in Population Percentage I 2 3 4 1901 2,030,738 1911 1,886,775 143,963 - 7.09 1921 2,050,339 + 163,564 + 867 1931 2,355,009 + 304,670 + 14.~6 1941 3,259,955 + 904,946 + 38.43 1951 4,427,896 + 1,167,941 + 35.83 1961 5.316,624 + 888,728 + 20.07 1971 7,496,500 + 2,179,876 + 41.00 1981 10,601,653 + 3,105,153 + ~1.42 1991 14,246,061 + 3,644,408 4- 34.3S 128 It is noticed that except for a slight fall in the urban population between 1901-11, there has been steady increase in the urban population. The urban population has decreased by 7.09 per cent during 1901-1911 and thereafter except in 1961 there is .m increasing trend in the level of urbanisation in the State. During the Censuses of 1971 and 1981, the percentage of increase in urban population seem to be more or less equal. The urban population is spread out in all the towns but the towns have not grown unifonnly. The population of towns group bigger due to increase of population for various ·reasons viz., in search of employment in bigger industrial towns, the increase in its commercial or educational importance, or establishment of large government offices, etc. Also towns which are bigger seem to grow faster. This is clear if we study the growth rates of the towns by their size class from 1901 onwards as presented in Statement - III. 7. 00 ~ 0 ~ 0- N ~ ~ N N 00- 0 .... ,,0 c.O M M .,.; ....: - ...,. N Q '"I -- + + -~ ...,...... V) N I"- ...... ,. V) q ...,.~"'" "'1 00 C -0 ~ 00 + "" + + + + 0 r- -D 0 <.Q N OX! "') .OX! "! ~ 00 r...: \I") r- ..;. .... Vi "'1" g + + + + + -+ ~ ....I <= C7I \C ..... <.Q I"- ..... V; q 00 ..... ' -= V) l"- V; N ....- N N ~ '<1: v ~ ' M 00 0 00 <.Q '""!...., N --: ~ ~ g M"" 0 ..;. N - + + + - + ""+ II :: _g'" ~ ;:; U• = 2: > u :;;: It is interesting to note that in the pattern of urbanisation, the small towns having the population nmge of less than 5,000 and also towns with population between 5,000 to 9,999 have least popn~ation. This is indicated by negative rates of variation of population in small towns. As against this, very large rates of increase in population are seen in the case of Class I cities and also in case of Class II towns. Cities and big towns are becoming larger and small and new towns have lesser scope of attracting more population to settle there. Distribution of towns by population size Earlier in this Chapter, we have been seen the distribution of towns by size class of population. At this stage, we will see the proportion of urban population accounted for by each size class of towns. As has been mentioI1ed earlier in this Chapter, there are in all 264 towns in the State. The number of towns in .each class and the urban population contributed by such towns are indicated in Statement - HI.8 Statement - fiI.S Distribution of towns and population by size class of10wns and their percentage to total number of towns and total urban pop~lation in the State, 1991 Class No. of Percentage Population Percentage Towns to total to total number of Urban towns Population 1 2 3 4 5 I 19 7.20 8,539,515 59.94 II 33 12.50 2,206,874 15.49 III 58 21.97 1,723,974 12.10 IV 92 34.85 1,339,892 9.41 V 51 19.32 401,032 2.82 VI 11 4.16 34,774 0.24 Total 264 100.00 14,246,061 100.00 131 59.94 per cent of total urban population in the State is living in 19 Class I towns. In other words half of the urban population of the State resides in cities having population one takh and above. 15.49 per cent of the urban population is living in 33 Class II towns having population more than 50,000 but less than 1,00,000. The proportion of urban population of 58 class m towns is slightly lower than the class II towns, which is 12.10 per cent. 9.41 per cent of urban population is residing in 92 class IV towns. The proportion of urban population living in 51 class V towns is 2.82 per cent and only 0.24 per cent of urban population resides in 11 class VI towns. It can be seen that the largest population of the urban population of the State is concentrated in class I towns. 15.49 and 12.10 per cent proportion of urban popUlation is found to be living in class II and III towns. While the percentage of urban population in lowest classes of towns is very low. It can be seen that the largest population of the urban population of the State is condensed in class I and II towns. Out of 100 persons of urban areas of the State 75 persons are living in both these towns. Of which, 60 persollS are residing in class I towns. In the remaining class III, IV, V and VI towns, only 25 persons out of 100 persons of urban areas are residing. From which, merely, 12 persons live in class III towns and 9 persons in class IV towns. In class V and VI towns the proportion of urbanisation is too poor. It is quite low. In the mind of the readers, a question in respect of these classes of towns may arise whether these towns are growing or not or they have a tendency to be a stagnant. To examine the growth of towns we will have to see their tendency right from 1901. In 1901 there were 166 towns in the State. They were distributed in claS&!s I to VI. There were 3 towns in class I, 2 in class II, 12 in class III, 41 in class IV, 61 in class V and 47 in class VI. The number of towns dropped down to 155 in 1911. In 1911, the number of towns in the various classes from class I to VI was 2, 2, 13, 32, .59 and 47 respectively. A down fall in the number of towns was noticed in class I, IV and V. The total number of cities in class I of 1901 reduced from 3 to 2 in 1911. Similarly the total number of towns of 132 class IV of 190 I reduced from 41 to 32 in 1911 and that in class V it fell down from 61 in 1901 to 59 in 1911. The total number of towns both in class II and VI in 1911 remained the same as was in 1901. They stationed at 2 and 47 respectively. In the overall decline tendency, a slightly increase in total number of towns in class III was registered over 1901. In 1911, it increased from 12 to 13. Overall, a decline of 7.09 per cent in the urban' population was registered in 1911 than 1901. But an increase of 41.96 per cent and 8.66 per cent was noticed in the populaticn of class II and III towns respectively. A steep decline of 22.20 per cent in the population of class IV towns was also noticed in 1911. In class V towns, a decline of 2.29 per cent was also recorded in the population. Though the total number of town.> in class VI remained the same a decrease of 5.81 per cent in its population was returned in 1911 Census. In 1921 Censlls, the total number of towns came back to the horizontal position of 1901, registering an overall increase of 8.67 per cent in urban population over last decade of 1911. The number of towns in class I and II remained stationary in 1921. But the reverse tendency in L'lc growth of population of both these classes was revealed. The population of class I towns had registered a decrease of 18.28 per cent in 1911 over 1901. In contrast, in 1921, an increase of 18.03 per cent was noticed. The Class II towns of 1911 had registered an increase of 41.96 per cent .in its population and In 1921, they had returned a decrease of 3.44 per cent. Similarly, Class III towns of 1921 had registered a decrease of 0.13 per 'cent as against an increase of 8.66 per cent registered in 1911. The reversal trend in growing (If population was also noticed in class IV, V and VI towns whIch had registered a decrease in 1911, new returned an increase of 16.15 per cent, 4.94 per cent and 10.52 per cent in 1921 respectively. Thereafter the increasing trend in all most all the classes except class IV and VI was registered right from 1931 to 1991. But in class IV towns, a decline of 8.57 per cent was registered In 1951 and in class V towns a decline of 46.57 per cent in 1961 and 16.45 per cent in 1981 was registered. The total number of towns (38) In class VI remained the same in 1941 as was in 193 I. Thereafter upto 1971 the decrease trend in total number of towns in class VI was notIced. But m 1981, it has retumed as increase of 8 over 1971 making a total of 13 towns. But on the other side of the coin class VI towns had returned the decline in the 133 population throughout the censuses from 1931 to 1971. In 1981, it was increased by 61.94 per cent in last decade. It can be observed from the above that the fluctuation in the growth of various urban centres is noticed upto 1921. But in most case~ it ~s suitabilised thereafter. Only class VI towns have registered a continuous decline in population upto 1971. A look towards the increase and decrease in the total number of towns from time to time cao be a good aspect for the study of degree of urbanisation in the· State. The Statement tabulated below will be much important for the study of growth of urban centres. Statement - m.9 Distribution of towns by population range classification from 1901 to 1991 Year I Total 1 2 8 1901 3 41 47 166 1911 2 2 13 32 59 47 155 1921 2 2 12 35 62 53 166 1931 2 3 19 39 7' 38 172 1941 4 4 24 43 78 38 191 1951 6 4 35 42 124 32 243 1961 6 9 43 54 60 9 181 1971 7 18 42 73 71 5 216 1981 11 27 57 86 61 13 255 1991 19 33 58 92 51 11 264 There were 166 towns in 1901 in the State. It was dropped down to 155 in 1911. Again it reached to 166 in next decade i.e., in 134 1921. It increased during every decade till it rose to a maximum of 243 in 1951. Then the number again was reduced to 181 in 1961 showing a decline of 62 in total. This was mainly due to the strict and uniform implementation of definition of urban areas adopted during 1961 Census. In other words, there was no uni1'orm and strict criteria before 1961 Census to classify rural areas into urban. In absence of definite criteria for urban areas, the total number of towns were fluctuated from 1901 to 1961. After that, a steady growth in total number of towns was registered in 1971, 1981 and in 1991. Similarly, the same tendency is noticed in the number of towns in various classes. After making a decline in 1911, the number of Class I towns are slowly and steadily increased. There were 3 cities in 1901, which is increased to 19 in 1991. In other words the total number of Class I towns are increased nearly six times during last 90 years. The same is also true in respect of Class II towns. The number of class II towns were, only 2 in 1901, now reached to 33 in 1991. Likewise class II towns, the progress in total number of towns in class III is not stable. There were 12 towns in 190 1, whie h were 13 ill 1911 and again reduced to 12 ir. 1921. Thereafter, it had shown an increasing trend upto next four decades. rt has increased to 19 in 1931, reached 24 in 1941, totalled 35 in 1951 and numbered 43 in 1961. Again there was a decline of I town in 1971 making a total of 42. A steep increase of 15 is registered in 1981 reaching to 57 in 1981. Again there is an increase of one town in 1991 making a total of 58. The picture of class IV towns has been more unsteady. There were 41 towns of class IV in 1901, which were reduced to 32 in 1911. Thereafter, the continuous growth has been registered upto 1991, except in 1951 it has marked a decreased of 1 town. In class V tows, the same pattern is exhibited upto 1971. There were 61 towns of class V in 1901 and 62 in 1921 were 59 in intervening decade year of 1911. In 1931 and 1941 it has shown slowly but steady an increasing tendency. But in 1951, it has been galloped from 78 to 124. Thereaft~r a steep decrease of more than half the number of previous decade was appeared in 1961. Total number of towns of class V was reduced from 124 to 60 in 1961. in 1971, it reached to 71 and again reduced to 61 and again reduced to 51 in 1981 and 1991 Census respectively. Th~ total number of class VI towns remained equal in 1911 as well as in 1901 being 47. Thereafter, it was increased to 53 in 1921. In 1931 it 135 declined to 38. There was no change in total number of towns in 1941. There.after upto three decades decreasing ,tendency is noticed in class VI towns. In 1981, it is number 13, which is more than two times oflast decade. Finally in 1991 it declines to II. Overall, it has been observed that towns under Class I having poulation one Iakh and above are growing slowly and steadily. In contrast, on the other end of the scale, Class VI towns (having population less than 5,000) have shown its tendency of steady and steeply decrease upto 1971 making a sliver line of increase on the horizon of dark cloud of 1981. In 1991, again it dedines to 11. In the intervening Classes ofn and III, the growth in total number of towns has appeared most consistent. The picture in respect of class of IV and V is not stable. There is no consistency in the increase or decrease in the total number of towns in these two Classes. After applying the strict and defmite criteria. in 1961 Census, the consistent increase is noticed in Classes I, II, N and V in 1971, 1981 and 1991, except in 1991 class V is decreased. In class III and VI it is decreased in 1971 and again registered a growth in 1981 and in 1991. Before making any conclusion of this point, let us screen the pattern of increase or decrease in the size of population of our cities and the ten largest urban centres. There are 19 cities in Gujarat. In order of l'1nk according to population size, these are Ahmadabad, Surat, Vadodara, Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Jamnagar, Nadiad Junagadh, Navsari, Bharuch, Porbandar, Anand, Gandhinagar, Morvi, Surendrangar, Mahesana, Gandhidham, Bhuj and Godhra. After these cities, the ten lar~est towns in order of rank of population size are Patan (Mahesana district), Veraval, JetpUI (Rajkot district), Vejalpur, Palanpur, Khambhat, Kalol(M)" Gondal, Dhoraji and Dohad. It is revealed from the available figures that each of these cities and towns has registered an increase in growth in population at all the decadal Censuses since 1931 with the exception of Surat City which recorded a decline of 13.05 per cent in popUlation in 1931. Bharuch City had also recorded decrease of 19.63 per cent in the same year, a decline of3.60 per cent noticed in Godhra town in 1951 and the decline of 42.67 per cent and 15.53 per cent in population recorded by Dohad in 1941 and 1961. Apart from above two cities and two towns, all the remaining cities and largest towns have registered an increase ifi population at all the Censuses from 1931 to 1991. In the foregoing Censuses of 1911 and 1921, the tableau has been uneven. At the 1911 Census, all these cities and towns had registered a decrease in growth of population except Ahmadabad, Bhavnagar, Anand, Junagadh, Porbandar, Bharuch, Mahesana and Godhra cities and Jetpur (Rajkot district) town. In 1921 Census, out of 19 cities 10 cities viz., Ahmadabad, Surat, Rajkot, Navsari, Anand,.Nadiad, Surendrangar, Porbandar, Mahesana and Godhra have recorded growth in population. As against, .)ut of ten largest towns, three towns, viz., Patan of Mahesana district and Khambhat towns have recorded a decrease in population in 1921 Census. Right from 1901 to 1991. Ahmadabad, Anand, Porbandar and Mahesana cities and Jetpur (R) town has recorded continuous growth in populatj.on showing no deficit in any Census since 1901. In the e8l"lier paragraphs we have discussed about the classification of towns according to their own population and their growth rate. Now we will discuss about the urban agglomerated towns. Ftrst time in 1971 Census, the concept of mban agglomeration WI:!, adopted. It was also continued in 1981 Census. Though the area like railway colonies, university campuses, port areas, military camps, etc. !lnd developed outside the statutory limit of the city or town but adjoining it were not qualified to be treated as towns but they formed a continuous spread with the town, such outgrowths of the townS/cities were treated as urba unit. Such towns/city tl)gether with their outgrowths were treated as one urban unit and called 'Urban Agglomeration'. There were 32 and 30 urban agglomerated towns in 1971 and 1981 in the State respectively. in 1991 Census, 46 units were treated as Ulban agglomeration which included cities and other size class towns. Only one urban agglomerated unit viz. Gandhidham UA of 1981 Census was deleted from the frame of 1991 Census, because of merger of its outgrowth( s) in the core town. The outgrowth of Gandhidham had merged in the Municipal limits of its core town Gandhidham. 137 Almost in all the districts of Gujarat except Gandhinagar and The Dangs the recognisation of urban agglomeration has been bestowed according to the prescribed criteria laid down in 1991. Out of 46 urban agglomerations, the highest number of agglomerations are framed in Mahesana district. There are seven agglomerations in Mahesana viz., Mahesna, Kadi, Patan, Sidhpur, Visnagar, Vijapur and Kalol. There are five agglomerations in Rajkot district viz., Rajkot, Gondal, Jetpur, Dhoraji, Morvi. Four each agglomeration are in Junagadh, Kheda, Panch Mahals and Valsad districts. Three each agglomerations are constituted in Bhavnagar and Vadodara districts, two each in Ahmadabad, Surendranagar, Arnreli, Kachchh, Banas Kantha and Sabar Kantha districts. The list showing the units of urban agglomerations together with their outgrowths in 1991 is given below. 138 Statement - III.10 Urban Agglomerations together with their Constituent units, 1991 District t1rban Agglomeration 1991 P~ulation Persons 1 Males Females 2 3 I 4 I 5 Jamnagar I. Janmagar Urban Agglomeration 3.31,646 1,98,849 182,797 a) ]anmagar 350,544 1,82,793 167,751 I) Jamnagal MC 341,637 1,78,067 163,570 11) Janmagar OG 3,093 l,581 1,512 Iii) Railway Colony OG 2,549 1,375 1,174 iy) Port Area OG 250 248 2 \0) Vlbhapar OG 3,015 1,522 1,493 b) Bedl NP 13,105 6,670 6,435 c) Navagam Ghed VP 17,997 9,386 8;611 Ra]kot 2 Ralkot Urban AgglomeratIon 654,490 34u,270 314,220 a) Rajot 612,458 ' 318,178 294,280 I) Rajkot MC 559,407 289,851 269,556 11) Manharpur OG 1.136 597 539 Ill) Madhapar OG 3,134 1,642 1,492 IV) Anandpar OG 4,924 2,643 2,281 v) MU1lJka OC 1,498 776 722 VI) Mota Mava OG 1,954 1,055 899 viI) Nana Mava OG 16,765 8,837 7,928 viII) Mavdl OG. 22,258 12,040 10,218 ix) Vavdi OG 1,382 137 645 b) Ralya VP 42,032 22,092 19,940 3. Gondal Urban Agglomeration 81,611 42,175 39,436 I) Gondal M 80,584 41,268 38,956 il) Gondal OG 1,027 541 480 4 Jetpur Urban Agglomeration 95,297 49,537 45,760 I) Jetpur M 73,560 37,959 35,601 11) Jetpur OG 3,130 1,995 1,735 iii) Navagadh OG 18,()()1 9,583 8,424 5. DhOfBJI Urban Agglomeration 79,479 40.222 39,257 I) Dhora) M 77,748 39,136 38,612 n) Dhora)) OG 1,731 1.086 645 6 Morvi Urban Agglomeration 120,117 62,123 57,994 ) Mon'l M 90,357 46,670 43,687 Ii) Madhapar OG 6,234 3,265 2,969 !Ii) Amreli (Part) OG 531 283 248 139 District Urban Agglomeration 1991 Population Persons I Males r Females 1 3 I 4 I 5 iv) Mahendranagar (Part) 00 732 387 345 v) Trajpar 00 10,131 5,192 4,939 vi) Bhadlyad (Part) OG 731 378 353 vii) Vajepar OG 7,210 3,746 3,464 viii) Ravapara 00 4,191 2,202 1,989 Surendranagar 7 Wadhwan Urban Agglomeration 166,466 86,288 80,178 a) Surendranagar 116,371 60,347 56,024 i) Surendranagar M 106,110 54,853 51,257 ii) Dudhrej (Part) OG 10,261 5,494 4,767 b) Wadhwan 50,095 25,941 24,154 i) Wadhwan M 49,791 25,779 24,012 ii)Wadhwan OG 304 162 142 Bhavnagar ~. Bhavnagar Urban Agglomeration 405,225 210,363 lQ4,862 i) Bhavnagar Me 402,338 208,842 193,496 ii) Ruva (part) OG 2,198 1,133 1,065 iii) Tarsamiya (Part) OG 689 388 301 9. Mahuva Urba'l Agglomeration 64,144 32,805 31,339 i) Mahuva M 59,912 30568 29,344 ii) Mahuva OG 4,232 2,237 1,995 10. Savarkundla Urban 65,785 33,851 31,?34 Agglomeration i) SavarKundla M 64,815 33.342 31,473 ii) SavarKundla 00 970 509 461 Amreli 11. Amreli Urban Agglomeration 69,366 35,751 33,615 i) Amreh M 6;,827 34,932 32,895 ii) Amreli OG 1.539 819 720 Junagadh 12. Junagadh Urban Agglomo!Tation 167,110 85,726 81,384 a) Junagadh M 151,207 78,209 72,998 i) Junagadh 00 130,484 67,488 62,996 Ii) Junagadh 00 7,353 3,803 3,550 Iii) SabrJpur 00 1,438 762 676 iv) Khamdhro1 (Part) OG 1,533 806 727 v) Do1atpara (Part) OG 4,876 2,530 2,346 vi) Timbavadi OG 5,523 2,820 2,i03 b) Joshipura VP 15,903 7,517 8,386 13. Patan Urban Agglorr ... ation 120,178 61,364 58,814 a) Patan 23,263 11,870 11,393 i) Patan M 21,663 11,062 10,601 140 District Urban Agglomeration 1991 Population Persons I Males I Females 2 3 I 4 I 5 11) Patan Rural (Part) OG 1,600 808 792 b) Veraval 96,915 49,494 47,421 I) Veraval M 93,976 47,984 45,992 11) Veraval Rural (Part) OG 697 372 325 ill) Bhalpara (Part) OG 2,242 1,138 1,104 14 Mangro1 Urban AgglomeratIOn 45,084 23,100 21,984 i) Mangrol M 44,217 22,657 21,560 il) Mangrol OG 867 443 424 15 Porbanadar Urban 160,167 81,911 78,256 Agglomeration a) Porbandar 134,IJ9 68,233 65,906 1) Porbandar M 116,671 59,848 56,823 11) lavar (Part) OG 846 352 494 ill) Bokhira OG 12,391 5,956 6,435 iv) Khapat OG 4,231 2,077 2,154 b)Chhaya NP 26,028 13,678 12,350 Kachchh 16. Bhuj Urban AgglomeratIOn 121,009 64,231 56,778 a) Bhuj 104,303 55,839 48,464 I) Bhuj M 102,176 54,728 47,448 ii) Bhuj OG 531 271 260 111) Mlljhapar (Part) OG 1,596 840 756 b) Madhapar VP 16,706 8,392 8,314 Banas Kantha 17. Palanpur Urban AgglomeratIOn 90,269 46,973 43,296 i) Palanpur M 80,657 41,845 38,812 ii) Pa!anpur (Rural) OG 9,612 5,128 4,484 Sabar Kahtha 18. Idar Urban Agglomeration 24,910 12,764 12,146 Idar NP 23,423 12,020 11,403 Javanpura OG 1,487 744 743 Mahesana 19. Mahesana Urban 109,950 57,565 52,385 Agglomeration I) Mahesana M 88,201 46,017 42,184 Ii) Mahesana OG 4,311 2,282 2,029 Iii) Naga\pur (Part) OG 13,817 7,318 6,499 iv) Oed i yasan (Part) OG 674 369 305 v) Palavasna (Part) OG 2,947 1,579 1,368 20. Kadi Urban AgglomeratIOn 50,733 26,825 23,908 I) Kad! M 42,899 22,455 20,444 il) Kadi OG 4,763 2,733 2,030 141 11-218 RGI/2001 District Urban Agglomeration 1991 Population Persons I Males I Females 1 Z 3 1 4 I 5 iii) Kundal (part) OG 1,772 1,005 767 iv) Nani Kadi (Part) OG 1,229 632 667 21. Patan Urban Agglomeration 97,025 50,291 46,734 i) Patan M 96,1)2 49,784 46,328 ii) Matarvadi (part) OG 141 84 57 iii) Hansapur (part) OG 687 377 310 iv) Gungdipati (part) OG 85 46 39 22. Sidhpur Urban Agglomeration 51,794 26,403 25,391 i) Sidhpur M 50,770 25,855 24,~15 ii) Sidhpur OG 1,024 548 476 23. Visnagar Urban Agglomeratil)n 59,647 30,952 28,695 i) Visnagar M 57,839' 29,906 27,933 ii) Kansa (part) OG 1,808 1,046 762 24. Vijapur Urban Agglomeration 25,765 13,477 12,288 i) VijapuT NP 19,115 9,859 9,256 ii) Vijapur Rural (part) OG 6,650 3,618 3,032 25. Kalol Urban Agglomeration 92,550 48,672 43,878 a) Kalol M 82,137 43,159 38,978 b) Saij VP 10,413 5,513 4,900 Ahmadabad 26. Ahmadabad Urban 3,312,216 1,753,320 1,558,896 Agglomeration a) Ahmadabad City 2,954,526 1,564,687 1,389,839 i) Ahmadabad MC 2,876,710 1,522,975 1,353,735 ii) Asarwa OG 1,896 1,150 746 iii) Naroda OG 4,108 2,192 1,916 iv) Nikol OG 4,%9 2,746 2,223 v) Rakhiyal OG 949 528 421 vi) Odhav OG 12,988 6,950 6,038 vii) Bagefirdosh OG 2,199 1,156 1,043 viii) Shahwadi OG 4,014 2,139 1,875 ix) .·Gyaspur (part) OG 940 491 449 x) Maktampur OG 10,110 5,166 4,944 xi) Ohf(part) OG 5,415 2,836 2,579 xii) Cheripur OG 3,855 2,047 1,808 xiii) Bodakdev OG 4,565 2,366 2,199 xiv) Muthiya OG $0 31 19 xv) Vastral (part) OG 9,574 5,189 4,385 xvi) Ramol (part) OG 10,338 5,651 4,687 xvii) Hathijan OG 112 75 37 142 District Urban Agglomeration 1991 Population Persons L Males L Females 2 3 I 4 I 5 xviii) Vatva OG 1,734 999 735 b) Ahmadabad Cantonment Cantt. 11,967 7,132 4,835 c) Ranip NP 60,537 32,094 28,443 d) Chandlooiya VP 34,667 18,221 16,446 e) Ghatlodiya NP 62,248 32,554 29,694 1) Memnagar VP 23,518 12,138 11,380 g) Vastrapur VP 12,()91 6,452 5,639 h) Vejalpur VP 92,116 48,040 44,076 i) Makarba VP 9,846 5,135 4,711 j) Sarkbej VP 9,569 4,958 4,611 k) Kali NP 29,950 16,022 13,928 I) Thaltcj VP 11,181 , 5,887 5,294 27. Dholka Utban Agglomeration 54,352 28.075 26,277 i) Dholka M 49,860 25,717 24,143 ii) Dholka (Rural) 00 1,796 95l 845 iii) Maflipur 00 2,696 1,407 1,289 Kheda 28. Nadiad Urban Agglomeration 170,217 87,914 82,303 i) Nadiad M 167,051 86,261 80,790 ii) Manjipura (part) OG 360 186 174 iii) Kamla (Part) 00 2,806 1,467 1,339 29. Anand Urban Agglomeration 174,480 91,570 82,9fO a) Anand 131,104 68,480 62,624 i) Anand M 110,266 57,557 52,709 ii) Gamdi OG 10,918 5,697 5,281 iii) Bakrol (part) DO 2,837 1,493 1,344 iv) Jitodiya (part) OG 612 315 297 v) Mogan OG 6,411 3,418 2,993 b) Vallabh Vidyanagar NP 21,560 11,628 9,932 c) Vitbal Udyognagar INA INA 684 369 315 d) Karamsad NP 21,132 11,093 10,039 30. Khambhat Urban 89,834 46,324 43,510 Agglomeration i) Khambbatt M 76,746 39,505 37,241 ii) Kansari OG 4,123 2,172 1,951 iii) Sbakarpur OG 6,938 3,610 3,328 iv) Metpur OG 2,027 1,037 990 31. Dakor Urban Agglomeration 20,418 10,619 9,799 i) Dakor NP 19,495 10,134 9,361 ii) Rakhiyal (part) OG 923 485 438 143 District Urban Agglomeration 1991 Population Persoos I Males I Females 2 3 I 4 I 5 Panch Mahals 32. Godhra Urban Agglomeration 100,662 52,350 48,312 i~ Godhra M 96,813 50,308 46,505 ii) Jafrabad (Part) OG 3,028 1,594 1,434 iiI) Vavadi Bujarg (Part) OG 821 448 373 33. Kalol Urban Agglomeration 21,275 11,098 10,177 i} Kalol NP 18,572 9,675 8,897 Ii} Derol Station OG 2,703 1,423 1,280 34. Halol Urban Agglomeration 30,347 16,055 14,292 i) Halol NP 27,349 14,373 12,976 ii} Duniya OG 904 499 405 iii) Kanjari (Part) OG 868 515 353 iv) Pratappura (part) OG 1,226 668 558 35. Dohad Urban Agglomeration 96,632 49,785 46,847 a} Dohad M 78,265 40,149 38,1l6 i) Dohad DO 66,500 34,250 32,250 ii) Dohad DO 10,227 5,120 5,107 iii) Usarvan (Part) OG , 1,538 779 759 Vadodara 36. Vadodara Urban 1,126,824 593,764 533,060 AgglomeratIon a) Vadodara 1,061,598 559,204 502,394 i} Vadodara MC 1,031,346 543,217 488,219 ii) Undera DO 6,246 3,300 2,946 iii) Karodiya OG 4,135 2,197 1,938 iv) Harni OG 4,324 2,297 2,027 v) Sarna DO 6,586 3,486 3,100 vi) Sayajipura DO 4,058 2,158 1,900 vii) Bapod DO 2,662 1,391 1,271 viii) Kapurai (Part) DO 2,241 1,158 1,083 b) Jawahamagar NM 8,412 4,427 3,985 (Gujarat Refinery) c) Petro-Chemical Complex INA INA 9,217 4,856 4,361 d) BaJwa VP 10,920 5,858 5,062 e) Chhani VP 14,636' 7,567 7,069 f) Tarasli VP 13,986 7,392 6,594 g) Karachiya VP 8,055 4,460 3,595 37. Padra Urban Agglomeration 33,823 17,641 16,182 i} Padra M 28,150 14,631 13,519 ii) Padra OG 5,673 3,010 2,663 38. Bodeli Urban Agglomeration 15,269 7,973 7,296 144 District Urban ~omer.tion 1991 Population Penons I Males I Females 1 2 3 I 4 I s i) BOOeH M 8,650 4,532 4,118 ii) AIi-Kherva OG 4,338 2,263 2,075 iii) Dholcaliya OG 2,281 1,178 1,103 Bharuch 39. Bharuch Urban Agglomeration 139,029 71,717 67.312 i) Bharuch M 133,102 68,586 64,516 ii) Bholav'(part) OG 2,032 1,042 990 iii) Nandelav (part) OG 1,877 1,01 I 866 iv) Maktampur (Part) OG 2,018 1,078 940 40. Anldesvar Urban 78,100 42,273 35,827 Agglomeration a) Anklesvar 71,888 38,771 33,117 i) Anklesvar M 51,739 27,358 ·24,381 ii) Anklesvar (Diva, Divi 00 8,167 4,368 3,799 and Borbhatha New Vasahat) iii) Gadkhol (part) 00 11,123 6,545 4,578 iv) Piraman (part) 00 859 500 359 b) Anklesvar INA INA 6,212 3,502 2,710 Surat 41. Surat Urban Agglomeration 1,518,950 826,087 692,863 a) Surat 1,505,872 818,499 687,373 i} Surat Me 1,498,817 814,938 683,879 .ti) Mota Varachha OG 7,055 3,561 3,494 b).Amroli VP 13,078 7,588 5,490 42. Kosamba Urban 25,434 13,260 12,174 Agglomeration i) Kosamba NP 11,663 ~,995 5,668 ii) Tarsadi OG 12,214 6,464 5,750 iii) Kumvarda OG 1,557 801 756 Valsad 43. Valsad Urban Agglomeration 1\ 1,175 51,653 54,122 a) Valsad 70,314 36,011 34,243 i) Valsad M 51,~ 29,593 28,116 ii) Valsad OG 339 169 110 iii) Bhagdakhurd OG 3,201 1,630 1,511 iv} Bhagdawada OG 5,552 2,961 2,585 v) Pardi Sandhpor OG 3,313 ],1]2 1.601 b) Abrama VP 12,981 6,829 6,152 c} Kosamba VP 10,894 5,468 5,426 d) Mogarwadi VP 12,052 6,509 5,543 e) Nanakwada VP 5,534 2,776 2,158 145 District Urban Agglomeration 1991 Population Persons I Males J Females 2 3 I 4 I 5 44. Bllimora Urban 51,039 26,137 24,902 Agglomeration I) Bilimora M 46,462 23,770 22,692 IJ) Bllimora (Talodh) OG 4,577 2,367 2,210 45. Navsart. Urban AgglomeratIOn 190;~46 101,587 89,359 a) Navsall M 144,249 76,851 67,398 I) Navsan OG 126,089 67,410 58,679 il) Jamalpore OG 2;503 1,271 1,232 III) Chovisl OG 5,454 2,827 2,627 IV) Chhapra (Part) OG 2,896 1,502 1,394 v) Kabllpor OG 7,307 3,841 3,466 b) Jalalpore NP 12,956 6,879 6,077 e) ViJalpor- NP 29,303 15,516 13,787 d) Kahawadl VP 4,438 2,341 2,097 46. Chlkhh Urban AgglomeratIOn 18,069 9,193 8,876 I) Chlkhli VP 6,704 3,399 3,305 il) Thala OG 2,406 1,236 1,170 in) Khundh (Part) OG 1,785 910 875 iv) Samaro]J OG 6,134 3,112 3,022 v) MaJlgam (Part) OG 1,040 536 504 146 CHAPTER-IV ARE THE NUMBER OF MEN AND WOMEN BALANCED? We have now an idea of total population of our State. One w9uld be interested to know how many are males and how many are females. The age-sex composition, Le., the proportion of men and women and the proportion of persons in different age-groups are important subjects in population studies. The age-sex composition of.a population has great influence on the capacity for the growth of population. That's why, the number of men and women in the population and the population distributed among various age-groups are of great interest to demographers, sociologists, planners and other concerned with the population. We shall, in this chapter, consider those aspects of the population of Gujarat, confining ourselves to the data of the 1991 Census. Sex Ratio In demographic parlance, the number of persons ot: one sex per every 1000 of other is called "Sex Ratio". There are two ways of expressing the sex ratio. It can be either the number of males per 1000 females or the number of females per 1000 males. In our country, the latter method of expressing the sex ratio is adopted. In other words, the traditional practice in Indian Census is to present this ratio as the number of females per 1000 males. Ideally, the numbers of the males and females in the population shouid have been equal but this is not so. A balanced sex ratio is an ideal situation. This had perhaps been intended by nature. Equal division of men and women would unquestionably make harmony and good social order. Conversely, an unequal distribution or what we may call an imbalance in sex ratio will bring in its wake maladjustment in the norms ofHfe and various otht& problems. 147 The imbalance in the proportion of male and female is likely to cause some social problems. It is likely that a few may not be able to get married and thereby able to get life partners. If there are more females than men, a situation would arise where' there would be more unmarried females. Hence the equalitY in the number of males and females in all places and at all times is an ideal situation which never exists. Such an equality depends on various factors over which none has any direct control. There are differences even at birth. Even if equal number of male and female babies are born, their chances of survival at various periods are unequal. They are subj ected to different hazards. War, migration and sex selectivity in certain types of mortality such as a maternal mortality etc., are also one of the plausible reasQns for the imbalance in the sex ratio of the population. ~n war, there is a heavier toll of men. Migration in search of employment outside their usual habitation leads to an imbalance as the movement is mainly of men. Sex selectivity in certain types of mortality like maternal mortality is but one among them. Weare more uncertain about selectivity of sexes in abnormal deaths. A question may arise in someone's mind how this is so. To clear this, we will take an example, that the number of women tend to be reduced while that of men remains stable because the phenomenon of death in the course of child birth is peculiar only to women. It is generally expected that the sex ratio of a closed population should normally be nearer to 1000. However, the Census figures shows that not only is there a difference in the number of males and females but also that the magnitude of this gap is different in different parts of the country. Even for the same region, the difference is found to be varying in different decades. With this background, let us now understand the State .of things prevailing in our own country and State. Weare well aware that it is usual to express the difference in numbers between the -sexes by an index number called ~e 'Sex Ratio'. Sex ratio gives in realistic terms a comparison between the number of men and females in pop~ation. The sex ratio has gone down between 1981 and 1991 in the country as a whole. It was 933 in 1981, now is calculated as 927. This means that for every 1000 males in the country there are 927 females. There is thus an imbalance in sex ratio of the population. This is evident in almost all the States and Union Territories except Kerala. In the case of Kerala the sex ratio is 1036 females per 1000 males. This is the only State where the sex ratio is favourable to women. Out of 25 States the sex ratio is well above the national average in thirteen States. There are Andhra Pra~esh (972), Goa (967), Gujarat (934), Himachal Pradesh (976), Kamataka (960), Kerala (1.036), Madhya Pradesh (931), Maharashtra (934), Manipur (958), Meghalaya (955), Orissa (971), Tamil Nadu (974) and Tripura (945). The remaining 12 States have a sex ratio below the national average. It is 859 in Arunachal Pradesh, 923 in Assam, 911 in Bihar, 865 in Haryana, 923 in Jammu & Kashmir, 921 in Mizoram, 886 in Nagaland, 882 in Punjab, 910 in Rajasthan, 878 iIi Sikkim, 879 in Uttar. Pradesh and 917 in West Bengal. On the other side, out of seven Union Territories, four Union Territories have returned more sex ratio than national average. It is 952 in Dadra & Nagar Haveli, 969 in Daman & Diu, 943 in Lakshadweep and 979 in Pondicherry. Andaman &- Nicobar Islands, Chandigarh and Delhi have registered less sex ratio than the national aveuge. It is 818,790 and 827 respectively. Looking around the States and Union Territories, it is observed that a trend towards the imbalance rather than balance in sex ratio seems to be order. Except Kerala, in all the States and Union Territories there is a marked female deficiency. As we have seen earlier that amongst all the States and Union Territories Kerala ralJk. first in terms of sex ratio. Arunachal Pradesh is the lowest in sex ratio amongst other States. Chandigarh had registered lowest sex ratio not only amongst Union Territories but also at national level. Pondicherry rank first among Union Territories. In Gujarat, the sex ratio is 934 which is higher than the national average of 927. On comparison with other States and Union Territories, it can be revealed that the sex ratio of 10 States and 4 Union Territories is hi~er than that of Gujarat, One State viz., Maharashtra is same than that of Gujarat whereas it is less than -that of Gujarat in 12 States and 3 Union Territories. Sex ratio of 149 Gujarat cannot be compared with that of Kerala, as Kerala is the only State of the country where females outnumber males. A question may also be raised in the mind of the readers, how does sex ratio of Gujarat stand with its adjoining States? In other words, what is the position of sex ratio' of Gujarat amongst its neighbouring States, viz., Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan. The sex ratio of Gujarat is the highest among its above four n~ighboUring States. The sex ratio of Madhya Pradesh is just below Gujarat. It is 931 females per 1000 males. In Maharashtra it is 934 and in Rajasthan, it is 910. Only adjoining Union Territory is Daman & Diu, where sex ratio is higher than that of Guja.rat. It is 969, and in Dadra & Nagar Haveli UT the sex ratio is slightly higher than that of Gujarat being 952. Now, we will bring back our attention to our State and look into the position of various districts of the State. We have already seen earlier that the sex ratio of our State is 934. Out of 19 districts of the State, 11 districts have returned sex ratio more than the State average. The highest sex ratio is registered in The Dangs district. It is 983 which is ideal. It seems to be balanced. AmrcHi district ranks second in terms of sex ratio amongst the districts with 982, females per 1000 males. Next in ranks art: Sabar Kantha with 965, Kachch4 with 964, Junagadh with 959, Valsad with 957, Panch Mahals with 952, Mahesana with 950, Janmagar and Bhavnagar with 949 each. In Rajkot, it is 946. The sex ratio in Bharuch and Banas Kantha are the closest to the State average. They are 931 and, 932. In the remaining six districts, the sex ratio is less than the State average. Of which, the lowest is in Ahmadabad where it is 899 followed by Surat with 901 and Vadodara with 913. In Gandhinagar, it is 916. Kheda has a sex ratio of 919 and in Surendrangar it is 921. It is interesting to note that the fust two most populated districts of the States viz., Ahmadabad and Surat are also the lowest in sex ratio at the same rank. It may be of interest to you to peep into the sex ratio of ta).ukas of the various districts of the State. 150 (1) Jamnagar District: The district level sex ratio of Janmagar district is 949, which is higher than the State average. Out of ten talukas of the district, only in two talukas viz., Jamnagar and Okhamandal the sex ratio is less than the district average.' It is 928 and 931 respectively. The sex ratio of Lalpur taluka is slightly higher than the district average. It is 950. Remaining seven talukas have recorded the sex ratio ranging between 951 and 1000. These are Jamjodhpur (966), Bhanvad (9(?3), Kalyanpur (957), Khambhalia (955),Jodiya (975), Dhrol (957) and Kalavad (996). The highest sex ratio is recorded is Kalavad as against lowest recorded in Jamnagar taluka. In Kalavad taluka the proportion of males and females in the population is just equal where the deficit of only four females is noticed per 1000 males. (2) Rajkot District: Rajkot district has recorded the sex, ratio of 946 which is slightly lower than Jamnagar but higher than the State average. The highest sex ratio of975 and 971 is recorded in Paddhari and Dhoraji talukas of the district respectively. Rajkot talukas has registered the lowest sex ratio of928, followed by Jetpur with 937. The remaining all the talukas of the district have recorded higher sex ratio than the district average. Incidentally they are also higher than the State average in sex ratio. Of 13 talukas of the district, eleven talukas are having higher sex ratio than the district as well as State. In some of the talukas, the sex ratio is quite close to each other. In Morvi, it is 946, in Maliya is 948. In Kotda Sangani, It is 950. In Wankaner taluka, it is 951. In Gondal and Jasdan, it is 956. Upleta, it is 961. In Jamkandorna and Lodhika, it is 964. In Dhoraji, it is 971. The sex ratio ofPaddhari is 975. (3) Surendranagar District: The sex ratio of this district is 921 which is lower than the State average. Its all talukas except Halvad taluka have recorded lower sex ratio than the State average. Halvad has recorded sex ratio with 934. Over and above five talukas, viz., Lirnbdi and 151 Wadhwan with 929, Muli with 925, Halvad with 934, Dasda with 922 and Lakhtar with 932 have registered higher sex ratio than the district average. The lowest sex ratio in the district is noticed in Chorila taluka, where it is 899 which is clQsely followed by Dhrangadhra with 909 and Sayla ~ith 911. Thus, out of nine talukas of the district, sex ratio in six talukas are higher than the district average, whereas in three talukas it is less than that. (4) Bhavnagar District: The district level sex ratio of this district is 949. It is higher than that of Rajkot and Surendrangar districts. It is equal to Jamnagar district. It is also higher than the State average. Out of 12 talukas, the sex ratio in three talukas viz., Bhavnagar, Talaja and Sihor is lower than the State average. Including above three talukas, three more talukas have recorded less sex ratio than the district average. All of these are Bhavnagar with 932. Sihor and Talaja both with 929, Ghogha with 940, Umrala with 944, and Botad with 945. Kundla taluka has registered the highest sex ratio of 992. Next in ranks are Mahuva with 968, Gariadhar with 965, Palitana with 957 and Vallabhipur with 956. (5) Amreli District: Likewise Bhavnagar district, the sex ratio (982) in Amreli district is also higher than the State average. Over and above, it is also higher than that of all th~ districts of State except The Dangs district. Total number of women outnumber the men in Lilia taluka of the district. The sex ratto in Lilia taluka is 1003. The sex ratio of 'Babra and Lathi talukas is exactly the same as that obtaining at the district level. It is 982. All the remaining sever. talukas except Khambha, Rajula and Kunkavav Vadia talukas have recorded less sex ratio than the district average. The sex ratio in Khambba, Rajula and Kunkavav Vadia talukas is 995, 985 and 993 respectively. Similarly, Amreli taluka has sex ratio of 981. The sex ratio of Kodinar and Dhari talukas are 972 and 971 respectively. The lowest sex ratio of 962 is in Jafrabad. Thus, none of the talukas of the district has registered less sex ratio than the State average. In other 152" words, the sex ratio in all the talukas of Amreli district is higher than that of State average. (6) Juoagadb District: The district average of sex ratio in Junagadh district is 959, which is higher than the State average. Out of 15 talukas of the district, seven talukas have a sex ratio higher than district average. Of which, the highest sex ratio of 993 is recorded by Mendarda taluka. Visavadar taluka has followed it with 989. The sex ratio in Bhesan and Kutiyana talukas is the 981 and 973 respectively. Similarly, in Una, Manavadar and Patan-Veravala talukas the sex ratio of 968, 963 and 96 t respectively. Malia follows with 957. The remaining eight talukas viz., Junagadb, Talala, Malia, Mangrol, Keshod, Porbandar, Ranavav and Vanthali talukas have sex. ratio less than the district average. Of which, the sex ratio of 934 in Vanthali taluka is lowest which is equal to State average. In Keshod and Junagadh talukas, the sex ratio is 943 and 948 which is lowest than the district average. Mangrol follows with 953, Talala with 952 and Ranavav with 955. Malia and Porbanadar talukas have recorded equal sex ratio of 957. In all, none of the talukas of the district has recorded lower sex ratio than the State average. (7) Kacbcbh District: The district ranks fourth in terms of sex ratio. The sex ratio of the district is 964. In four talulms of the district, the number of women outnumber the men. These are Nakhatrana, Mandvi, Mundra and Abdasa where' the .sex ratio is 1029, 1019, 1017 and 1002 respectively. The excess of females over males is particularly high in Nakhatrana taluka where 29 women are excess per every 1000 men. Mandvi follows with an excess of 19 females, Mundra with 17 females and Abdasa with 2 females. The lowest sex ratio is noticed in Anjar taluka, where it is 927. Rapar taluka follows with 931. The sex ratio in Bhuj taluka is 937. Next in rank in Lakhpat taluka it is 955. In Bhachau taluka, the sex ratio is 973. Thus, of 9 talukas of the district, only two talulms have recorded sex ratio lower than the State average, whereas in the remaining seven talukas iris higher than the State average. 153 (8) Banas Kantha District: The sex r~tio of Banas Kantha district is 932, which is slightly lower than the State average of 934. Only three talulcas have recorded bigher sex ratio than the district average. These are Vadgam, Palanpur and Deesa. Where it is 970, 942 and 934 respectively. The lowest sex ratio is registered by Deodar taluka where it is 912. 'It is closely followed by Santalpur taluka with 914. Next in rank, in Radhanpur taluka, it is 916 and in Vav taluka, it is 918. The sex ratio in Dhanera taluka is 925. In Kankrej taluka, it is 930, slightly lower than that of Tharad and Danta talukas, where it is 93l. (9) Sabar Kantha District: None of the talukas of the district nor the district have registered se'( ratio lower than that of State average except Malpur taluka. Over and above, in Vijaynagar and Bhiloda talukas of the district, females outnumber males. In Vijaynagar taluka 56 females ,are excess in every 1000 males and in Bhiloda taluka, it is excess by 19 females. The sex ratio in above both the talOOs is 1056 and 1019 respectively which is much higher than the district average of 965. ldar and Megbraj talukas have higher sex ratio than district average. They are 977and 967 respectively. In all the remaining six tal$s, the sex ratio is lo~er than the district average. The lowest amongst them is Malpur with 930. Bay~d foll0ws it with 944, Himatnagar with 949, Modasa with 950, Prantij with 953, and Khedbrahma with 958. Thus, the sex ratio in all the talukas (except Malpur taluka), of sabar Kantha district is higher than the State average. (10) Mahesana District: The district ranks eighth in terms of sex ratio. The sex ratio of the district is 950. The highest sex ratio is noticed < in Chanasma taluka, where it is 975, only 25 short of 1000. Sidhpur and Kheralu talukas follow it with 971 each. Vijapur marches with them with 962 which is accompanied by Visnagar with 959. In remaining:all 154 the six talukas, the sex ratio is lower than the district average. Of which the lowest sex ratio is in Harij taluka, where it is 916, closely followed by Kadi with 923 and Kalol with 928. The sex ratio of Mahesana and in Patan talukas it is 937 and 941 respectively. In Sami taluka, it is slightly higher i.e., 942. Except Harij, Kadi and Kalol talukas, the sex ratio in other talukas of the district is higher than the State average. (11) Gandhinagar District: This is single taluka district. The· sex ratio of Gandhinagar is 916. It is lower than that of State level. (12) Ahmadabad and Kheda Districts: It has already been discussed earlier that Ahmadabad and Kheda districts are ftrst two ranking districts in the State in terms of population. In other words, these are the most populated districts of the State. Incidentally, they are the lowest among other districts of the State in terms of sex ratio. Ahmadabad district ranks the last with a sex ratio of 899, Kheda district ranks ftfteenth with 919. In Ahmadabad district, the highest sex ratio is noticed in Viramgam and Dehgam talukas where it .is 938 each and the lowest in Ahmadabad City taluka where it is 889. Similarly, in Kheda district, the J:righest sex ratio is registered by Balasinor and the lowest by Borsad taluka, where it is 949 and 908 respectively. The district level average of Kheda district and Ahmadabad is lower than the State average. It is 899 in Ahmadabad district and 919 in Kheda district. .The talukawise sex ratio of both these districts can be studied from the stat,ement tabulated below: Statement-IV.1 Talukawise Sex Ratio of Ahmad~bad and Kbeda districts St. DistrirtlTatuka Sex Ratio No. Ahmadabad District 899 1. Citytaluka 889 2. Daskroi taluka 899 155 SI. DlstridITaluka Sex Ratio No. I, 3. Dholka talun 907 4. Dhandhuka taluka 933 5. Sanand taluka 909 6. Viramgam taluka 938 7. Dehgam taluka 938 Kheda District 919 1. Mehmedabad taluka 920 2. Nadiad taluka 921 3. Anand taluka 911 4. Petlad taluka 913 5. Borsad taluka 908 6 Khambhat mluka 920 7. Matar taluka 914 8. Kapadvanj mluka 934 9. Balasinor taluka 949 10. Thasra taluka 912 (13) Panth Mahals Distritt: The district level sex ratio of Panch Mahals is 952 which is higher than the State average of934. Out of eleven talukas of the district, five talukas have recorded higher sex ratio than the district average. These are Limkheda, Jhalod, Dohad, Santrampur and Devgadbaria talukas, where the sex ratio is 980, 974, 972, 958 and 955 respectively. Amongst which, the highest sex ratio is noticed in Limkheda. The lowest sex ratio is in Halol taluka, where it is 904. Kalol foilows it with 919 with the company of Jambughoda (925). The sex ratio in GOOhra and Shehera talukas is the same being 937. (14)Vadodara (and Bharuch Districts: The sex ratio of Vadodara and Bharuch districts is 913 and 931 respectively. The sex ratio of Bharuch district is slightly lower than the State average, whereas it is lower in Vadodara district. But, three talukas viz., Chhota-Udaipur, Nasvadi and ]etpur-Pavi of Vadodara district have recorded higher sex ratio than the State 156 average. As against five talukas of Bharuch district viz., Sagbara, Dediapada, Valia, Hansot and TIlagadia talukas have registered higher sex ratio than the State level. Amongst which, the sex ratio in Sagbara taluka requires special mention that his one of the few talukas of the State where the pattern of sex ratio is some what different than that of others. Females outnumber males in this taluka. 3 females are excess than 1000 Dlales in Sagbara taluka. The sex ratio of rest of the talukas of both the districts can be revealed from the following statement: Statement-IV.2 Talukawise Sex Ratio of Vado dar a and Bharuch districts SI. No. District/TalukJl Sex Ratio Vadodara District 913 1. Vadodara taluka ~98 2. Karjan taluka 918 3. Padra taluka 902 4. Savli taluka 893 5. Vaghodia taluka 901 6. Dabhoi taluka 917 7. Sankheda taluka 909 8. Jetpur-Pavi taluka 942 9. Chhota Udaipur taluka 973 10. Nasvadi taluka 956 II. Tilakwada taluka 911 12. Sinor taiuka 917 Bbaruch District 931 1. Bharuch taluka 929 2·. Anklesvar taluka 891 3. Bansot taluka 939 4. Vagra taluka 927 5. lambusar taluka 923 6. Amod talllkli 923 7. Jhagadia taluka 936 8. Nandod taluka 919 9. Dedipada taluka 976 10. Sagbara taluka 1008 II. Valia taluka 950 157 (15)Surat and Valsad Districts: It is interesting to note that in imbalance pattern of sex ratio prevailing not only in the State but also in the country as well as in the world, the balance view of proportion of male and female in population is picturised only ill Uchchhal taluka of Surat district. In this taluka the distribution of male and female is just equal. The sex ratio of this taluka is only 5 short of 1000, where the deficit of only five females are noticed per 1000 males. What a marvelous balance distribution of population. The females of Nizar taluka of Surat district also outnumbers males. The sex ratio of Nizar taluka is 1,016. The district average of Surat is lower than State average, whereas in Valsad district it is higher. The sex ratio of Surat is 901 and that of Valsad is 957. The normal pattern of imbalance distribution of males and females of all the talukas of these two districts can be studied from the below tabulated statement. Statement-IV.3 Talukawise Sex Ratio of Surat and Valsad districts SI. Districtlfaluka Sex Ratio No. Surat District 901 1. Chorasi taluka 839 2. Olpad taluka 949 3. Karnrej taluka 947 4. Mangrol taluka 961 5. Mandvi taluka 971 6. Songadh taluka 980 7. Uchchhal taluka 995 8. Nizai taluka 1016 9. Vyara taluka 986 10. Valod taluka 967 11. Bardoli taluka 966 12. Mahuva taluka 974 13. Palsana taluka 930 Valsad Distirct 957 1 Valsad taluka 951 2 Pardi taluka 932 158 SI. Districtrraluka Sex Ratio No. 3 Umbergaon taluka 970 4 Gandevi taluka 967 5 Navsari taluka 926 6 Chikhli taluka 983 7 Bansda taJuka 987 8 Dharampur taluka ______97-'7 ____ _ (16) The Dangs District: Likewise, Gandhinagar district, The Dangs district is single-taluka-district. The sex ratio of the Dangs is 983 which is higher than the State average. Going down to the laluka level, we fInd that there are only 9 talukas, out of 184 talukas in the State which have a sex ratio above par. Vijaynagar taluka in Sabar Kantha district leads the talukas in the entire State with a sex ratio of. 1,056. The other talukas in the order they present surplus females are: Sr. District Taluka Sex Ratio No. t 2 3 4 1 Sabar Kantha Vijaynagar 1,056 2 Kachchh Nakhatrana 1,029 3 Kachchh Mandvi 1,019 4 Sabar Kantha Bhiloda 1,019 5 Kachchh Mundra 1,017 6 Surat Nizar 1,016 7 Amreli Lilia 1,003 8 Bharuch Sagbara 1,003 9 Kachchh Abdasa 1,002 It can be observed that out of the first nine places, Kachchh district claims 4 places. This is natural because this district has the 159 fourth highest sex ratio in the State. Similarly, the third highest ranking district Sabar Kantha claims 2 places. Amreli, Bharuch and Surat districts, which are at the rank second, thirteen and eighteen claim one place each. On the other side of the coin, the lowest sex ratio of 839 is in Chorasi taluka of Surat district, followed by Ahmadabad City taluka of Ahmadabad district with 889. Anldesvar taluka of Bharuch district with 891 and Savli and Vadodara talukas of Vadodara district with 893 and 898 respectively. Chotila taluka of Surendranagar district and Daskroi taluka of Ahmadabad district with 899 each. Out of seven talukas having the lowest sex ratio, Ahmadabad district and Vadodara district claim two places each whereas Surendranagar, Bharuch and Sura.t district claim one each place. Here also it is natural, because these districts have the lowest sex ratio in the State. In terms of sex ratio, they are I!t the rank of nineteen, eighteen, seventeen, fourteen and thirteen respectively. Now let us compare the taluka level sex ratio with the State average of934. Out of 184 talukas of the State, the sex ratio in 116 talukas is higher than the State average, whereas the sex ratio in 64 talukas is lower than the State average. In four talukas, the sex ratio is exactly equal to State average. These are Halvad taluka of Surendrangar district, Vanthli taluka of Junagadh district, Deesa taluka of Banas Kantha district and Kapadvanj taluka of Kheda district. It is observed from the facts and figures stated above that scarcity of women seems to be a phenomenon common to all the talukas though in varying degree, except 9 talukas where females outnumber males. It is assumed that a short fall of 50 fero..ales per thousand males is a fairly acceptance sex ratio. Out of 184 talukas, 90 talukas qualify to come under this category. So long we have been discussing the sex ratio in respect of districts/talukas. Now, question may be arised in the mind of the readers whether there is any difference in sex ratio of rural and urban areas. There is such a difference not only at the State level but also at district level. We have seen that in total population of our State in the Statement-IV.4 160 Statement-IV.4 Sex Ratio in Total, Rural and Urban Areas of the Districts. 1991 SI. StatelDistrict Sex Ratio No. Total I Rural L Urban 1 2 3 I 4 I 5 Gujarat State 934 949 907 1. JaJ!lDagar 949 961 932 2. Rajkot 946 957 933 3. Surendranagar 921 922 920 4. Bhavnagar 949 957 936 5. Amreli 982 989 954 6. Junagadh 959 964 949 7. Kachchh 964 987 915 8. Banas Kantha 932 933 91.9 9. Sabar Kantha 965 969 935 10. Mahesana 950 957 925 11. Gandhinagar 916 934 891 12. Ahmadabad 899 921 892 13. Kheda 919 916 927 14. Panch Mahals 952 954 931 15. Vadodara 913 922 902 16. Bharuch 931 936 914 17. Surat 901 956 849 18. Valsad 957 973 910 19. The Dangs 983 993 902 There are 934 females for every 1000 males. Broken down in terms of rural and urban, the rural areas account for a sex ratio of 949 while urban areas record a ratio of 907. It is interesting to note that The Dangs and Amreli districts which showed higher sex ratio among other districts in general have now also \ kept up their rank with a higber sex ratio for their rural components. The sex ratio of the most of the districts is more favourable not on par. !u rural 161 areas, the least number of females per 1000 males are in Kheda district being 916. On the end of the scale, only in one district the sex ratio of urban areas reach 950, This is Amreli (954). The lowest sex ratio for urban areas is recorded by Surat (849) followed by Gandhinagar with 891 and Ahmadabad with 892, so it can be visualised that the sex ratio in urban areas of all the district except Amreli does not reach to 950. On the other hand the sex ratio of rural popUlation of 12 districts exceeds 950. The sex ratio in the rural and urban areas of these 12 districts can be studied from the below statement. Statement-IV.S Distriets having Rural Sex Ratio more than 950 Sl. District Sex .Ratio No. Rural I Urban .1 2 3 I 4 1. Jamnagar 961 932 2. Rajkot 957 933 3. Bhavnagar 957 936 4. Amreli 989 954 5. Junagadh 964 949 6. Kachchh 987 915 1. Sabat Kantha 969 935 8. Mahesana 957 925 ' 9. Panch Mahals 954 931 10. Surat 956 849 11. Valsad 973 910 12. TheDangs 993 902 The sex ratio of rural and urban areas of the districts whose sex ratio is below 950 and ~ not discussed earlier so far is tabulated below. 162, Statement-IV.6 Districts having Rural Sex Ratio less than 950 SI. District Sex ratio No. Rural I Urban 1 2 3 I 4 1 Surendranagar 922 920 2 Banas Kantha 933 919 3 Gandhinagar 934 891 4 Ahmadabad 921 892 5 Kheda 916 927 6 Vadodara 922 902 7 Bhamch 936 914 It is observed that the female population in urban areas is invariably, less than the male population. Each district of our State is female deficient as far as its urban areas are concerned. This leads us to make further inquiry into the classification of urban areas. For the purpose of Census, urban areas are generally divided into six classes according to the size of population. Accordingly, the urban areas of our State are divided into six classes from class I to class VI. There are 264 towns in Gujarat. Of which, 19 in class I, 33 in class II, 58 in class III, 92 in class IV, 51 in class V and 11 in class VI. Let us now see what the sex ratio is like in various size class of towns. Take the cities first. The sex ratio in nineteen class I cities of the State is 892. In 33 class II towns, it is 930. The sex ratio in 58 class III towns is 819, whereas in 92 class IV towns, it is 931. 51 class V towns have recorded sex ratio of 923 and in 11 class VI towns, it is 889. While studying the sex ratio of various size class of towns, one comes across the disparity between the higher and middle order size class and that with the lowest size class. The sex ratio of class I, III and class VI Towns is not only below the State average but also below 900. On the other hand the sex ratio of middle order classes II, IV and V is more than State average of urban areas i.e., above 907. 163 Further from what has been discussed above, it is difficult to come to any generalisation regarding the pattern of sex ratio in the State. But it can be saia that our State bas the shortage of women. The Dangs is ~ peculiar district where the distribution of male and female is just equal. Here there are 983 females per 1000 males. Over and above, it ranks fIrst in terms of general as well as rural sex ratio but it ranks sixteenth in urban sex :ratio among other districts of the State. In its rural areas, 993 females per 1000 males. Moreover, in four talukas of Kachchh district Vlz., Nakhatrana, Mandvi, Abdasa and Mundra talukas, females are in excess than the males. In summing up, the various elements of the subject, it is observed that the sex ratio is higher in rural· areas than that in urban areas both at the State as well as individual district level except Kheda district. It is also higher than our adjoining States, like. Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan. Age structure of tbe populatiom Age is one of the most basic characteristics of population. One can form a good idea of the histroy of population looking at the age composition. Age data have wide use. The age~structure of population is not everywhere the same. Information Olit the age structure of the population is essential for planners and adminnistrators to formulate education and welfare programmers. more precisely. In the life insurance business and for determining labour force, they are invaluable. Similarly, we 1ll1lSt know the number of young children to plan our educational programme and of those in the elder age-groups to provide for employment So the study of the age~structure of the population is impcxtant. Before making any examination of age structure of population at national as well as State level, let us know the term 'Age' in Census. In In~an CensuS, the term "Age' relates to the age in completed years at the last birthday. The age of infant is noted as. An infant is a child who has not completed 12 months of life at the time of enumeration. 164 The age-structure is divided into age-groups. For our study purpose, we will look at the four broad age-groups and fifth one will be 'age not stated'. The percentage distribution of population of our nation by broad age-group is as under: Percentage distribution of population of India by broad age-groups, 1991 Age-groups 0-14 15-.39 40-59 60+ Age Total not stated Percentage 37.25 39.78 15.65 0.76- 0.56 100.00 of the population The percentage distribution of population of Gujarat by the corresp?nding broad age-groups is given in the b,elow statement for companson.. Percentage distribution of population of Gujarat by broad age groups, ] 991 Age-groups 0-14 15-39 40-59 60+ Age Total not stated Percentagt 35.54 42.00 15.53 6.41 0.52 100.00 of the population It is revealed from the above two statements that of the total population nearly 36.00 per cent accounts for a very young population. We have to bear in mind two important consequences of having such a large number of young population. The first is that such a large num\ler of young boys and girls would mean we have to allocate a considerable amount of financial resources for their schooling and medical facilities. The second one is a large young 165 population would be available in labour market after a decade or so for whom we sPall have to create large scale employment opportunities by establishing new sm.all and large scale industries in our country. ,Both these consequellces severely will strain our economic and social progress and prosperity. While comparing the percentages of population in different age··groups of Gujarat with those of all India level. We fmd that barring the percentage of age group of 15-39, the perceI}tages of remaining age-groups of Gujarat are slightly lesser than those of the all India average. But the difference in the percentages of these age-gTOups of Gujarat and of all India level is marginal. The proportion of the total population that falls in the higher age-group of 40-59 and 60 years and more is found less in Gujarat than at the national level. This reveals that the Gujarat population is multiplying at a faster rate than the national average. Of that, it is less affected by mortality in these particular age-levels than the national average population. Further it can also be inferred that the older population in Gujarat as a lower survival rate than the national average. However, no fIrm and concrete conclusion can be drawn in this regard merely by depending upon these fIgures. In the earlier Chapter, we have compared our area and population with Karnataka, Orissa and Rajasthan States. Now let us compare the age-composition of population of Gujarat amongst them This can be studied from the below statement. Statement-IV.7 Perc:entage distribution of population of Gujarat and other seleded States of India by broad age-groups, 1991 Name of the Perc:entage distribution bI_ broad a2e-e:roup State Age not 0-14 15-39 40-59 60+ stated 1 2 3 4 5 6 Gujarat 35.54 42.00 15.53 6.41 0.52 Karnataka 36.02 40.70 15.75 6.99 0.54 Orissa 35.75 40.13 16.42 7.20 0.50 Rajasthan 40.79 38.09 14.52 6.29 0.31 166 It is revealed from the above statement that t:l!.e percentage of the youthful population of Gujarat in the 0-14 age-group is lower than that of Rajasthan, Kamataka and Orissa. In the next age-group of 15-39, the percentage of Gujarat is moderately higher than that of each of the other three States. While the percentage (,f middle aged population in the age-group 40-59 years in Gujarat is slightly higher than that of Rajasthan but lower than that of both K~taka and Orissa States. On the other hand, it is lower in the next age-group of 60+ than the proportion of population of Karnataka and Orissa but higher than that of Rajasthan State. It is generally accepted that population in the age-group 0-14 years and 60 years and more is regarded as the dependent population. In other words they are considered as not in the labour force. The relationship between the number of persons in the age-group 0-14 and 60+ and of those in the age-group 15-59 is called the "Dependency Ratio". In mathematical terminology it is described as follows: Population in age-group 0-14 and 60+ Dependency Ratio = ------x 100 Population in age-group 15-59 167 -I I i SEX AND AGE 5TRl URE, GUJARA T CENSU~ 991 1, I AX,I I I 60 1 1 50·5: ! 'O·~i, MALE I 3e·3 1 FEMALE I i 25·21 20·21I I 15.11 I D·HI J I I I 1 r I I I I 40 30 20 10 0 D 10 20 30 '0 PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE SEX AND AGE 5TR TURE, GUJARA T CENSU 991 A,N, 40·4 MALE FEMALE 25·2 20·2 15·1 I 0·141 I -, r r 1 I I 10 30 40 40 30 20 10 0 0 20 PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE The Co-efficient gives us the number of dependants for every 100 persons in the working age-group. The dependancy ratio therefore represents the number of dependants for every 100 of the population in Gujarat is 73. This means that for every 100 persons covered in the working age-group, there are 73 persons who are incapable of working and who depend upon those capable of working. In fact all those covered in the working age-group \5-59 may not be employed, the actual burden of maintanance of dependants on those who are really employed is much more. Let us now compare the dependancy ratio of Gujarat with that of India and of other States like Karnataka, Orissa and Rajasthan. The dependancy ratio in India is 79 persons which is slightly higher than that of Gujarat. Among these three States and Gujarat, the dependency ratio is the highest of 89 persons in Rajasthan, Kamataka and Orissa <;laim for. 76 each dependency ratio which corresponds to that ofIndia. But it is slightly higher than that is obtained in Gujarat. The very high dependency ratio in India and our State is mainly due to the high proportion of Children below 14 years of age in the population which is nearly 36.00 per cent of the total population. We have discussed earlier the dependency ratio of our State and also compared the same with that of national level as well as with the three States. It would be intersting, if we now proceed to see the distribution of our population by broad age-groups for males and females separately. You already know that in our total population 35.54 per cent are in the youthful age-group of 0-14 years. In the next age-group of 15-59, it is 57.53 per cent. 6.41 per cent of our population is in older age-group of 60 years and above. Of this, the proportion of males in youthful age-group of 0-14 is bighe;: than the general proportion of the State, being 35.76 per cent. 1.1 the next age-group of 15-59 the proponion of males is 57.69 which also higher than that of general as well as females proportion. Only 6.00 per cent of the male population is in older age-group of 60 and above. Incidentally it is lower than that of females as well as general proportion. On other side of the coin, the females in the .youthful age-group .of 0-14 accounts for 35.30 per cent which is slightly less than the corresponding figures of general proportion. 171 The females in age-group of 15-59 forms 57.37 per cent, which is also slightly lower than the general proportion. In the older age group of 60 years and above, preponderance of females is observed. The females of this age-group outnumbers males. The proportion of females in this age-group accounts for 6.85 per cent, which is 0.85 per cent hight~r than that of males population. Thus, it can be said that the female has a lower death rate than the male. In other words, the longevity of temales is more than the males. This can be visualised from the table tabulated below: Statement-IV.8 Percentage distribution of Population of Gujarat by Sex and broad a~e-groups, 1991 Total! Rurall Urban Total 2 3 4 6 Total --- Persons 35.54 57.S) 6.41 0.52 100.00 Males 35,76 57.69 6,00 0.55 100.00 Females .35.30 57.37 6.85 0.48 100.00 Rural Persons 3644 56.17 6,87 0.52 100.00 Males 36.85 56.11 6.47 0.57 100.00 Females 35.99 56.25 7.29 0.47 100.00 Urban Persons 33,84 60.11 5,55 0.50 100.00 Males 33,72 60,62 5.15 0,51 100.00 Females 33,97 59.55 5,99 0.49 100.00 It would be well for us now to acquaint ourselves with the differences in the age-structure of the rural and urban population. In the rural population, the proportion in the youthful age-group of 0- 14 works out 36.44 per cent whereas in urban population it comes to 33.84 per cent. This shows a considerable difference in the proportion of population of youthful age-group. In the next age group of 15-59, the proportion of urban population is higber than that of rural population. It is 60.11 per cent in urban population as against 56.17 per cent in rural population. Again the proportion of older age-group 60 years and. above is higher in rural population than urban. It is 6.87 per cent in rural population. Whereas in 172 urban, it is 5.55 per cent. This comparison leads to the conclusion that the rural population of the State live longer than the urban population. Before making any conclusion on this point, it would be of academic interest to refer the illustration given on the alongside to visualise the age-structure or age pyramid in perspective. In the illustration, the age-groups are armnged as horizontal bars with persons of the youngest age-group pronding the base. The next age group comes· above it and so on till the oldest age-group is reached to the top next to 'age not stated'. Tne male population is shown on the left side and the female population on the right. This illustration conveys at a glance the entire construction of the age-structure. To sum up, men marginally outnumber women in OUI State in the fIrst two age-groups viz., youthful (0-14) and working (15- 59). But women marginally outnumber men in the older age-grou!, of 60 years and above. In other words it can be said that women of Gujarat are organically stronger than men. Our state has larger proportion of economically active population. The workmg age group (IS-59) constitutes 57.53 per cent of the total population. The chIldren in the age 0-14 years III our State make 35.54 per cent of our population and the older population aged 60 years and above accounts for only 6.41 per cent. Thus, the working age-group of our State have to shoulder the responsibility of 41.95 per cent of our popUlation, the young and older age-groups taken together. In other words every person in the working age in our State there is one other person to be fed and supported. There is a dependant on each of us. What a ideal situation! \-\That a symmetry. Age and Marital status Census collects information on marital status of each individual in the country. For Census Analysis in respect of marital status, we divide population into four categories which are as follows: (i) Never married (NM), (ii) Currently married (M), (iii) Widowed (W), (iv) Divorced or Separated. Never married stands for a person who has never been married at any time before. The word 'Currently' as -used above does not mean recently. It only 173 means presently. A widowed is one whose husband or wife is dead. The following statement gives the distribution of population by sex and marital status in Gujarat, 1991. Statement-:rv~9 Distribution of population by sex and marital status ill Gujarat- 1991 Marital Persons Males Females Percentage tv statll5 i-Yoti.lfTotal • Total I persons i males fema!e., 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I I - Total 41,203,170 21,370,360 19,832,810 100.00 10000 lOOOC population Never 20,4f!0,06C 11,462,330 9,017,730 ~9.71 53.64 45.47 married Married 19,048,080 9,478.490 9,~69,590 46.23 44.35 48.25 Widowed 1,559,110 375,600 1,183,510 3.78 1.76 5.97 Divorcedl 111,380 50,550 60,820 0.27 0.24 031 Separated UnspecifieCl 4,540 3,380 1,160 0.01 0.01 N Status N· Negligible Out of the total population of the Statt:, 20,480,060 persons or rnrely half of the total population (49.71 %) of the State have been enumerated as "never married". The proportion of never married males to the total male population accounts for 53.64 per cent, while that of never married females accounts for 45.47 pel cent ufthe total temale population. This shows that number of nev'.!r married males exceed the number of never married females. Married persons constitute 46.23 per cent of the total population. Out of total male popUlation, the proportion of mamed males accounts for 44.35 per cent, while the corresponding proportion in case of females is 48.25 per cent. In the category of married persons, the females exceed males both in number and percentage. Widowed persons constitute 3.78 per cent of the total population of the State. The proportion of widowed females is found to be relatively high than that of widowers. The relatively high proportion of widowed females is indicative of the custom of prohibition of remarriage of widowed females prevalent in the society. Divorced and separated persons constitutes 0.27 per cent of the total population of the State with more number of female divorced and separated as compared to male divorced and separated. Those who have not recorded any kind of marital status account for 0.01 per cent of the total population which is quite negligible. This table reflects the social conditions prevailing in tire society in Gujarat. Let us now examine the distribution of population classified by age-groups and marital status in 1991 Census. The following statement gives the sex-wise percentages distribution of population by quinquennial age-groups and marital status, 1991. 175 13-218 R(J1/200 1 ...,.... ! "" z z z, z , , . , . z l-I-- l~.. 't; III .. ~::! o- z .. _ M 01 ...... q "" o 0 i-e - l- e e e '0 M '0'0'0 0\\0 .... _aiS CIl ~ .... ("I")"'tn~~~MN 00000000 ~ "ii... ·c ""01 .. it ~ 0 -= - l- i ~OI) ~~~~~8~~ 000"':"':"';",..0 O"O-ICO .... "t"O OONN--t'--NVl .... O.n..o.nNoOOoO 1 "" 000\0\01010000 .... ·e.. l-I-- ~ ~IC -= ...... ·c.. "t" .. ""Ifl .... "!- f- I- '" ~.. .. 00 t ~ .... 00 N -00 0.. -...; :z 0\ ...; 00 8 8 88888888 8 c:I ""..., .s... § 8 §§§§§§§§ 8 .!! - I- - - 0=-= II. 8 ~ 8 8 ~M g -8 -g § =- 0..= ... rIII) < The above statement reveals that threre are 98.18 per cent males of the total male population and 94.54 per cent females of the total female population in the age-group 0-19 are never married. But the percentage of married females is comparatively higher than that of married males in this age-group. In case of married females, the percentage. is 5.39 per cent while it is only 1.78 per cent for married males. This reflects that custom of child marriage or getting the daughter married at a younger age is still prevalent in the society. In the age-group 20-24, the percentage of never married males is 55.81 of the total male population, whereas in the case of females percentages of never married females accounts for 18.21. The proportion of married females is quite high to the total female population in the age-group 20-24 as compared to married males in the salpe age group. It shows that generally males prefer to marry at a later age till their education is completed or till they are employed. The percentages of never married males and females decrease with the increase in age. In the category of widowed ' marital status, the proportion of widowed males or widowed feItlales is quite low up to the age 44. However, it is increasing with the increase of age. The proportion in the age-groups of 45-49, 50-54, 55-59 and 60+ as compared to widowed males. In the category of divorced or separated marital status, the proportion of both divorced/separated males as well as females seems comparatively high in the age groups of 20-24, 25-29, 30-34 and 35-39 but after the age of 40 and abov~ the proportion seems decreasing gradually due to attainment of ma~ty after tl}.e age 40 in both the sex in their conjugal life as well as settled position of life style. 177 CHAPTER-V HOW MANY OF US CAN READ AND WRITE? Literacy is one of the important items collected through Census. It has occupied on important position in Indian Census is some form or the other from the very beginning. It is the measuring rod of culture and civilisation of a country. Literacy is the fIrst step towards learning and communication through the written word, for it gives an access to education. Information on the educational status of population is important both at the national and international level in connection with the planning of educational programme and socio-economic advancement. It has been the practice in Indian Censuses to ascertain information on literacy and educational attainment of the population. The Census data on literacy and education -give us a good picture of the progress made in this fIeld. It is essential to make a distinction, between literacy and education. A literate person is defmed in the last Census as a person who can read and write with under standing in any language. Education on the other hand implies a stage further than literacy. In other words, a literate person can only attain the education. Weare well aware that in the population Census, which is conducted at the' every interval of 10 years, certain basic information about each individual is gathered. Whether the individual is literate or not is an important question at every Census. The population can, therefore, be divi~ed into literate and illiterate every decade and progress of l~teracy properly be assessed. Literacy, as it is generally measured, is indicated by the proportion of literate population to the total population. This is called the General Literacy rate. But infants and small boys and girls cannot read and write. In fact they are not attending any school. With a view to have a better picture of literacy we should omit the very young boys and girls from our calculation. As a fredition of Census, all children up to the age of 6 years are treated 178 as illiterate. If the children of 6 years and below are omitted from our calculation, then we get effective literacy rate. In mathematical term they are described as follows: Number of literates 1) General Literacy Rate x 100 Total population Number of literates 2) Effective Literacy Rate = x 100 Total population (Excluding the population in age group 0-6) Literacy rates would be more meaningful if we exclude the population in the age-group 0-6 from total population. But for the present analysis we may confme ourselves to the general literacy rate i.e., the percentages of literates to total population including all ages. The following Statement gives the literacy rates in India and Gujarat since 1951. Statement - V.1 Literacy Rates, 1951-91 Literacy_Rate ~ercentageincre~s Year Persons I Males I Females perSc>n~~. Mal~ 1 2 I 3 1 4 5 6 INDIA 1951 16.67 24.95 7.93 1961 24.01 34.44 12.95 + 44.09 ~ 38.04 + 63 30 1971 29.45 39.45 11.69 +22.61 ~-14.55 + 44.32 1981 36.23 46.89 24.82 + 23.02 + 18 86 + 29.62 1991 42.84 52.74 32.19 + 18.24 + 12.48 ... 29.69 GUJARAT 1951 1961 30.45 41.13 19.10 1971 35.79 46.11 24.75 + 17.54 + 12.11 - 29.58 1981 43.70 54.44 32.30 + 22.10 + 18.07 ~ 30.51 1991 51.15 60.99 40.62 + 17.05 + 12.03 + 25.76 179 In pre-independent India education was generally confmed mostly among the urban population and people belonging to higher echelon but after independence the progress of literacy has been much faster when it was realised by our National Government that education is the most important single factor in achieving rapid economic development and technological progress and in creating a social order founded on the values of freedom, social justice and equal opportunity and thereby making elementary school education free and compulsory. The literacy rate grew at a much faster rate dwing the decade 1951-1961 in the country as a whole and 1971- 1981 in Gujarat. The overall increase was to the extent of 44.09 per cent in India while in Gujarat it was (+22.10 per cent). Gujarat State was more backward in the field of education during the early years of independence and it is heartening to note that the literacy rate has nearly double from 30.45 per cent in 1961 to 51.15 per cent in 1991 whereas at the All-India level it has more than doubled from 16.67 per cent in 1951 to 42.84 per cent in 1991. So far as f§:male literacy in Gujarat is concerned there has been a tremendous progress as the literacy has gone up from mere 19.10 per cent in 1961 to 40.62 per cent in 1991. Yet the gap between the male and female literacy is much more pronounced in Gujarat when compared to the All-India level. According to 1991 Census the literacy rate of our State is placed at SUS per cent and that for the country as a whole 42.84 per cent of the total population are literates. This means that about 51 out of every 100 persons in the State are literate as against 43 out of every 100 persons at the national level. In 1971 Census, 36 out of every 100 persons and in 1981 Census, 44 out of every 100 persons in the State could read and write. 35.79 per cent and 43.70 per cent of the population of our State was literate at the count of 1971 and 1981 Censuses respectively. Thus, the actual percentages decrease over last decade is computed to 7.45 per cent which is 0.46 per cent less than its previous decade of 1971-81. As we have done in the previous chapters, let us compare these figures with Karnataka, Orissa and Rajasthan. According to latest Census, the literacy rate of above three States, are 46.72 per cent, 40.80 per cent and 30.79 per cent respectively. In 1981 Census l80 the percentages of literate per~ons of these States were 38.46 per cent in Karnataka, 34.23 per cent in Orissa and 24.38 per cent in Rajasthan. Thus, the growth of literacy in Karnataka over the last decade works out 8.26 per cent. In Orissa, it counts 6.57 per cent and in Rajasthan, it exceeds by 6.41 per ce~t, so it can be revealed from the figures narrated above that though the literacy rate of 1991 Census of Gujarat is higher than the above three States, the growth of literacy in Karnataka, over the last decade push back Gujarat in the race. Let us now take a quick look at the other States of India and see how they fare Vis-a.-vis our State. For this purpose the Union Territories are not taken in to account for the time being. Because, these are the small components. Gujarat-State with 51.15 per cent of its population returned as literate in 1991, ranks 7th on the literacy map of country. The first three are Kerala with a literacy of 77.96 per cent, Mizorarn with a literacy of 66.97 per cent and Goa with 66.64 per cent. Next in position is Tamil Nadu with 54.31 per cent, Mabarashtra with 53.77 per cent and Himachal Pradesh with 53.48 per cent respectively. Gujarat ranks seventh position with 51.15 per cent. Extreme distance between literacy level of the first ranking States is noticed. In other words, the literacy rate of Kerala is just double than the national average of 42.84 per cent. Nagaland (51.07 per cent), Manipur (49.90 per cent), Tripura (49.54 per cent), Punjab (48.97 per cent), West Benbgal (47.90 per cent), Karnataka (46.72 per cent), Sikkim (46.48 per cent), Haryana (45.25 per cent) and Assam (42.46 per cent) are the other nine States which have a literacy rate higher than the national average. All the rest of the States have literacy rate less than the national average. Orissa with the literacy rate of 40.80 per cent at the rank of 17th followed by Meghalaya th with 38.21 per cent at the rank of 18 , Andhra Pradesh with 36.82 per cent and Madhya Pradesh with 35.46 per cent of the rank of 19th and 20th respectively. The literacy rate of Uttar Pradesh is 33.17 per cent and Arunachal Pradesh is 32.80 per cent at the rank of 21 sl and 22nd respectively. The remaining two States viz., Rajasthan and Bihar have a literacy rate below 31 per cent. The literacy rate of each of these States is tabulated below in order of rank. 181 Statement-V.2 The General Literacy Rates by Sex in States and Union Territories, 1991 SI. India/Statet General Literacy Rates by Sex No. Union Territories Person. I Males I Females 1 2 3 J 4 J 5 INDIA· 42.84 52.74 32.17 States L Andhra Pradesh 36.82 46.06 27.32 2. )lrunachalPradesh 32.80 41.26 22.97 3. Assam 42.46' 49.99 34.29 4. Bihar 30.57 41.96 18.06 5. Goa 66.64 73.81 59.23 6. Gujarat SUS 60.99 40.62 7. Haryana 45.25 56.08 32.72 8. HilllachaJ Pradesh 53.48 62.96 43.76 9. Karnataka 46,72 :56.08 36.96 10. Kerala 77.96 80.78 75.25 11. Madhya Pradesh 35.46 46.99 23.07 12. Maharashtra 53.77 63.55 43.30 13. Manipur 49.90 59.77 39.59 14. Meghalaya 38.21 41.52 34.74 15. Mizoram 66.97 70.07 63.60 16. Nagaland 51.07 56.64 44.79 17. Orissa 40.80 52.41 28.83 18. Punjab 48.97 54.92 42.22 19. Rajasthan 30.79 43.96 16.31 20. Sikkim 46.48 54.20 37.69 21. Tamil Nadu 54.31 63.78 44.58 22. Tripura 49.54 58.00 40.59 23. Uttar Pradesh 33.17 44.72 20.03 24. West Bengal 47.90 56.58 38.44 182' SI. India/State} General Literacy Rates by Sex No. Union Territories Persons I Males I Females I 2 3 I 4 I 5 Union Territories J. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 60.96 66.97 53.61 2. Chandigarh 66.21 70.51 60.77 3. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 32.38 42.93 21.28 4. Daman & DIU 60.14 69.75 50.23 5. Delhi 62.44 68.65 54.93 6. Lakshadweep 66.81 73.65 59.56 7. Pondicherry 64.52 72.15 56.74 * Excludes Jammu and Kashmir. It might be instructive to compare and see how literacy has grown during the last decade in the country generally and in our State. In the last decade, Sikkim take a big jump forward in the spread of literacy and returned a rate of 12.43 per cent increase in this field highest amongst the States of India. On other end of the scale, Bihar occupies lower berth with an increase of 4.37 per cent over the percentage oflast decade. At national level, it is 6.61 per cent. Gujarat keeps up its pace with the increase of 7.45 per cent. Overall, the picture of literacy is good almost in all the States of the country with an increasing trend. 183 BOUNOMIES: INTERNA10011. STATElUNIONWffilTORY GUJARAT DISTRICT .. LITERACY 1991 R A mmr Kms 0 30 GO 90 12DKm. S T A s Iy .0'" '" I 60 GUJARA! P,.;EIIlAOEIlf,i!ER/,TESTOTOTAl fIJl'V.ATlJI, (Xu.UOING AOEO.6 ~ ~~~~ ~~t Aeon: _Hil _- UJ!I .... SI:tlIA~tr. 6tH []]I] Il~l - nO! 6.GAA!IIIAGAA scml)fBARS lft1I.uponStnutOfIJlGICIMJ1II1IIrthe.pnllsiDnGttheSurw.yorG..nll'Dlflil!dl!i. 1It1l'ftl000000_oll_''''',Il10,,,,_'''''110 __ iltJlIIr.rtO'adlllCIICtef'*l~IIIIIIIIcaI. We have seen the increase in percentage of literacy over that of last decade herebefore. Now let us see what is the position of States of India, at the growth of literate population during last decade of 1981-91. Looking at the· performance of individual State during this period (1981-91) we fmd that highest growth of literacy was recorded by Arunachal Pradesh (57.77 per cent), Sikkim (36.51 per cent) followed by Madhya Pradesh (27.23 per cent). Among other States which gave a good account of themselves are Rajasthan (26.29 per cent), Himachal Pradesh (25.89 per cent) and Haryana (25.21 per cent). It is interesting to note that the frrst three most advanced States of the country in the matter of literacy viz., Kerala, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu hav~ recorded the lowest growth of literacy with the rank 23,20 and 19 respectively. In our own State, the growth rate of literacy of 17.05 per cent recorded which is also the lowest in comparison. It is also noteworthy that Kerala has a pre-eminent position with regard to literacy and has held this position in 1971, 1981 and 1991 Censuses. Simultaneously, it is encouraging to notice that there has been a steady increase in literacy in the country. Let us know discuss some other aspects of the subject. It becomes an established fact that the literacy among the women in India has always been lower than that of the men. It is worthwhile to examine the literacy among our male-female population according to latest Census and their progress over the last 10 years. In 1981 Census, 54 men out of 100 were literate in our State. In 1991 Census, it has recorded 61 out of 100. Thus, there is an increase of 7 literate men per 100 males. Actually speeking, the literacy rate of males has risen from 54.44 per cent to 60.99 per cent, thereby marking an addition of 6.55 per cent. On the other hand, out of 100 women, 32 women were literate at 1981 Census as against, a~cording to latest Census, 41 women are literates out of 100 women. This marks an addition of 8 per 100 females. In actual speaking, the literacy rate of females has increased from 32.30 per cent to 40.62 per cent, marking an addition of 8.32 per cent. Looking to the percentage increase of previous decade that· is of 1971-81, the position is topsyturvy. Here, the males have marked 187 more increased in percentage of literacy over last decade. It was 7.55 per cent for females and 8.33 per cent for males. But during the decade of 1981-91, the outlook for women is more encouraging. In this decade women had marked more increase in percentage of literacy than the men. The Effective Literacy Rates by Sex in States and Union Territories, 1991 Statement V.3 gives the effective literacy rates as per 1991 Census with male-female break-ups. Literacy is one of the most important demographic characteristics revealed in the Census. The percentage of literates aged 7+ for the country excluding Jammu & Kasnmir is 52.21 as per 1991 Census. The corresponding figures for males and females are 64.13 and 39.29 respectively. The States apd Union Territories which have lower literacy than all-India literacy rate of 52.21 are Andhra Pradesh (44.09), Arunachal Pradesh (4159), Bihar (,8.48), Madhya Pradesh (44.20), Megbalaya (49.10), Orissa (49.09), Rajasthan (38.55), Uttar Pradesh (41.60) amd Dadra and Nagar Haveli (40.71). The highest literacy rate has been observed in Kerala (89.81) followed by Mizoram (82.27) and Lakshadweep (81.7~)' The lowest literacy rate has been observed in Bihar (38.48) preceded by Rajasthan (38.55). There is a wide gap between male and female effective literacy rates. the effective literacy rate for males is 64.13 and for females is 39.29 for the country excluding Jammu & Kashmir as per 1991 Census. Similar trend has been observed in almost all the States and Union Territories. The States and Union Territories where the gap between male and female effective literacy rate is less than 10 percelltage points are Kerala, Meghalaya, Mizoram and Chandigarh. The highest male effective literacy rate has been observed in Kerala (93.62) followed by Lakshadweep (90.18) and Mizoram (85:61). The lowest male effective literacy rate has been observed in Arunachal Pradesh (51.45) preceded by Bihar (52.49), Meghalaya (53.12), Dadra & Nagar Haveli (53.56) and Rajasthan (54.99). 188 Among the female population the highest effective literacy rate has been observed in Kerala (86.17) followed by Mizoram (78.60). The lowest female effective literacy rate has been observed in Rajasthan (20.44) preceded by Bihar (22.89), Uttar Pradesh (25.31), Dadra & Nagar Haveli (26.98) and Madhya Pradesh (28.85). Statement-V.3 The Effective Literacy Rates by Sex in States and Union territories, 1991 SI. IndialStattJ Effective Literacy Rates by Sex No. Union Territories Persons I Males I Females 2 3 I 4 I 5 INDIA* 52.21 64.13 39.29 States 1. Andhra Prddesb 44.09 5513 32.72 2. AsunachalPradesh 41.59 51.45 29.69 3. Assam 52.89 61.87 43.03 4. Bihar 38.48 52.49 22.89 5. Goa 75.51 83.64 67.09 6. Gujarat 61.29 73.13 48.64 7. Haryana 55.85 69.10 40.47 8. Himachal Pradesh 63.86 75.36 52.13 9. Kamataka 56.04 67.26 44.34 10. Kerala 89.81 93.62 86.17 11. Madhya Pradesh 44.20 58.42 28.85 12. Maharashtra 64.87 76.56 52.32 13. Manipur 5989 71.63 47.60 14. Meghalaya 49.10 53.12 44.85 15. Mlzoram 82.27 85.61 78.60 16. Nagaland 6165 67.62 54.75 189 SI. India/Statel Effective Literacy Rates by_ Sex No. Union Territories Persons I Males I Females 1 Z 3 I 4 I 5 17. Orissa 4909 63.09 34.68 18. Punjab 58.51 65.66 50.41 19. Rajasthan 38.55 54.99 20.44 20. SIIdcim 56.94 65.74 46.69 21. Tamil Nadu 62.66 73.75 51.33 22 Tripura 60.44 70.58 49.65 23 Uttar Pradesh 41.60 55.73 25.31 24. West Bengal 57.70 67.81 46.56 Union Territories J. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 73.02 78.99 65.46 2. Chandlgarh n.81 82.04 72.34 3. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 40.71 53.56 26.98 4. Daman & DIU 71.20 82.66 59.40 5. Delhi 75.29 82.01 66.99 6 Lakshadweep 81.78 90.18 72.89 7. Pondicherry 74.74 83.68 65.63 * Excludes Jammu and Kashmir. 190 Statement - V.4 States and Union Territories arranged in the order of literacy ranking in 1991 Census and comparison with 1981 Census (Literacy rates have been calculated on the population aged 7 years and above.) Literacy StateiUnion Territory Llterac:y Literac:y Literacy Percentage Rankin Rate Rate Rankin inc:reaseof 1991 1991 1981 1981 literacy rate 1981-1991 1 2 3 4 5 6 StateiUDlon Territory 1 Kera1a 89.81 81.56 (+) 10.12 2 Mi;zoram 82.27 74.26 3 (+) 10.79 3 Lakshadweep 81.78 6!!.42 5 (+) 19.53 4 Chandigarh 77.81 74.81 2 (+) 4.01 5 GQa 75.51 65.71 6 (+) 14.91 6 Delhi 75.29 71.94 4 (+) 4.66 7 Pondicherry 74.74 65.14 7 (+) 14.74 8 Andaman & Nicobar 73.02 63.19 8 (+) 15.58 Islands 9 Daman & Diu 71.20 59.91 9 (+) 18.84 10 Maharashtra 64.87 55.83 10 (+) 16.19 II Himachal Pradesh 63.86 51.18 13 (+) 24.78 12 Tamil Nadu 62.66 54.39 11 (+) 15.21 13 Nagaland 61.65 50.28 14 (+) 22.61 14 Gujarat 61.29 52.21 12 (+) 17.39 15 Tripura 60M 50:11 15 (+) 20.61 16 Manipur 59.89 49.66 16 (+) 20.60 17 Punjab 58.51 48.17 18 (+) 21.47 18 West Bengal 57.70 48.65 17 (+) 18.60 19 Sikkim 56.94 41.59 22 (+) 36.91 20 KlImataka 56.04 46.21 19 (+) 21.27 21 Haryana 55.85 43.88 20 (+) 27.28 191 Literacy StatelUnion Territory Literacy Literacy Literacy Percentage Rankin Rate Rate Rankin increase of 1991 1991 1981 1981 literacy rate 1981-1991 1 2 3 4 5 6 22 Meghalaya 4910 42.05 21 (+) 16.77 23 Onssa 49.09 40.97 23 (+) 19.82 24 Madhya Pradesh 44.20 34.23 25 (+) 2913 25 Andhra Pradesh 44.09 35.66 24 (+) 23.64 26 Uttar Pradesh 41.60 33.35 26 (+) 2~.74 27 Arunachal Pradesh 41.59 25.55 30 (+) 62.78 28 Dadra & Nagar Haveli 40.7{ 32.70 27 (+) 24.50 29 Rajas Statement VA gives the effective literacy rates for the population aged 7 years and above as per 1991 Census in all States and Union Territories arranged in the order ofliteracy rank in 1991 and comparison with 1981 Census. The percentage increase of effective literacy rates during 1981-1991 has been given in this statement. Kerala continues to occupy the first rank in 1991 in the effective literacy rate as was in 1981. Mizoram has moved to 2nd place in 1991 from 3rd place in 1981. The States and Union Territories which have retained their ranks during 1981-91 are Pondicherry (7th), Andarnan & Nicobar Islands (8th), Daman & Diu th th th (9 ), Maharashtra (10 ), Tripura (ISIh) and Rajasthan (29 ). The effective literacy ranks in respect of other States and Union Territories have changed during the decade 1981-91. The highest percentage increase in effective literacy rate has been observed in Arunachal Pradesh (+62.78) followed by Sikkim (+36.91), Madhya Pradesh (+29.13) and Rajasthan (+28.03) .. The lowest percentage increase in effective literacy rate has been observed in Chandigarh (+4.01) preceded by Delhi (+4.66), 192 Kerala (+10.12) and Mizoram (+10.79). It is observed that the growth rates in literacy during the decade 1981-91 are generally lower in StateslUnion Territories with high effective literacy rates as compared to StateslUnion Territories with low effective literacy rates. Effedive Literacy Rates in Gujarat State and its districts It is true that effective literacy rates given the more realistic picture than the General Literacy Rate since the Children in the age group 0-6 are not taken into consideration in computing this literacy rate. The Effective Literacy Rates in Gujarat State and its districts are given below. Statement - V.S The Effective Literacy Rates in the Districts, 1991 81. StateJDistricts Effective Literacy Rate No. Persons I Males I Females 1 2 3 1 4 I 5 GUJARAT STATE 61.29 73.13 48.64 1 Janmagar 58.96 69.96 47.45 2 Rajkot 66.96 76.76 56.66 3 Surendranagar 54.77 67.83 40.65 4 Bhavnagar 57.89 70.83 44.33 5 Amreli 60.06 71.26 48.77 6 Junagadh 60.33 72.41 47.83 7 Kachchh 52.75 64.26 40.89 8 Banas Kantha 39.29 54.89 22.56 9 Sabar Kantha 59.03 74.53 43.08 10 Mahesana 6514 78.15 51.60 II Gandhinagar 87.11 93.21 80.51 12 Ahmadabad 73.10 82.73 62.39 13 Kheda 65.83 80.49 49.93 14 Panch Mahals 43.79 59.35 27.31 193 14-21 R RGII200 I Si. State!Districts Effective Literacy Rate No. Persons j Males ! Females 1 2 3 I 4 I 5 15 Vadodara 63.61 74.14 520" 16 Bharuch 61.92 73.21 4971 l7 Surat 6436 12.61 55.13 18 Valsad 6435 73.48 54.79 19 The Dangs 4756 59.55 35.31 We have seen that the General Literacy Rate in Gujarat is 51.15 per cent but the Effective Literacy Rate comes to 61.29 per cent. In other words about half of the population of 7 years of age and above in our State are literates as per the concept of iiterate adopted in Census. Among 19 districts of our State, Gandhinagar district ranks first having 87.11 per cellt of effective literacy rates of the total population excluding the population of children of age 0-6 years. Ahmadabad with 73. 10 per cent and Rajkot with 66.96 per cent rank second and third respectively having higher percentage of effective literacy rate. The general pattern among the Central and Southern parts of Gujarat consisting of dis'tricts from Mahesana to Val sad except Panch Mahals and The Dangs are that they have recorded more than 50 per cent of effective literacy rates, while the districts of Peninsular Gujarat together with Kachchh except Banas Kantha district have registered more than 50% of effective literacy rates. The lowest effective literacy rate of 39.29 per cent is recorded by Banas Kantha district. Panch Mahals with 43.79 per cent and The Dangs with 47.56 per cent effective literacy rates are close behind. The probable reasons for low effective literacy rates in Banas Kantha, Panch Mahals and The Dangs districts are backwardness of economy, areas predominantly inhabited by tribal people and less educational facility available in these districts. Now let us compare the position of effective literacy rates among males and females in districts of our State. Both among males and females, the highest effectIve literacy rate is recorded by Gandhinagar and lowest by Banas Kantha districts. The distribution pattern of effective literacy rates of males and females in districts is 194 almost similar to that what is obtained for both males and females combined in each district with slight variations. One striking feature noticed is the generally lower literacy rates among women compared to men. In all districts of our State, the effective literacy rates among women are much lower than that among men. The effective literacy rates among men exceeds 60 per cent in most of district except in Banas Kantha, Panch Mahals and The Dangs, while in case of women, the effective literacy rate is less than 50 per cent in most of the district except Rajkot (56.66 per cent), Mahesana (51.60 per cent), Gandhinagar (80.51 per cent), Ahmadabad (62.39 per cent), Vadodara (52.02 per cent), Surat (55.13 per cent) and Valsad (54.79 per cent), Banas Kantha district with 22.56 per cent has recorded the lowest effective literacy rate among women in our State followed by Panch Mahals with 27.31 per cent. And the Dangs with 35.31 per cent. Among these three districts of our State, the effective literacy particularly among women is of utmost importance of our Country. In the earlier paragraphs we have examined the effective literacy rates of both men and women combined. Let us now examine what kind of pattern emerges in the matter of effective literacy rate in case of males as well as females separately in each district. It is the acknowledged fact that literacy among females in India has always been low compared to that among males. In Gujarat in 1981, effective literacy rate among men was 62.07 per cent, but it has reached to 73.13 per cent among men in 1991 Census. There is thus an improvement of 11.06 per cent increase among males. As regards females, there was 36.94 per cent effective literacy rate in 1981, which has shot up to the extent of 48.64 per cent in 1991. This marks an increase of 11.70 per cent. It is little less by 0.35 per cent than that of females. Though the effective literacy rate among female (48.94 per cent) is quite low as compared to that of males (73.13 per cent), it is encouraging to see that percentage increase in effective literacy rate among both males and females during the decade has remained more or less equal. Looking to the low percentages of literacy among females in India, it is necessary that much efforts to improve the percentages of 195 literacy among females are required by way of granting free educational facilities to them. At the level of the individual districts, the highest increase in percentage of effective literacy rate in the male population is recorded in Banas Kantha district where the growth during the decade has been to the tune of 37.78 per cent. This district is followed in order of rank by Jarnoagar district with a growth of 33.89 per cent, The Dangs with a growth of 31.78 per cent, Gandhinagar with a growth of 28.32 per cent, Panch Mahals with 26.14 per cent and Kachchh with 26.12 per cent. Seven districts have registered growth of male literacy in between 25 to 17 per cent. These are listed below: SI. Name of the District Percentage No. 1 2 3 1 Surendranagar 21.65 2 Sabar Kantha 21.25 3 Junagadh 20.68 4 Bhavnagar 20.03 5 Amreli 19.10 6 Mahesana 18.14 7 Bharuch 17.10 Below listed six districts have recorded the growth rate in between 16 to 11 per cent in literacy of male population. SI. N arne of the District Percentage No. 1 2 3 1 Valsad 16.76 2 Surat 16.49 3 Rajkot 15.83 4 Kheda 13.64 5 Vadodara 12.03 6 Ahmadabad 11.66 196 Thus, out of 19 distJ;icts, in 12 districts the growth in literacy in male popullftion is above the State average of 17.82 per cent. None of the districts has registered growth rate in literacy in the male population below the percentage of 11.66. By and large, it is noticed that· effective literacy rate among male population has been satisfactory. Increase in the growth rate of literacy in the female population is particularly cheerful feature of the achievement of our State. The growth of literacy in female population at State level at the previous decade was 7.73 per cent which has been increased to 31.67 per cent during 1981-91. Likewise male literacy, the highest growth in literacy in female population is recorded in Gandhinagar district, being 81.04 per cent. The lowest .growth in literacy in female population is registered by Ahmadabad district, being 20.05 per cent. Out of 19 districts of the State, 13 districts of the State have computed a growth rate highet than that of the State average. These are arranged in descending order in the below sta~ment. Statement-V.6 Descending order of the districts having higher female literacy rowth rate as co ared to that of State 123 1 Gandhinagar 81.04 2 Banas Kantha 68.86 3 Panch Mahals 58.69 4 Sabar Kantha 47.13 5 The Dangs 41.47 6 Junagadh 39.24 7 Surendranagar 38.17 8 Jamnagar 37.26 9 Bhavnagar 37.24 10 Rajkot 35.70 11 Kachchh 33.32 12 Amreli .32.38 13 Bharuch 32.17 197 In the remainin& six districts, the growth rate of literacy in female population is in between 29.00 to 27.00 per cent in four districts. These are Mahesana district with 29.58 per cent, Kheda with 27.86 per cent, Surat with 27.67 per cent and Valsad with 27.42 per cent. In the following two districts, the growth rate of literacy in female population is in between 23 to 20 per cent. They are listed below: SI. Name of the District Percentage No. 1 2 3 I Vadodara 23.33 2 Ahmadabad 20.05 If we examine the literacy among male and female, it will come to our vision that none of the districts where female literacy has recorded lower growth rate than the male literacy. Another interesting point is to note that all districts have registered higher growth rate in female literacy than the State level literacy rate in male population (17.82 per cent). Thus, it can be concluded on this point that the literacy amongst male and female population is increased considerably. It is particularly cheerful feature that in all distri<.-ts the female literacy has recorded higher growth rate of literacy $an the male literacy. An improvement in the hteracy of both male and female is encouraging. General Literacy Rates in Rural and Urban Areas We have seen from the data represented herebefore that there is a considerable gap between male literacy and female literacy. Sirmlarly, if we examine the literacy among the rural and urban population, separately, a wide gulf in literacy between these two sections of the population will also be appeared. This can be observed only on examination of the latest position of rural and urban population in this regard. 198 Let us fIrst examine literacy in rural components. In 1981, 36.20 per cent of rural population was literate which is increased to 44.00 per cent in 1991 Census. Thus, the rural literacy is increased by 7.80 per cent in the last decade. The highest increase in rural literacy is marked by Gandhinagar district which is 25.47 per cent. It is followed by Janmagar with an increase of 10.79 per cent and Junagadh with an increase of 10.33 per cent. The lowest increase in literacy in rural population is noticed in the Dangs district, being 3.72 per cent, followed by Vadodara with 4.83 per cent. Out of 19 districts, 12 districts have registered more increase in percentage of rural literacy than that of the State average of 7.80 per cent in rural areas. These districts are Jamnagar (10.79 per cent), Rajkot (9.25 per cent), Surendranagar (8.82 per cent), Bhavnagar (9.18 per cent), Amreli (8.39 per cent), Junagadh (10.33 per cent), Kachchh (7.84 per· cent), Banas Kantha (8.31 per cent), Sabar Kantha (9.93 per cent), Mahesana (7.91 per cent), Gandhinagar (25.47 per cent) and Panch Mahals (7.92 per cent) increase in rural literacy. The figures showing the change in the percentages of literacy in rural and urban areas during the decade 1981-91 are given in below Statement-V.7. 199 ~ N 0 0\ C/O ,.., "1' ..0 ...., ':; >.D t"- "': 00 rJ 8 00 00 ~ ~ t: ·c ~ en ...to N jo. ~ -5 ..s'" 't:l .~ 0:: ta !a ~ .s:: §.. .2 ~ OIl -d al :2 ~ ~ j -.::I '0 i3 00 1} '" ~ ~ '" ..>t '"~ .c:'"' ~ l!a ." 2 ,c, i ~ "" ~ ~ .<:'" ;;; Iii .<=: G -, ~ Vl CO ~ -. ~ c:l r.I)'" ::E ~ -< ~ c ~z M <") ..,. ,_ - M V'> ..0 00 a-. S ..~ ..., 0 0- \0 N co 'i_ N ~ ..,. 0 ' .. N >0 or> t- = IO 0 '"00 01 0; 00 !o- ..t ,...; N vi vi ~ '" -~ Q. + + + + + + ~- .. N or> 0- 0- or> roo ..,. ..,. 00 -~ or> '" or> N ~ .J: ;00 r-: r-: vi ,...: r-: t- N = .. " ... + + + + + + + ..~ r-f- 'Sii or> 01 \0 00 >0 or> .. :l or> N '"IO 01 ' .J:1:: '" N ] .. ~ ~ ::s ..c: ... oS "0 r.IJ• -£ .. ~ "8 "0~ § oS j g '" ... ::2 p., :> co ~ ..: C ..., II') 0\ r.lJZ - :! \0 t- oo Now, let us see the posltlOn of the districts in overall strength of rural general literacy. As we have seen earlier that only 44.00 per cent of rural population of the State is literate. Out of 19 districts the literacy in eleven districts are higher than the State average. Of which, the highest rural literacy rate is registered by Gandhinagar district, being 72.72 per cent. However, the first five districts in which the rural literacy is above 47.77 per cent are listed below. SI. Name of the District Percentage No. 1 2 3 1 Gandhinagar 72.72 2 Kheda 52.20 3 Mahesana 51.57 4 Valsad 49.83 5 Rajkot 49.05 Nine districts have recorded rural literacy in between 40 to 50 per cent. These are listed below according to order of rank. Sf. Name of the District Percentage No. 1 2 3 6 Bharuch 47.77 7 Sabar Kantha 47.58 8 Amreli 47.26 9 Junagadh 46.24 10 Ahmadabad 45.92 11 Surat 44.25 12 Jarnnagar 43.21 13 Vadodara 42.29 14 Bhavnagar 40.74 In the remaining five districts, the rural literacy is between 30 to 40 per cent. The details of which are given below in order of tank. 202 Sl. Name of the District Percentage No. 1 2 3 15 Surendranagar 38.69 16 Kachchh 36.61 17 The Dangs 33.56 18 Panch Mahals 32.04 19 Banas Kantha 28.70 It can be observed from the above facts and figures that the rural literacy in our State is improving slowly but steadily, which is an encouraging feature. The outlook is somewhat better in the urban sector. The general literacy rate for urban areas in Gujarat is 64.75 per cent at the current Census. At previous Census (i.e., in 1981), it was 60.31 per cent. Thus, it is an increase of 4.44 per cent over the intervening period between 1981 and 1991. The highest increase in urban population is observed in Gandhinagar district. It has an increase of 7.49 per cent over the percentage of previous Census. The lowest ipcrease of 3.06 per cent is noticed in Panch Mahals district. In overall strength of urban literacy, ten districts have registered higher literacy rate than the State average of 64.75 per cent. These are listed below according to rank. St. Name of the District Percentage No. I 2 3 1 Gandhinagar 74.35 2 Vadodara 69.58 3 Valsad 69.08 4 Ahmadabad 67.04 5 Bharuch 66.86 6 Kheda 66.84 7 The Dangs 65.95 8 Sab31 Kantha 65.67 9 Mahesana 64.91 10 Rajkot 64.80 203 In the remaining nine districts the urban literacy is above 55 per cent. They are listed below in order of rank according to the level of literacy of urban population. SI. Name of the District Percentage No. 1 2 3 1 Surat 63.32 2 Panch Mahals 63.05 3 Surendranagar 60.65 4 Junagadh 60.39 5 Amreli 59.88 6 Bhavnagar 59.50 7 Jamnagar 59.31 8 Kachchh 58.42 9 Banas Kantha 55.82 Thus, we can conclude that there is an all-round growth: in literacy in both these sectors Rural and Urban throughout the State. More than 55 per cent of urban population of all the districts of the State is literate. We may have a look at the all round improvement in the matter of literacy over the last 10 years. Gandhinagar district ranks the first in this regards. The literacy in this district has grown by 21.91 per cent, frurn 51.48 per cent in 1981 to 73.39 per cent in 1991. This is a great achievement by our State. Entirely educated area of the State has recorded the highest improvement in literacy. Sabar Kantha district has recorded next best improvement in literacy, where literacy has grown by 9.59 per cent over the last 10 years. It was 39.80 per cent in 1981 and now reached at 49.49 per cent in 1991. Junagadh district has recorded the third best improvement in literacy, where literacy has grown by 9.22 per cent over the last 10 years. It was 41.63 per cent in 1981 and now reached at 50.85 per cent in 1991. The fourth one is Jamnagar district where the literacy is increased from 40.52 per cent in 1981 to 49.70 per cent in 1991, with an increase of 9.18 per cent. Banas Kantha and Kachchh districts rank 5th and 6th respectively in order of improvement. In Banas Kantha distrIct, the literacy has grown by 204 8.42 per cent, from 23.04 per cent in 1981 to 31.46 per cent in 1991, and that in Kachchh it has grown from 35.42 per cent to 43.31 per cent, marking an increase of 7.89 per cent. In the State as a whole, the literacy has grown from 43.70 per cent in 1981 to 51.15 per cent in 1991 with an improvement of 7.45 per cent. Let us now review the literacy situtatiQn in the districts of our State. The degree of literacy in percentage for the districts as per 1991 Census is narrated below. The districts are arranged according to their ranking. Sl. Name ofthe District Gtlneral Literacy Rate No. iPercentage) . 1 2 3 1 Gandhinagar 73.39 2 Ahmadabad 61.70 3 Rajkot 56.47 4 Kheda 55.53 5 Valsad 54.54 6 Mahesana 54.50 7 Vadodara 54.02 8 Surat 53.89 9 Bharuch 51.83 10 Junagadh 50.85 11 Amreli 49.98 12 Jamnagar 49.70 13 S~bar Kantha 49.49 14 Bhavnagar 47.33 15 Surendranagar 45.28 16 Kachchh 43.31 17 The Dangs 37.14 18 Panch Mahals 35.33 19 Banas Kantha 31.46 205 We have already seen that the literacy rate at national level is 52.21 per cent and that of Gujarat is 61.29 per cent. So the literacy of our State is not only better than that the national level but also than all other States except Himachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Kerala, Maharashtra, Mizoram and Tamil Nadu. Out of 19 districts, nine districts have a literacy rate above the State average. If we compare them with the national level, the literacy rate of sixteen districts are above the national level. This shows that the performance of the State at the literacy level is quite satisfactory and encouraging. Having seen that literacy among the urban population is generally high compared "to the rural, we may now take size classes of towns and study the literacy rates. Now, we are quite aware that 64.75 per cent of the State population residing in towns and cities is literate. In other words out of every 100 living in the towns and cities 65 persons can read and write. There are 264 towns in the State. For the purpose of refreshing memory we may again tabulate the distribution of towns of Gujarat according to size classification as under: No. of Towns Class I 19 II 33 III 58 IV 92 V 51 VI 11 Total 264 To have a look into the extent of literacy of urbaq centres by size class of population provides the best opportunity to Ineasure the level of literacy in urban areas of the State. The literacy rate is th,e highest in the class I towns, where 66.40 per cent of the population is literate. In class II towns, the literacy rate is 63.97 per cent. In class III towns, it is 63.09 per cent. In class IV towns 59.26 per cent of the population is literate, while in class V towns, 60.13 206 per cent of population is literates. Lastly, in class VI towns, 55.99 per cent of population is literate. It is observed that the level of literacy decreases progressively with the reduction in size class except in class V towns, the literacy rate is slightly higher than that of class IV towns. Going down to the level of individual cities and towns, let us see whether they follow the pattern of their size classes or not and also whether they influence on the urban literacy rate of their respective districts. In 19 cities of the State, the highest literacy rate of 72.52 per ceClt is registered by Gandhinagar City followed by Vadodara City with 70.71 per cent and Anand City with 70.65 per cent. Next in rank is Nadiad City where literacy rate is 70.44 per cent. Mahesana City with the literacy rate of 69.81 per cent ranks fifth. Bharuch City ranks sixth with 69.18 per cent. At the rank seven, Junagadh City stands with 67.69 per cent closely followed by Navsari City with 66.93 per cent. Rajkot City with the literacy of 66.92 per cent stands at ninth number in a row. Next to it, Ahmadabad City stands with 66.83 per cent. At the end of the row is Bhuj City with 65.56 per cent. ' While making a comparison of literacy rate of urban population of the district with that of the respective City, it is observed that except Junagadh and Porbandar City, the literacy rate of all the cities have irrfluenced to inflate the peryentage of literacy in urban population of their respective districts. Of which, much more influence of city are noticed in Surat district and Panch Mahals district, where the disparity between the literacy rate of urban population of the district and that of Surat City and Godbra City are too narrow. They are of only 0.11 per cent and 0.31 per cent respectively. The literacy rate of urban popUlation of Surat district and Panch Mahals districts work out 63.32 per cent and 63.05 per cent as against 63.21 per cent and 62.74 per cent of Surat City and Godhra City. Similarly, the literacy rates of Ahmadabad, Vadodara, Jamnagar and Bhavnagar cities have pushed up the literacy rate of urban population of their district. The disparity between the literacy percentage of above cities and their respective district is below 5.<)0 per cent. In Junagadh district, there are two cities viz., Junagadh and Porbandar. But the literacy rate of these two cities did not 207 influence to raise the literacy rate of Junagadh district. There is a wide gap between the literacy rate of these two cities and that of the district. The literacy rate of Junagadh City and Porbandar City is 67.69 per cent and 65.08 per cent respectively and that of Junagadh district is 60.39 per cent. Likewise Junagadh district, while making a comparison of literacy rate of urban population of Rajkot, Kachchh and Kheda districts with their two cities, the literacy rate of their two cities did not influence to raise the urban literacy rate of these said districts, there is a wide gap between the literacy rate of these two cities and that of the district. Perusal of Statement V.8 shows the literacy among the two sexes-male and female of nineteen cities of. the State. It is interesting to note that there is a wide gap in literacy between the two sexes of population of cities. The position of literacy rates of male and female in cities is certainly much beteer than their performance for the entire State or for the rural areas. The first position is claimed by Gandhinagar City in both the sectors with a percentage of 77.80 in male literacy and a percentage of 66.58 in female literacy. Anand City with 76.69 per cent. Nadiad City with 76.28 per cent, Mahesana City with 75.93 per cent and Vadodara City with 75.93 per cent come second, third, fourth and fifth respectively. The situation in female literacy among cities is quite different, Vadodara city ranks second ill female literacy rate with the percentage of 64.89. Next in rank is Nadiad city with the female literacy rate of 64.11. Anand City stands at number four with the percentage of 64.05 in female literacy. Mahesana city with the percentage of 63.08 in female literacy ranks fifth. The positjon of literacy in these two sectors of population of the remaining cities can be seen from the Statement given below: 208 Statement-V.8 Sexwise literacy percentages Qf the cities of Gujarat, 1991 Sl. City 1--_ Percenta2c No. Male I Female I 2 3 I 4 1 Ahmadabad 72.96 59.93 2 Surat 69.22 56.05 3 Vadodara 75.93 64.89 4 Rajkot 72.51 60.88 5 Bhavnagar 70.23 55.15 6 Jamnagar 70.67 56.48 7 Nadiad 76.28 64.21 8 Junagadh 74.36 60.54 9 Navsari 72.85 62.25 10 Bharuch 72.15 62.83 11 Porbandar 72.24 57.68 12 Anand 76.69 q4.05 13 Gandhinagar 77.80 66.58 14 Morvi 68.33 49.94 15 Surendranagar 71.86 57.01 16 Mahesana 75.93 63.08 17 Gandhidham 68.56 51.50 18 Bhuj 72.69 57.34 19 Godhra 68.53 56_74 It is interesting to note that amongst all 264 towns/cities of the State, Memnagar, the class III town of Ahmadabad district, stands fIrst with a rate as high as 82.38 per cent and happens to be one of the two towns to have a literacy rate exceeding 80 per cent, G.F.S.C. Complex (INA), also class VI town of Vadodara district, comes next with a literacy rate of 81.69 per cent. Another class III town of Gandhinagar dIstrict, Chandkheda ranks third with a literacy rate of 80.80 per cent, while Atul class V town of Valsad district and Petro-Chemical Complex, Class V town of Vadodara district come fourth and fifth ~ith a literacy rate of 79.70 per cent and 78.37 per cent respectively. From the fIrst fIve ranking towns of the State, two each are from class III and V and one from class VI. In other 1'-211< RGI/2(}()1 209 classification, two are from Vadodara district and one each from Ahmadabad, Gandhinagar and Val sad districts. Except Memnagar and Chandkheda, all the first three ranking towns are i!ldustrial towns. The high literacy rate shown by them could be the result of possessing industries. A literacy exceeding 80 per cent is seen in Memnagar, Chandkheda and G.S.F C. Complex towns which on account of the sophisticated nature of their industries and localities which have more literate worhrs and a large number of educated persons employed and lived in institutions like schools, hospitals, societies, etc. We may now further gq down to the level of talukas to come across their pattern. Generally districts which have high percentage of literacy also contributes talukas of high literacy concentration. At the end of th~ scale, the extremely low level of literacy is noticed in some of the talukas of some districts. Out of 184 talukas of the State, 22 talukas have literacy rate below 31.00 per cent and in 162 talukas, the literacy rate is above 30.00 per cent. Let us have a look on the list of talukas whose literacy rate is below 30 per cent. There are only 17 talukas in the districts having literacy below thirty per cent. Of which, the lowest" literacy IS noticed in Chhota Udaipur taluka where only 2.0.37 per cent of its population is literate. A list oftalukas of the State having literacy below 30 per cent is given below: Statement-V.9 Talukas in the State having Literacy below 30 per cent, 1991 S1. Name ofTaluka Percentage No. 1 2 1. lafrabad 29.79 2. Sayla 29.75 3. Deesa 29.41 4. Ihalod 28.76 5. Deygadbaria 28.64 6. Lakhpat 28.63 7. Uchchhal 27.89 210 St. Name of Taluka Percentage No. t 2 3 8. Rapar 26.88 9. Dharampur 26.86 10. Kankrej 26.24 11. Deodar 25.35 12. Santalpur 25.27 13. Dhanera 24.17 14. Limkheda 24.02 15. Tharad 22.97 16. Vav 22.89 17. Chhota Udaipur 20.37 It can be observed from the above statement that Banas Kantha district claims seven talukas in the above list. These are Deesa, Kankrej, Dhanera, Deodar, Santalpur, Tharad and Vav talukas. Panch Mahals district and Kachchh district claim three and two talukas respectively. Jhalod, Devgadbaria and Li1l1lcheda talukas from Panch Mahals district and Rapar and Lakhpat talukas from Kachchh district. Amreli(l), Surendranagar(l), Vadodara(l), Surat( 1) and Valsad( 1) districts each claim one taluka in the list. Dharampur taluka is from Valsad district, lafrabad from Amreli, Sayla from Surendranagar, Uchchhal from Surat and Chhota Udaipur from Yadodara district. A second point of interest is that all the above talukas are of backward areas of the State. We have seen the position of bottom end of literacy at taluka level. Let us turn our vision on the top end of literacy at the taluka level. There are 47 talukas in the State whose literacy rate is more than 55 per cent. Gandhinagar taluka of Gandhinagar district leads the team with the percentages of 73.39 in the field of literacy of the State. Vadodara taluka stands second in the field of literacy with·67.95 per cent. Ahmadabad City taluka ranks third in the field of literacy With 67.55 per cent. Another point of interest is that out of 47 ~lukas, seven talukas are" of Mahesana district. These are Visnagar,-Mahesana, Vijapur, Sidhpur, Kalol, Chanasma and Kadi. A list of talukas whose literacy rate is more than 55 per cent is given below: 211 Statement - V.10 Talukas in the State having Literacy more than S5 per cent, 1991 SI. Taluka Percenta~ No. 1 2 3 1. Gandhinagar 73.39 2. Vadodara 67.95 3. Ahmadabad City 67.55 4 .. Valsad 66.39 5. Gandevi 65.80 6. Rajkot 63.76 7. Bharuch 63.76 8. Navsari 63.35 9. Chorasi 62.81 10. Amreli 62.70 11. Junagadh 62.46 12. Anand 61.17 13. Visnagar 61.09 14. Dhoraji 60.69 15. Pardi 60.43 16. Nadiad 60.28 17. Upleta 59.87 18. Gondal 59.75 19. Mahesana 59.63 20. Manavadar 59.45 21. Vijapur 59.26 22. Bhavnagar 5&.50 23. HimatDllgar 58.11 24. Wadhwan 58.09 25. Sidhpur 57.99 26. Sinor 57.94 27. Keshod 57.88 28. Petlad 57.85 29. Dabhoi 57.74 30. Jetpur 57.41 31. Olpad 57.37 32. Anklesvar 57.29 212 ]~. Taluka Percentage I 2 3 33. Jamnagar 57.24 34. Kunkavav Vadia 56.90 35. Kalol(M) 56.74 36. Chanasma 56.61 37. Vanthali 56.22 38. Jamkandorna 56.10 39. Daskroi 56.01 40. Amod 56.00 41. Hansot 55.92 42. Mendarda 55.81 43. Karjan 55.77 44. Dhari 55.66 45. Porbandar 55.32 46. Jambusar 55.14 47. Kadi 55.05 Thus we can see from the above that generally the pattern of the districts is closely followed by.the talukas. Moreover, a sharp contrast between the ·lowest and the highest liter~y literacy is noticed. The lowest literacy rate of 20.37 per cent is claimed by Chhota Udaiput taluka of Vadodara district, against which, Gandhinagar taluka of Gandhinagar district has registered the highest literacy rate of 73.39 per cent. This shows that there is wide gap of 53.02 per cent in between lowest and highest of literacy of the talukas. Before making any conclusion of this chapter, it will be worthwhile to study the break-up of the talukas of the State by literacy range. The distribution of aU 184 talukas of the State according to the ranges of perctmtage of literacy can be studied from the table given below: Statement-V.l1 Number of talukas classified by General literacy percentage ranges, 1991 Sf. Percentage range Number of talukas No. 1 2 3 1 Below 20 2 20 - 30.99 22 3 31 - 40.99 26 4 41 - 50.99 66 5 51-54.99 23 6 55 and above 47 Total 184 Out of 184 talukas of the State, the literacy rate of only 70 talukas is more than the State average of 51.15 per cent:· This means, the literacy rate of 114 talukas is lower than that of the State. If we compare. the said figures with. the national average, the position is topsyturvy. 61 talukas have literacy rate above the national average of 52.21 per cent. Thus, the picture of literacy rate of our State is good at national level. In the summing up portion of this Chapter, we must recall our memory that of the many indices of real progress of a region, one relating to literacy is rather important. In all the countries of the world, literacy has been accepted as the most essential device to cope up with the needs of all-round advancement to knowledge and its measures, therefore, is very valuable knowledge and its measures, therefore, is very valuable knowledge is power. Illiteracy is a great curse in the world civilisation today. People regard illiterate man as uncultured. Some people thought that education and literacy is an expenditure. But,it is false. True is that education and literacy is an investment. These are the modem vehicles through which knowledge can be acquired and stored, by which we can put our country in the cormnandable position amongst the advanced countries of the world. For this, we must spread the light of literacy and education among the adults and females in our State 214 as well as in our nation. It is correctly said by some one that if you educate a boy, you educate an individual, if you educate a girl, you educate whole family. Literacy among Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes To know the real development and benefits gained by intensive and extensive policies in respect of education, we have to study the all round developments among both socially and economically backward communities (Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes) living in the State. In 1991, out of 30.60 lakhs Scheduled Caste population 15.45 lakhs persons or 61.07 per cent are literates. The literacy rate of Scheduled Caste population was only 39.79 per cent in 1981. This shows that the literacy rate among Scheduled Caste population has gone up by 21.28 per cent over the decade. However, the General Literacy Rate of the total State population has marked in increase of 7.45 per cent over a decade. From the figures it is noticed that during the decade the rise ill the level of literacy among the Scheduled Caste population is comparatively high than the increase in the level of literacy in the general population of the State as a whole. Hence the literacy trend in the Scheduled Caste population is quite encouraging. Literacy among the Scheduled Tribes has been traditionally very low. In 1991, 36.45 per cent of the total Scheduled Tribe population were literat~s which was only 21.14 per cent in 1981 Census. The literacy level among Scheduled Tribe population has gone up by 15.31 points only which is double than the increase in the level of literacy in the general population of the State. From the figures it is revealed that during the decade the rise in the level of literacy among Scheduled Tribe population is comparatively high than the State as 'a whole. The tribal people have got full advantage! of the educational facilities and fmancial aid granted to them by the enlighted government. Let us now study the literacy rates among Scheduled Caste males and females as well as in the rural and urban areas of the 215 State. The percentage of literacy among Scheduled Caste males comes to 75.47 per cent of the total male population while that for females are only 45.54 per cent in the State as a whole. This shows that there is a wide gap in the literacy rate among Scheduled Caste males and females popUlation. In other words, the literacy rate among Scheduled Caste males is higher than the literacy rate among females. Looking to the literacy rate for the rural and urban areas separately. The percentage of literacy is only 55.59 per cent in rural as against 70.06 per cent in the urban areas. In case of Scheduled Tribes, out of 6l.62 lakh persons, about 18.28 lakh persons or 36.45 per cent were literate in 1991. Among tribal males of the State, the literacy rate is 48.25 per cent whereas in the females of the State, it is only 24.20 per cent. If these figures are examined separately for rural and urban areas, it is found that literacy rate is 35.21 per cent in the J:Hral areas, and that for urban areas is only 50.32 per cent. This reflects that Caste females in rural and urban areas in the State are comparatively higher than the corresponding figures of the Scheduled Tribe population. The Census provides data about the number of persons attending School/College. We may now discuss on this aspect. The following Statement gives the number of males and females attending school/college, classified by age-groups of Gujarat as per 1991 Census. Statement-V.12 Persons attending school/college, classified by age-groups in Gujarat, 1991 - Age-group Rural Persons attending Percentage to school/college total population Males I Females Males' Females 1 2 \ 3 4 I 5 0-4 3,040 2,850 0.18 0.18 5-9 847,660 653,040 48.22 40.11 10-14 1,265,930 827,550 73.67 54.20 216 Age- g rouP Rur a I Persons attending Percentage to schooVcolle2e total population Males I Females Males 1 Females 1 2 I 3 4 I 5 15-19 507,510 246,230 36.22 19.46 20-24 117,770 36,880 9.31 2.92 25-29 20,190 8,070 1.82 0.75 30-34 9,340 6,420 0.96 0.66 35-39 21,790 14,700 0.72 0.52 60+ 19,030 9,920 2.12 104 Age not stated 49,460 35,570 62.13 57.36 All ages 2,863,720 1,841,230 20.61 14.05 Urban 0-4 6,320 5,410 0.81 0.76 5-9 483,200 418,780 54.47 52.00 10-14 693,360 566,880 80.88 73.89 15-19 396,980 287,340 47.08 43.26 20-24 124,030 69,120 16.50 9.84 25-29 20,720 15,370 3.19 2.39 30-34 8,730 10,080 1.41 1.78 35-39 22,120 23,100 1.28 1.61 60+ 12,810 8,890 3.33 2.20 Age not stated 22,990 19,670 60.40 59.93 All ages 1,791,260 1,424,640 23.97 21.17 The data clearly reveal that the ratio of attendance of schooVcollege in the different age-groups in substantially higher in the urban areas as compared to rural areas and again it is far higher among the males than among the females. This position is due to the fact that education helps one with more job opportunities and to attain better livin& standards of which the urban dwellers are well awace of. In the 5-9 age group in which most of the children attend primary classes ofI to 'I, we find that the ratio of attendance is quite high -54.47 per cent among urban males, as against 48.22 per cent among tht" rural males. Considering females of this age-group, the 217 ratio is a little less viz., 52.00 per cent for urban females as against 40.11 per cent among the rura.l female. The difference in the percentage is quite substantial when \\'e move to the next higher five year age-groups of 10-14 and 15-19. The urban-rural difference in the extent of attendance of schools in 10-14 ages is very substantial and it is particularly large in the case of female:.. The ratio is only 54.20 per cent in the case of rural females, as against 73.89 per cent among urban females. Considering males of 10-14 years, nearly 74 per cent attend education institutions in the rural areas against 81 per cent in urban areas. In the normal college going ages too, i.e., 15-19 years, one would naturally expect a higher attendance in the urban areas because of the enormous opportunities for' higher education available in cities and towns. The extent of higher education among females is very poor even after so much of improvement in the last 2-3 decades. Among females of 15-19 ages in rural areas, just 19.46 per cent alone attend -educational institutions. Similar ratio for urban females is 43.26 per cent. The difference in the attendance ratio among males and females is comparatively much less in the rural than in the urban areas cf the State and country also. Normally by the time persons attending school/college reach th~ age-group 20-24 majority of them pass out attending the highest level of formal education. Thus, barring a few, all the persons in the higher age-groups 25T who have been found attending school/college may be regarded as attending adult literacy classes. 218 CHAPTER-VI LANGUAGES WE SPEAK: We all know that in every walk of life everyone of us makes use of language. Language is a unique instrument of human communication which makes a maI1 superior to the rest of the animals. It is the chief means of communication among human beings. Society, in wruch we are living, cannot possibly exist without language. Every human being from early childhood comes to learn the language. Every human being from early childhood comes to learn the language of hislher fIrst surroundings which is usually' the family in which he/she is born and more likely the mother. This ftrst learnt tongue of a child is known as mother tongue. In other words, the language spoken in childhood by the person's mother to the person is known as mother-tongue. This language continues to be the predominant fqrm of speech throughout the life of the person even though the person may learn many other languages as and when be grows up and comes in contact with a wider social circle including speakers of other languages. India is a countryof many languages and dialects and the s~dy of languages of our country has been attracting many experts and scholars since a long time. The recording of mother-tongues of persons was fo~ the ftrst time undertaken all over the country in the Census of 1981. Collectin$ information on mother-tongues of the people and then presenting the language data of the country in a national and classifIed manner has been the pride of Indian Census since long. This has been attempted in 1991 Census also and in the following we shall try to look into the broad features of the language distribution in the country and in our State. The distribution of the 1991 household population by languages grouped into Scheduled languages and languages other 219 than scheduled are shown in alphabetical order in Pans A and B of Statement - VI.l. Statement - VI.I - Part - A Statement showing the speakers of household population by Languages mainly spoken in the Household (inclusive of variants grauped under each) specified in Schedule VITI to the constitution of India SI. Languages Number of Speakers No. .1 2 3 1 Assamese 789 2 Bengali 20,809 3 Gujarati 37,792,933 4 Hindi 1,215,825 5 Kannada 13,513 6 Kashmiri 379 7 Konkani 40,820 8 Malayalam 57,701 9 ManipurilMeithei 125 10 Marathi 566,191 11 Nepali 9,126 12 Driya 38,277 B Punjabi 43,669 14 Sanskrit 81 15 Sindbi 704,OS8 16 Tamil 34,498 17 Tefugu 49,109 18 Urdu 547,737 Statement - VI.I Part - B Statement showing the speakers of household population by Languages mainly speakers in the Household (inclusive of variants where grouped) other than those specified in schedule VIII to the constitution of India SI. Languages No. of Speakers No. t 2 3 I Arabic/Arbi 389 2 BhiliIBhilodi 42718 3 Bhumij 45 4 BodolBoro 2 5 CoorgiIKodagu 20 6 Dimasa 4 7 Dogal'i 1407 8 English 2609 9 Garo 3 10 Gondi 13 11 Ho 2 12 KarbiIMihir 3 13 Khandeshi 111358 14 Kharia 3 15 Khasi 58 16 Korku 9 17 Kuki 3 18 Lahanda 30 19 LushailMiso 5 20 Munda 28 21 Mundari 12 22 Santali 9 23 Tripuri 1 24 Tulu 241 25 Other Languages 14940 Total 173912 Out of the total population (excluding institutional household population) of 41,087,348 in the State, 41,135,670 are the 221 speakers of Schedule VIII languages constituting 99.58 per cent and 173,912 are the speakers of other languages constituting 0.42 per cent to total household population. 1n both parts A & B of the Statement VI.I variants have been grouped in some cases under the relevant languages. This has been done on the basis of linguistic information readily availble or in the light of studies already made. This identifiable variant which returned 10,000 or more speakers each at all India level and have been grouped under parts A and B languages are shown below. Part ·A 1 Gujarati SaurashtraiSaurashtri 2 Hindi A wadhi, Bagri Rajasthani, Banjari, Bhojpuri, Brajbhasha, BuncidiJBundelkbandi, Chhattisgarhi, Haryanvi, Kangri, Kurnauni, Labani, MagadhilMagahi, Maithili, Malvi, Marwari, Mewari, Nagpuria, Pahari, Rajasthani, SadaniSadri 3 Konkani Malwani 4 Sindhi Kachchhi 5 Tamil Kaikadi 6 Telugu Vadari Part -B BhiliIBhilod Barel, Dhodiya, GamitiGavit, KoknaJKoknilKukna, Mawchi, Paradhi, Tadvi, Varli, Wagdi 2 Gondi Maria 3 Khandeshi Ahirani, Dangi 4 Lalianda Multani 5 Santali Karmali 222 All other returns falling under Part-B which returned less than 10,000 speakers each at the All-India level or were not linguistically identifiable are included in the category "Others" occuring as the last entry in Part-B. According to the information obtained through 1991 Census, there are a large number of lai'lguages spoken as mother tongue in the country. Of these, only 18 are recognised in our Constitution as the main languages of the • Country. The eighth schedule to OUI constitution lists out these languages. They are as under: 1. Assamese 7. Konkani 13. Punjabi 2. Bengali 8. \1alayalam 14. Sanskrit 3. Gujarati 9. ManipurilMethei 15. SinJhi 4. Hindi 10. Marathi 16. Tamil 5. Kannada 11. Nepali 17. Telugu 6. Kashmiri 12. Oriya 18. Urdu The number of speakers of each of these languages and the proportion they form of India's population is listed in the following table: ' Coming to our State, now take a look at the table tabulated below which gives the total number of speakers of each language included in the Constitution and their percentage to total population of the State. Statem~nt - VI.2 Number of Speakers of Languages (Specified in the Eighth Schedule of Constitution of India) and their Percentage to the population of the State, 1991 SI. Language Number of Percentage of No. - Speakers total population 1 2 3 4 1 Assamese 789 N 2 Bengali 20,809 0.05 223 ~gu.ge Number of Percentage of . Speakers total population 2 3 4 3 Gujarati 37,792,933 9l.49 4 Hindi 1,215,825 2.94 5 Kannada 13,513 0.03 6 Kashmiri 379 N 7 Konkani 40,820 0.10 8 Malayalam 57,701 0.14 9 ManipurifMeithei 125 N 10 Marathi 566,191 1.37 11 Nepali 9,126 0.02 12 Oriya 38,277 0.09 13 PU'ljabi 43,669 0.11 14 Sanskrit 81 N 15 Sindhi 704,088 1.71 16 Tamil 34,498 0.08 17 Telugu 49,109 0.12 18 Urdu 547,737 1.33 What becomes apparent from the table is the over whelming number of Gujarati speakers. They form more than 90 per cent of the State's population. The rest are comprised mostly of speakers of Hindi, Sindhi, Marathi and Urdu the other pnncipal languages of the State. The speakers of these languages as mother tongue run into a few lakhs each, Hindi coming next to Gujarati with a following of more than twelve lakh persons. Looking to the overall si.uation of the State as a whole in the subject, it will be come to our vision that the Census of 1991 has returned a total of 153 mother-tongues being spoken in Gujarat State. For an appreciation of the overall position let us take the fust ten numerically strong languages and see how they are distributed in the State as a whole and in the districts. 22 .. Statement - VI.3 10 most numerically important mother tongues of the State arranged in descending order according to the numebr of speakers and their percentage to total population, 1991 Sl. Name of Mother Number of Percentage of No. Tongue Speakers total population 1 2 3 4 1 Gujarati 37,792,933 91.49 2 Hindi 1,215,825 2.94 3 Sindhi 704,088 1.71 4 Marathi 566,191 1.37 5 Urdu 547,737 1.33 6 Malayalam 57,701 0.14 7 Telugu 49,109 0.12 8 Punjabi 43,669 0.11 9 Konkani 40,820 0.10 10 Oriya 38,277 0.09 The table is self explanatory. It will be noticed that all the ten numerically strong languages returned as mother tongues are from among the eighteen important languages figuring in our Constitution as explained earlier. All the remaining mother tongues taken together account for 0.42 per cent of the population. Thus, the population speaking these mother-tongues will in most cases be very thin. It will be worthwhile to see how ten most numerically strong languages as mother-tongues are represented in the districts, and how far they maintain the same proportion in all the districts or makes variations. Let us examine them in descending order of strength. GUJARATI: Gujarati is the main language of the State. It occupies supreme place among the mother-tongues returned in the State. Now, we are aware that 91.49 per cent of the population of the State 225 1{,--218 RGl!200 1 speaks Gujarati. Thus, out of every 100 persons of the State you will find 91 perSO"l :peaking Gujarati. It is the most predominant language in all the districts. The proportion is more than 90 per cent in all the districts except Kachchh, Ahmadabad, Vadodara, Surat and The Dangs. Only 62.99 per cent of the population of Kachchh district speaks Gujarati because the larger proportion of the popUlation of this district speaks Sindhi. In Ahmadabad district, 79.03 per cent of the population speakS Gujarati because the metropolitan city Ahmadabad has a comparatively greater influx of immigrants from various parts of the country whose mother~tongues are other than Gujarati. This is one of the major factors for the decline in the proportion of Gujarati speaking population. In Vadodara district 88.33.per cent of the population speaks Gujarati. The decline in the speakers of Gujarati language in this district is registered because of large number of non-Gujarati speaking people are attracted by the Gujarat Refmery, Fertilisernagar and other manufacturing and industrial establishments and also the speakers pf Marathi language reside. The situation is different in the southern districts of Surat, and.The Dangs. The reduction in the proportion of Gujarati speaking population of these three districts is noticed due to the predominance of tribal languages and dialects among the larger number of population 80.18 per cent of population speaks Gujarati in Surat district while in The Oangs district it is 16.88 per cent. Surat district still has close association with Maharashtra and good number of·its border villages still continue to have close contacts with that State. Therefore, . Marathi is' the mother~tongue of a considerable section of the population of this district. 7.65 per cent of its population speaks Marathi. It has also the predominance of tribal language - BhiL'Bhilodi. There are 18,973 speakers of BhiliIBbilodi in the district making 0.56 per cent of total population of the district. Over and above, the expansion of trade. commerce and industries accomodates a very good number of such migrants whose mother-tongue is other than Gujarati. In the Oangs district, the majority of its population is speaking Khandeshi. They number 107,916. That is 74.89 per cent of total population of the district. 226 HINDI: Hindi is the second most numerically strong language in the State. It is the mother-tongue of 1,215,825 (2.94 per cent) who are the migrants frOpl various Hindi speaking regions. The concentration of speaking this language is found in Ahmadabad district when 9.89 per cent of the population is Hindi-speaking. The proportion of Hindi speaking population in Surat district is 6.63 per cent, that in Gandhinagar is 5.03 per cent and that in Vadodara district is 4.50 per cent. Out of the remaining fifteen districts, the percentage of Hindi-speaking population in two districts is below 3 per cent but above 2 per cent. These are Kachchh (2.94 per cent), Valsad (2.63 per cent) and Bharuch (2.07 per cent) respectively and in five districts is below 2 per cent but above 1 per cent. These are Mahesana (1.64 per cent), The Dangs (1.31 per cent), Jamnagar (1.27 per cent), Kheda (1.24 per cent) and Panch, Mahals (1.04 per cent). In the rest of the districts the percentage of Hindi speaking population is below one per cent. SINDID: After the partition of the country, the speakers of this language in the various parts of the State have appreciably increased and account for a t<;>tal number of 704,088 speakers in the State, with the percentage of 1.71 per cent of total population. Sindhi language rank third in the linguistic group of the State. Sindhi is the mother tongue of the displaced persons of Sind, the origin of Pakistap.. It is but natural that the displaced persons would like to settle in such an area where they can get the opportunities for making a moderate livelihood. The large concentration of Sindhi speakers is found in Kachcbh district where 32.43 per cent of its population had returned Sindhi as a mother-tongue. The next largest group of Sindhi speaking people is traced in Jarnnagar district where 2.82 per cent of its populatio!l speaks Sindhi, 2.18 per cent of the population of Ahmadabad district and 1.11 per cent of the population of Junagadh district speaks Sindhi as a mother-tongue. In Vadodara and Rajkot districts the percentage of Sindhi speaking population works out 0.99 and 0.76 respectively. In the rest of the districts the proportion of Sindhi speaking population is below 0.75 per cent. 227 MARATHI: The total number of persons in the State whose mother tongue has been returned to be Marathi are 566,191 being only 1.37 per cent of total population of the State. Speakers of Marathi are distributed in all the districts of the State. Speakers of Marathi are distributed in all the districts of the State owing to the proximity of Gujarat and Maharashtra. The largest population of Marathi speakers is found in Surat district where 7.65 per cent of its population speak this language. Owing to the bordering district, a large number of Marathi speaking population from Maharashtra is migrated and settled in the district. The next in order of rank, their concentration however, is much more in Vadodara district. In this district, Marathi speaking population have settled on a pennanent basis in the former Princely State of Baroda ruled by the Gaekwad. The Dangs, Valsad and Ahmadabad districts have a fairly large Marathi speaking population. 2.77 per cent of the population of the Dangs district and 2.24 per cent of the population of Valsad district and 1.88 per cent of the population of Ahmadabad district speak Marathi as mother-tongue. In the rest of the districts, the proportion of Marathi speaking populationis below one per cent. URDU: Urdu is spoken by 1.33 per cent of population of the State. The highest proportion of Urdu speakers is found in Ahmadabad district where its 5.41 per cent of the population has returned Urdu as their mother-tongue. This is due to large number of Muslim population in the district, particularly in Ahmadabad City. Similarly the influence of large num]i)er of Muslim population of Surat City has raised the proportion of Urdu speaking population in Surat qistrict which works out 2.56 per cent. In Kheda, 1.57 per cent of the population speaks Urdu, the figures for Bharuch 1.19 per cent, and that for Vadodara district 1.16 per cent. In the rest of the districts the proportion of Urdu speaking population is below one per cent. 228 MALAYALAM: Only.O.14 per cent of total population of the State speaks this language naturally, its percentage at district level would not maked abo.ve one per cent. There are 57,701 persons in the State whose mother-tongue is Malayalam Of which 16,487 persons are found in Ahmadabad district. TELUGU: Likewise, Malayalam languages, none of the districts of the State have returned its population speaking Telugu language even one per cent of their population. There are 49,109 persons in the State speaking Telugu language as mother-tongue making 0.12 per cent of the total population of the State. Of which, 24, 402 persons speaking this language are residing in Surat district. This shows that their highest concentration is in Surat district. In Ahmadabad district, there are 10,579 speakers of Telugu language. PUNJABI: Punjabi is the eighth numerically strongest language in the State. It accounts for only 0.11 per cent of the total population of the State. The highest concentration of Punjabi speaking population is found in Ahmadabad district which accounts for 12,938 people making 0.27 per cent of total population. Punjabi speaking population is scattered in all over the State but in little. In all the districts of the State, the percentage of population speaking this language is below 1 per cent. KONKANI: Konkani is the 9th numerically strong language in the State. There are 40,820 persons in the State whose mother-tongue has been returned to be Konkani which accounts for only 0.10 per cent of the total population of the State. The highest number of persons speaking Konkani language are found in Valsad. They are 35,142. Next to it, in Ahmadabad district, 1,716 persons speaks Konkani language as their mother-tongue. 229 ORIYA: At last, there are only 38,277 persons in the State whose mother-tongue is Oriya. Their percentage to t.otal population of the State comes only 0.09 per cent, which is lowest amOng the ten most numerically strong mother-tongues in the SUite. Again, the concentration of this mother-tongue speaking persons are found in Surat district. There are 33,287 in the Surat district whose mother tongue is Oriya. In Kachchh and Ahmadabad districts, a fair number of Oriya speaking population is noticed. They are 1,030 in Kachchh and 920 in Ahmadabad district. It can be observed from the above figures that 99.40 per cent of the total population of tlie State speaks one or the other of these 10 languages as a mother-tongue in varying proportoions. However, the ful~ list of mother-tongues in Gujarat returned at the 1991 Census consists of 153 names. After deducting the ten numerically strong mother-tongues, 143 mother-tongues remain for which we have not made any discussion in this Chapter nor we have given any data so far. The total strength of these remaining 143 mother-tongues is very thin. Its percentage calculates only 0.60 per cent of the total population of the State. That means only two persons out of every 100 persons of the State speak mother-tongues other than the ten numerically strong mother-tongues which we have discussed earlier. The speakers of these mother-tongues are very few. In same cases, they number only I or 2. Moreover, there are 76 languages spoken in Gujarat State whose number of speakers are less than 10 persons. These are listed below: SI. Languages No. of Speakers No. t 2 3 1. A:fri$;an 7 2. American 5 3. Angri 4 4. Ankhia 3 230 Sl. Languages No. of Speakers No. t 2 3 5. Bauva 4 6. Bharvadi 4 7. BodolBoro 2 8. Boria 3 9. Butani 4 10. Canadian 6 11. Carvari 4 12~ Chhittorgarhi 4 13. Chudu 1 14. Dimasa 4 15. Diveti 3 16. Ethopian 2 17. Garo 3 18. Gogam 4 19. Greek 8 20. Hebrow/Jewish 6 21. Ho 2 22. Isarch 1 23. Ishar 1 24. Jantic 2 25. Japanese 4 26. JaIjar 1 27. Kadia 4 28. Kag-Bhasha 5 29. Kangareji 2 30. Kangasiya 2 31. Kanjdi 6 32. Kanta 1 33. Kekan 2 34. Keshwadili 2 35. Kharia 3 36. Khatri 9 37. KIlos 6 38. Khumany 1 39. Kisvai' 2 40. Kiwaris 2 231 Languages No. of Speakers ;~. 2 I ; 3 41. Korku 9 42. Kripton 1 43. Krontand 3 44. Kshatriya 8 45. Kuki 3 46. Ladi 2 47. Lakhana 4 48. Lavsan 4 49. Luo 4 50. LushaiIMiso 5 51. Mabhyani 7 52. MahilMalchivian 2 53. Maiguli 2 54. Mangari 5 55. Mateli 2 56. Meghwali 7 57. Meshabi 9 58. Mihir 3 59. Naranpuri 1 60. Nathali 1 61. Nigarian 6 62. Ranchi 2 63. RoWt 5 64. Salvi 3 65. Santali 9 66. Sismese/Thai 1 67. Sudanese 1 68. Swiss 1 69. Tripuri 1 70. Tumbi 4 71. T~du 1 72. Tutu 3 73. Unog 1 74. Vadgi 6 75. Vagad 6 76. Yarnan 1 232 Anyone is curious to know as to how the speakers of the languages of the State are distributed in the Cities. You are aware that cities by their very nature of growth and development tend to attract population of all faiths and languages. People migrate to cities in search of avocations and amenities. This makes the cities ethnically and linguistically more heterogeneous than the rural areas. The mass of the population of almost all cities is Gujarati speaking followed in order to numerical strength, by Hindi in the case of Ahmadabad, Vadodara, Jamnagar, Nadiad, Navsari, Anand, Gandhinagar, Mahesana and Val sad cities, Urdu in case of Porbanadar, Godhra and Bharuch cities. Marathi in Surat city and Sindhi in case of Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Junagadh, Patan(J), Morvi, Surendrangar, Gandhidham and Bhuj cities. The third most numerically strongest language in the case of these cities is Hindi in the case of Surat, Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Junagadh, Bharuch, Morvi, Gandhidham and Bhuj cities, Sindhi in case of Jamnagar, Nadiad, Porbandar, Anand, Mahesana and Godhra cities" Marathi in case of Vadodara, Navsari, Gandhinagar, Surendrangar and Valsad cities and Urdu in case of Ahmadabad city and Malayalam in case of Patan (J) city. A glance at the Statement, showing the percentage of the population accounted for by Gujarati and the next two numerically strongest languages in the cities of Gujarat will bear it out. Statement - V!.4 Three numerically strongest mother-tongues with their percentages to total population returned in each city of the State, 1991. SI. City Mother Population Percentage No. Tongues to total population 1 2 3 4 5 1 Ahmadabad Gu]aratJ 2,043,839 69.18 Hindi 417,009 14.11 Urdu 245,915 8.32 233 SI. City Mother Population Percentage No. Tongues to total population 1 2 3 4 5 2 Surat GUjaratl 995,936 66.14 Marathi 186,769 12.40 Hindi 168,223 11.17 3 Vadodara Gujarati 754,355 71.06 Hindi 111,095 10.46 Urdu 106,721 10.05 4 Rajkot Gujarati 588,552 96.10 Sindhi 8,760 1.43 Hindi 7,694 1.26 5 Bhavnagar Gujarati :385,635 95.17 Sindhi 13,059 3.22 Hindi 3,591 0.89 6 Jamnagar GujaFati 314,788 89.80 Hindi 13,864 3.95 Sindhi 11,645 3.32 7 Nadiad Gujarati 148,782 87.41 Hindi 9,855 5.79 Sindhi 4,500 2.64' 8 Junagadh Gujarati 135,621 89.69 Sindhi 6,581 4.35 Hindi 4,974 3.29 9 Navsari Gujarati 119165 82.61 Hindi 9,670 6.70 Sindhi 6,888 4.78 10 Bharuch Gujarati 123,381 88.74 Urdu 5,774 4.15 Hindi 5,647 4.06 11 Porbandar Gujarati 130,175 97.04 Urdu 1,096 0.82 Sindhi 883 0.66 12 Anand Gujarati 120,500 91.91 Hindi 4,450 3.39 Sindhl 1,775 1.35 234 SI. City Mother Population Percentage No. Tongues to total population 1 2 3 4 5 13 Gandhmagar Gu]aratI 109,911 89.10 Hindi 7,181 5.82 Sindhi 1,979 1.60 14 Patan{J) Gujarati 22,124 18.41 Sindhi 435 0.36 Malayalam 243 0.20 15 Morvi Gujarati 118,926 99.01 Sindhi 386 0.32 Hindi 290 0.24 16 Surendrangar Gujarati 113,634 97.65 Sindhi 335 0.29 Marathi 301 0.26 17 Mahesana Gujarati 94,483 85.93 Hindi 1O,303 9.37 Sindhi 1,654 1.50 18 Gandhidham Gujaratl 48,582 46.45 Sindhi 32,279 30.86 Hindi 16,783 16.05 19 Bhuj Gujarati 54,484 52.24 Sindhi 34,914 33.47 Hinid 9,805 9.40 20 Val sad Gujarati 62,044 55.51 Hindi 2,954 2.64 Marathi 1,339 1.20 21 Godhra Gujarati 77,549 77.04 Urdu 12,929 12.84 Sindhi 5,609 5.57 We may now turn to the rural-urban differential in this subject. Our discussion will be restricted for the ten most numerically strong mother-tongues which we have discussed in the foregoing paragraphs. _ Except The Dangs distrIct the proportion of Gujarati speaking population in rural areas of the districts is higher 235 than that of urban areas. In other words out of 19 districts, the proportion of Gujarati speaking population in rural areas is higher than that of urban areas in 18 districts. In the case of remaining nine numerically strong mother-tongues the proportion of urban speakers is higher than the rural speakers almost in all the districts. Except in Valsad district the proportion of Konkani speakers in rural areas of the districts are higher than that of urban areas. This shows that the concentration of non-gujarati speaking population is higher in the urban areas of the State. It seems that the trade, commerce' and industrial sectors and easily availability of educational and medical and other amenities had attracted the groups of people originating from outside the State whose mother-tongues are other than Gujarati. While summing up this chapter we must accept that speech is unique gift of the human race. We never pause to think of this wonderful facility to give expression to our ideas in words. There are many linguistic groups in the world. A common language makes people more intimate. Diversity in languages can cause misunderstandings. In our country, there are many languages and dialects. Actually there are too numerous to identify and list out properly. But the common ma.'l's sphere of activity is so limited that he may not be troubled by the ignorance of languages other than his own mother-tongue. Knowledge of several langqages is certainly an asset. It helps one to understand and appreciate the art and culture of others. At the end, let us see the dictionary meaning of language and mother-tongue. Language means a body of words and idioms. It is a mode of expression. It is a manner of expressing thought. Mother-tongue means a native language. 236 CHAPTER - VII THE RELIGIONS WE FOLLOW Almost every Census in the world collects information about selected social characteristics of the population because they influence the demographic behaviour in various ways. . Religion is an important social characteristic. It is of particular importance in our country because we have ma.ny faiths and our civilisation is closely linked to religion. Thus figures on religious composition have occupied an important position in Indian Censuses. Our country is a land of many religious and faiths. Every citizen of India is guaranteed the freedom to prefers his religion or faith by Constitution. India is a secular country. Yet, the Census collects information regarding religion. A question may arise in the mind of the readers why Census collects the information regarding religion . Because the religious faith of a person has nothing to do with his or her social, political or official position. At the same time the people of India are generally deeply religious by nature and. religion occupies an inlportant place in their lives. If influences its citizens in many aspects. Thus Census gathers information on religion. Many aspects of a person's life are influenced by his religion in various degrees. Sociologists and others are interested in . swdying the influence of religion on other social characteristics such as literacy, migration, marriage, economic conditions, etc. No\\' religion becomes a basic cultural characteristic in our country. India is a secular country, but it does not mean that the people of India have no religion. Every person has the right to follow any religion which satisfies his conscience. The country does not mterfere in the religious activities of its citizens. But many people have a curiosity to know how many others follow therr respective religions. It is true that in our country, there are many religions and faiths but experience indicates that the great majority of the population follow six major religions. In the following statement the number of 237 persons professing the major religions in the country and in our State is shown. Statement - VII.l Distribution of Population by major religion in India and Gujarat,1991 Sr. Religion India Gujarat No. Population I Percentage Population I Percentage 1 2 3 I 4 5 I 6 1 BuddhIsts 6,387,500 0.76 11,615 0.03 2 Christians 19,640,284 2.34 181,753 0.44 3 Hindus 687,646,721 82.00 36,964,228 89.48 4 Jams 3,352,706 0.40 491,331 1.19 5 MuslIms 10 1,596,057 12.12 3,606,920 8.73 6 SIkhs 16,259,744 1.94 33.044 0.08 7 Others 3,269,355 039 14,213 0.03 RelIgions and Persuatwns 8 RelIgion not 415,569 0.05 6,478 0.02 Stated Total 838,567,936 100.00 41.3092582 100.00 Out of the total population of India of 838,583,988* people, Hindus, constitute the largest single majority with a population of 687,646,721. Tlius, a very high proportion of the inhabitants of India comprising 82,00 per cent are followers of Hinduism. All other religions combines constitutes only 18.00 per cent. The contribution of individual religions to this figure is far too low. Next to Hinduism, but far behind, comes Muslims, the followers of Islamic faith. The Muslim population in India totals to 101,596,057 persons. It constitutes 12.12 per cent of the total population of our country. The other two religions that contribute to the population to an appreciable extent are Christianity and Sikhism with 2.34 per cent and 1.94 per cent respectively. The Buddhists constitute only 0.76 per cent of total population. This means that nearly eighty - two out of every one hundred Indians are Hindus, about twelve Muslims, nearly three Christians, nearly two Sikhs and nearly one Buddhist. Jains claims a population of 3,352,706 which is 0.40 per cent of the total population of the nation. All the other * Excluding Jammu and Kashmir. 238 religions and persuations claim a total population of3,269,355 being 0.39 per cent of the total population of the nation. There are 415,569 persons in the nation who did not state their religion at the 1991 Census which comprise 0.05 per cent of the total national population. Let us now see what kind of picture the religious COmpOSItIon of our state presents. Comparing the religious composition of Gujarat with that of India, it is observed that the proportion of population of Gujarat represents by each of these religions is slightly different from the pattern observed at the national level. The percentage of Hindus is somewhat higher in Gujarat at 89.48 per cent - an excess of 7.48 points over the national figures, Muslims who constitute 12.12 per cent at national level are only 8.73 per cent in Gujarat. Christians, who account for 2.34 per cent at national level are only 0.44 per cent of the population of Gujarat. The proportion of Sikh population in our State is 0.08 per cent against national level of 1.94 per cent. Buddhists are almost negligible at 0.03 per cent as against 0.76 per cent at national level. The proportion of ]ian population in the State is 1. 19per cent which is higher than the national level of 0.40 per cent. As we have seen earlier that a few other religions, which have very few followers, have been put under ' other religions and persuations'. People of these faiths in our State comprise 0.03 per cent of total population as against 0.39 per cent of national level. The proportion of persons who have not stated their religion in the State is only 0.02 per cent as against 0.05 per cent at nationallevei. Let us turn our attention to districts and see if the religious composition conforms to the general pattern or shows any variations. For this purpose we have to examine the religious composition of the population of the distircts. The Statement given below shows the percentage of rehgious communities to the total population of the districts arranged in descending order as per the latest Census of 1991. 239 ~ 0 VI Z ~ VI VI Zo 21£1 III :t II: z C III 1£1 C)~ 1: C Z X 1: :::i< :J ~ UJ~ z iii In <..., 0 II: III lI} III z o IIIz (!) ~ VI c{ < VI ~ ..J II: ~ VI *( ( :J oJ UJ ..., a VI it ~I Z :J a:: a :J 1: III ! C) X I U ..I III i5 a:: ::; Of'" 0 III l-"" ~ Z < ~ MN~OONO~~~~~~~N ____ _ ... <= NN~---OOOOOOOOOOOOO c· o 0000000000000000000 ..~ ~ - ~ - 00 S2 (';J -a E ¢ ~ - 00 "" z *..~ = < "" E= 00;: ::c ti u ~ QC Q ..!. c OO~~~-~O~O~OO~~~~~OON~ t ~ r- ~~~~~~~OO~~~~~~NNNO ...... '" ~NN~ ~~o6ooo606oo .!. ~ ~ 01) ~ .. ~ ~N~~~OO~~OOO~~OON~V ~ ~ ..., ~ ~OOOOON~~~~-N_~~~~N~~ ~ ~~~~~NN~ ~OO~OO~~~N~ t c:z ® ~~~~~~~~~~~~OOOO~OOOO~~ ll. .:0: c cz::'" -I ;.. ...c: ..... II.. ..II - 1 Do. !! en... f- f- ~ .S= .... ·t \C "t; ... f i:5 ;l '"c: .. II'l ~.. -=II ... :0 .. II ..'" Do. II Do. f- I- ."..= '" =<:> :i ..... "iI "I:.... g:: .!!l ~ .. Q II .z;.... 0 ~ ...... , ...=t ... II ~ A. 1- i!J f-f- ==Q Q ;J = ~ "I: N .il Q - ..:.t:= ... 'CC.. HINDUISM: Let us take first Hinduism. I t is the predominant religion in the State. As already mentioned earlier, the followers of Hinduism in the whole State account for 89.48 per cent of the total population in 1991 Census. Among the districts, Gandhinagar district leads with the largest proportion of Hindus with 95.57 per cent. Second comes Panch Mahals district with a proportion of 94.82 per cent. Amreli with 94.04 per cent and Valsad with 93.88 per cent follow in that order. In Sabar Kantha and The Dangs districts 93.25 per cent and 92.88 per cent respectively follow this faith, while in Mahesana, Bhavnagar, Banas Kantha and Surendranagar its 92.64 per cent, 91.49 per cent, 91.40 per cent amd 91.10 per cent of total population respectively is Hindu. The proportion of Hindus in Junagadh and Vadodara districts is more that 90 per cent but below 91 per cent. The proportion of Hindus in Rajkot district is just more than the State average i.e. 89.54 per cent. In the remaining Six districts, the proportion of Hindus is below the State average of 89.48 per cent. The lowest proportion of Hindus is in Kachchh district, being 75.41 per cent. Having a proportion of 82.44 per cent of Hindus, Bharuch district follows Kachchh district. The district having the third lowest proportion of Hindus is Jamnagar, being 85.23 per cent. Ahmadabad district follows with 85.42 per cent. Kheda with 87.70 per cent, and Surat with 88.40 per cent follow in that order. Thus, it can be observed that there is wide enough gap in between the proportion of Hindus in the first and the last ranking districts. It is gap of20.16 per cent. ISLAM : We now come to Islam, the religion that has the second largest followers in the State as per 1991 Census. The followers of this faith numbers 3,606,920 and accounts for 8.73 per cent of total population of our State and yet, they come next to Hindus. The concentration of followers of this religion is relatively high in the districts of Kachchh (19.64 per cent), Bharuch (16.60 per cent), Jamuagar (13.00 per cent), Ahmadabad (10.75 per cent), and Kheda (10.32 per cent). In the districts of Junagadh, Rajkot and Surat, the 245 Muslim population represents respectively 9.55, 9.24 and 9.18 per cent population of the total population of the district which is higher than the State average. In the remaining eleven districts, the proportion of followers of this religion, i.e. Muslims is less than the State average. The lowest proportion of Muslim population is found in The Dangs district, which is only 1.47 per cent, Gandhinagar district follows with the proportion of 2.99 per cent. In all other districts, the proportion of Muslim population to the total population of the district is in between 4 per cent to 8 per cent. JAiNISM: J ainism, numerically the third most important religion in our State, claims 1.19 per cent of the population of the State. With a proportion of 4.58 per cent, Kachchh district occupies fIrst rank in the percentage of Jain population. Ahmadabad district ranks second with 2.79 per cent of its population following lainisrn. Surendranagar district follows with 2.36 per cent and Bhavnagar district with 1.77 per cent. The proportion of Jain population to the total population of the districts of Jamnagar, Banas Kantha, Surat, Rajkot and Sabar Kantha is 1.51, 1.32,1.10, 1.04 and 1.00 per cent respectively. In the remaining ten districts, the percentage of Jain population is below 1 per cent. CHRISTIANITY: Christians account for 0.44 per cent of total population of the State. Their largest concentration is found in Kheda district 'which accomodates 28.11 per cent of the total Christian population of the State, followed by Ahmadabad district with 19.31 per cent and Surat district with 17.49 per cent of the total Chrlstian population of the State. 8.80 per cent of total Christian population of the State resides in Vadodara district, while in Bharuch, The Dangs and Panch Mahals districts the percentage of Christian population of the State is 4.56 per cent, 4.31 per cent and 4.14 per cent. If we see the proportion of Christian population to the total population of the district, here The Dangs district is in lead with the percentage of 5.43. Kheda district follows with 1.49 per cent. In the remaining 246 districts the proportion of Christian to the total district population is not very significant. It is below 1 per cent. SIKHISM: There are 33,044 Sikhs in the State. They account for 0.08 per cent of the total population of the State. The highest percentage of Sikhs population is found in Gandhinagar district. Only 0.23 per cent of the total population of the district is Sikhs. It is followed by Vadodara district with 0.22, Ahmadabad district with 0.19 per cent, Kachchh district with 0.18 per cent and Valsad district with 0.12 per cent. The percentage of Sikhs population in the other districts is below 0.10 per cent. Let us see this subject by different angle. How they are distributed in the districts. The concentration of Sikhs population is highest in Ahmadabad district. 27.19 per cent of total Sikh population of the Sikhs resides in this district. Vadodara district accomodates 20.36 per cent of total Sikhs' population of the State. This IS followed by Surat district with 7.62 per cent, Val sad district with 7.55 per cent and Kachchh district with 6.90 per cent. In all other districts the percentage of total Sikhs population of the State is below 5 per cent. BUDDHISM: Buddhism as a religion in Gujarat is nothing more than nominal with a following of 11,615 persons being only 0.03 per cent of the total population of the State. Out of 19 districts of the State, the population of Biddhists is negligible in Six districts. These are Bhavnagar, Banas Kantha, Sabar Kantha, Mahesana, Kheda and Panch Mahals districts. In the remaining districts, the largest proportion of Buddhists is found in Surat district, It is followed by Ahmadabad, Junagadh and Valsad districts. 48.13 per cent of total Buddhist population of the State resides m Surat district. Ahmadabad distsrict accomodates 15.24 percent of Buddhist population of the State and in Junagadh district 8.17 per cent of Buddhist population of the State gets the shelter. Thus, more than 70 per cent of the Buddhist population is concentrated in the above three distrIcts. Of which, more than half is in Surat district. In all other districts the proportion of Buddhist population is qUlte small. 247 Looking to the overall situation of above major religions, we will fInd that the most predominant religion in the State is Hinduism. Its distribution is fairly even throughout the districts. The concentration of Muslims is relatively high in Ahmadabad, Kheda, Surat, Vadodara, Bharuch, Kachchh, Rajkot, Junagadh and J amnagar districts. In Ahmadabad, Kachchh, Bhavnagar, Surat, Banas Kantha, Surendranagar, Rajkot and Jamnagar districts, the concentration of Jains is noticed. The concentration of Christians are mainly found in Kheda,Ahmadabad, Surat and Vadodara districts. Sikh population is concentrated mainly in Ahmadabad, Vadodara, Surat and Valsad districts. Buddhists are only concentrated in Surat ,Ahmadabad, Junagadh and Valsad districts. We may now proceed to look at the COmposItlOn of religions ofGujarat for rural and urban areas separately. It would be noticed that the followers of HThI'DUISM in rural areas constitutes 93.66 per cent of the total rural population while those living in urban areas forms 81.54 per cent of total urban population. The position is much the same among all the districts, except Kachchh district, where the proportion of Hindus living in urban areas is relatively high. In Kachchh district the proportion of Hindus is just equal in both the areas. MUSLIMS account for 14.80 per cent of urban population and 5.53 per cent of rural population- of the State. Thus, the followers of Islam religion thus seem to preponderate mostly in urban areas except in Kachchh district. So the position of proportion of Muslims is reverse than Hindus in the State. In Kachchh district, likewise Hindus, the proportion of Muslims is again nearly equal. JAlNS, Like Muslims, are mostly concentrated in the urban areas of the State, where they comprise 2.60 per cent of the urban population. In rural areas for the State as a whole, their 248 proportion is 0.45 per cent of the rural population. Here also the exception is in Kachchh district. The proportion of Jains is just equal in both the areas. CHRISTIANITY also appears to be mainly a religion of the urban people. Taken [01 the State as a whole, Christians represent 0.31 per cent of the rural population and 0.69 per cent of the urban population. Except in Surat district the proportion of Christians living in urban areas is correspondingly high. In Surat district, the position is reverse. SHIKHS are 'llso mostly to be found in urban areas only where they comprise 0.21 per cent of population. In rural areas their number is very small representing only 0.01 per cent of the population. Their proportion in urban areas is higher in all the districts of the State. Statement - VII.3 present the distribution of the major religious groups between rural and urban areas for Gujarat State. Statement - VII.3 Distribution of major religions between Rural and Urban areas in the State, 1991 Major I Rural Urban Religions I Population I Percentage Population I Percentage 1 i 2 I 3 4 I 5 BuddhIsts 2,799 om 8,816 0.06 Chnsttans 83,577 0.31 98,176 0.69 Hmdus 25,348,054 93.66 11,616,174 81.54 Jains 120,893 0.45 370,438 2.60 Muslims 1,497,895 553 2,109,025 14.80 Sikhs 3,728 0.01 29,316 0.21 Other ReilglOns 2,584 001 11,629 008 ReligIon not 3,991 0.02 2,487 002 Stated Looking to the above facts and figures, we are now in a position to conclude that in the rural areas, the predominant religion is Hinduism almost in all the districts except Kachchh district, where the proportion of Hindus is equal in both rural and urban 249 areas. It is also true that Hinduusm is the principal religion in the towns but its proportion is slightly less than the rural areas. Other religions like Islam, Jainism, Christianity and Sikhism have shown a rising trend, their numbers being mostly confmed to urban areas, except in case of Muslims, their proportion is slightly higher in rural than urban areas of Kachchh district and in case of Christians, their proportion in rural areas is rewlatively higher than the urban areas is Surat district. Except these exceptions, the pattern of religions composition is uniform throughout the State. While on the subject, it is as well that we a look at the relIgious composition of same urban 'centre of our State. We are well aware that town having 100,000 or more population is classified as a city. In 1961 Census, six towns were enjoying the status of City. In 1971 Census, it was increased by one making a total of seven cities. In 1981 Census, the status of city was bestowed upon four more urban centres. Thus, it totaled eleven. In 1991 Census, it is increased by eight making a total of21 cities. 250 O~~~~~~~ON~ ~~~~~~OOO~ ~~OOOOOOO~~~NNNNN~ ~ooooooooooooooo6ooooo ~!------j---j ~~~~ ~~~~~~~~8~8~~~~~~~~~~ .=~~~~ ~~~N~~~NO-~-~ ~=~- 00 ~ Z~ _~OOO~~~ONO~MO~O~OO~~NOO -~-OO~~-~~~N~~~N~N~~~~ ~6~~~ '~~~~~oo~N~666ooM~~ ~N ----M N -~ N- tr)"'f'O"IMN """" r- M tr) a-, 00 Ir) 0" ~ ...... v)o\v)o0 '" 0N - tr)~NM~N~_O~OO~~~NMMNN~ ~""""ON~~~~~O~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~MN~OO~OOO~O-O~OO~OO~~~ ~o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~O~OO~ N-O~OONN~N0~~M~tr) ~~oo~oooo~~~~oo~oooooo~oo~oooooo ~~ '" .;:~1-----+-1 U-= -NOOI.r)-- C!:8c:;ZC:;8o 0000.000 '8Z~3~ trlOOO 000 0000000 o 0.00 2 o Z Statement - VII.4 Sl. City Other Religions Religion not states No No. of Percentage No. of Percentage followers followers 1 2 16 17 18 19 I Jamnagar VA 167 0.04 4 N 2 RaJkot U.A. 63 om 114 0.02 3 Morvi U.A. 19 0.01 4 Wadhwan V.A. 10 0.01 5 Bhavnagar VA 58 0.Q1 38 0.01 6 Junagadh VA N 7 Patan-Veraval V.A. 8 Porbandar VA 41 0.02 9 Bhu] U.A. 7 N 12 0.01 10 Gandhidham 16 O.ol 11 Mahesana UA 4 N 68 006 12 Gandhinagar 16 0.01 80 0.07 13 Ahmadabad VA 1.983 0.06 926 0.Q3 14 Nadiad UA. 13 0.01 15 Anand U.A. 15 0.01 16 Godhra VA 27 0.03 17 Vadodara VA 747 0.07 78 0.01 18 Bharuch VA 274 0.20 19 Surat V.A 3,496 0.23 82 0.01 20 Val sad VA 604 0.54 21 Navsari U.A. 2,800 1.47 110m U.A. = Urban Agglomeration N = Negligible The religious composition of the cities is quite interesting. Buddhist population is absent in Porbandar, Surendranagar and Godhra cities. Its population is less than 10 persons in Bharuch, Anand and Gandhidham cities. In Bhavnagar, Nadiad, Junagadh. MOIVi, Mahesana and Bhuj cities their population are below 50. The number of Buddhists is higher in Surat city where 4,841 Buddhists lives. Ahmadabad city follows Surat with 1,652 Buddhist population. In Vadodara city. the number is 288 and in Rajkot 158 and in Jarunagar 120. Thus, the proportion of Buddhist population among the cities is quite less. 252 The proportion of Christians is comparatively more significant in some of the cities. It is the highest in Ahmadabad City. 29,546 Christians reside in Ahmadabad City comprising 1.00 per cent of the total population of the City. Vadodara City is next with 14,049 which is 1.32 per cent of the population of Vadodara. Third in rank comes Anand City where 8,600 Christians are getting shelter.Nadiad City is next with 6,836 which is 4.02 per cent of the total population of Nadiad. Next in row is Surat City with 4,072 Christian population, followed by Rajkot City with 1,602. Jamnagar City with 1,303, Gandhinagar City with 1,299, Gandhidham City with 1,162 and Bharuch City with 1,144. But their proportion to total population of the concemed cities is less than I per cent except Gandhinagar and Gandhidham cities. Same is the case with other cities viz. Bhavnagar, Junagadh, Navsari, Porbandar, Morvi, Surendranagar, Mahesana, Bhuj and Godhra where the proportion of Christian population is less than one per cent of the total populatIOn of the concemed City and also the population of Christians in these Cities is also less than 1000. The lowest Christian populatlOn is registered by Morvi City bemg only 83 persons followed by Porbandar City with 177, Surendranagar City with 216, Junagadh City with 291, Navsari City with 481, Mahesana City With 482, Godhra City with 798, and Bhavnagar City With 982 persons. The concentration of Sikhs is mainly III Ahmadabad, Vadodara, Surat and Jamnagar Cities. 7,528 Sikhs are resldmg in Ahmadabad CIty making only 0.25 per cent of total populatIOn of the City. In Vadodara City there are 5,525 Sikhs, representing 0.52 per cent of its total population. In Surat City there are 1,580 Sikhs, representing 0.11 per cent of its total population. The number of Sikhs in Jamnagar City is 1,509 which accounts 0.43 per cent of the total population of the City. Next to it, in Gandhidham City 749 Sikhs are living being only 0.72 per cent of Its total population. The number of Sikhs is Bhuj City and Mahesana City are 563 and 507 which account 0.54 and 0.46 per cent of the total population of the said cities respectively. In the remaining twelve cities, the number of Sikhs IS less than 500. The lowest number is in Surendranagar City where only 54 Sikhs are residing. The next lowest Sikh population IS in lunagadh City where it numbers 76. Only four 253 numbers are excess in Morvi City than Junagadh City, which is 80. The number of Sikhs in Porbandar City, is 87, that in Bhavnagar City is 161, that in Bharuch City is 178 that in Godhra City is 216, that in Gandhinagar City is 263 that in Navsari City is 305 that in Anand City is 364 that in Nadiad City is 408 and that in Rajkot City is 430. A comparatively larger numerical strength of Jain population is marked in the cities other than Buddhists, Chrisrians and Sikhs. The highest number of Jains is found in Ahmadabad City. 108,924 Jains are residing in Ahmadabad City. They represent 3.69 per cent of the total populartion of the City. Likewise Ahmadabad City, the proportion of Jain population to total population of the City is more than 10 per cent in Surendranagar City. In Bhavnagar and Jamnagar cities though the population of Jain population is less than that of Surat City. There are 28,799 Jains in Surat City, which account for 1.91 per cent of total population of the city. As against in Surendranagar, Bhavnagar and Jamnagar Cities, there are12,369 , 13,578 and 11,958 Jains respectively which also represent 10.63 per cent, 3.35 per cent and 3.41 per cent of total population of the City. In Rajkot City and Vadodara City tbere 12,574 and 9,780 Jains which represent 2.05 and 0.92 per cent of total poipulation of the Cities respectively. The Jain population in Navsari City is 6,719 (4.66 per cent) and that in Bhuj city is 5,793 (5.55 per cent). There are 2,670 Jains in Morvi City and 2,180 in Mahesana City, which accounts 2.22 per cent and 1.98 per cent of the total population of the city respectively. Tht)' number of lains in Godhra City, Junagadh City and Gandhinagar City are 1,843, 1,506 and 1,029 which account 1.83, 1.00 and 0.84 per cent of the total piopulation of the said cities respectively. In the remaining five cities the number of Jains is less than 1,000. The lowest number is in Nadiad City where only 585 Jains are residing. The next lowest jain population is in Porbandar City where it numbers 634. The number of Jain in Gandhidham City is 744, that in Bharuch City is 855 and that in anand City is 935. Now we will concentrate our discussion at the two numerically strongest religions in the State as well as in the cities. Let us divert our attention first at Islam religion. Amongst all the 254 nineteen cities the highest number of Muslims is found in Ahmadabad City. But in proportion of Muslimpopulation to total population of the City, Godhra City outnumbers Ahmadabad City. 40.17 per cent of total population of Godhra City is Muslims, being 40,434 persons as followers of Islam religion. In Ahmadabad City, the proportion of Muslim population is, 13.11 per cent. In terms of total number of Muslims Surat, Vadodara, Jamnagar, Bhavnagar, Rajkot, Godhra, Bharuch, Junagadh, Bhuj, Nadiad, Anand, Morvi, Surendranagar, Navsari, Porbandar, Mahesana, Gandhinagar and Gandhidham Cities, are next in rank after Ahmadabad City. Similarly, in terms of proportion of Muslim population to the total population of city Bharuch, Bhuj, .Junagadh, Jamnagar, Surat, Nadiad, Surendranagar, Ahmadabad, Morvi, Anand, Bhavnagar, Vadodara, Navsari, Porbandar, Mahesana and Rajkot, Gandhinagar and Gandhidham cities follow in that order to Godhra City. The table given below brings out position clearly indicating Muslim population of each of these cities and its proportion to total population of the City. Statement - VII.S Ranking of Cities of the State according to the proportiOJ,;t of Muslim population to total population, 1991 Sl. City Number of Percentage No. Muslims 1 2 3 4 1 Godhra 40,434 40.17 2 Bharuch 39,574 28.46 3 Bhuj 27,109 25.99 4 Junagadh 29,542 19.54- 5 Jamnagar 64,772 18.48 6 Surat 205,281 13.63 7 Nadiad 23,040 13.53 8 SureJ1dranagar 15,388 13.22 9 Ahmadabad 387,179 13.11 10 Morvi 15,731 13.10 11 Anand 17,047 13.00 12 Bhavnagar 47-,644 11.76 13 Vadodara 112,553 10.60 255 SI. City Number of Percentage No. Muslims 1 2 3 4 14 Navsari 14,615 10.06 15 Porbandar 11,711 8.73 16 Mahesana 9,067 8.25 17 Rajkot 47,554 7.'(6 18 Gandhinagar 6,578 5.33 19 Gandhidham 3,867 3.70 Let us examine whether the cities are adopting the same pattern of predominancy of Hinduism as we have seen in the State, districts, rural and urban areas or not. Likewise the fmgers of human beings are not equal, the size of the total population of each of the cities varies considerab~y. But natural, the total number of Hindus in any city will very accordingly. It is, therefore, interesting to have a look about the position of Hindu population and its proportion in the Cities. In terms of proportion ~e highest percentage of93.74 per cent of Hindu is registered by Gandhidham City. It is followed by Gandhinagar, Porbandar, Rajkot, Mahesana, Vadodara, Bhavnagar, Morvi, Surat, Navsari, Nadiad,Ahmadabad, Anand, Junagadh, Jamnagar, Surendranagar, Bharuch, Bhuj and Godhra cities in that order. It is of great interest to note that though the total number of followers of Hinduism are. highest in Ahmadabad City, being 2,417,163 persons, it ranks twelfth in terms of proportion of Hindu population to total population of the City. At the other end, in terms of proportion of Hindu population to total population of City, Gandhidham leads other cities, but in size of Hindu population it ranks twelfth. The position is found topsy turvy. The following table shows the Hindu population in each of these cities and its percentage to total population according to the rank by proportion. 256 Statement - vn. 6 Ranking of Cities of the State of the Proportion of Hindu Population to total Population,1991 SI. City Number of Percentage No. Muslims 1 2 3 4 Gandhidham 98,040 93.74 2 Gandhinagar 114,000 92.41 3 Porbandar 121,492 90.57 4 Rajkot 550,033 89.81 5 Mahesana 97,622 88.79 6 Vadodara 91~,593 86.53 7 Bhavnagar 342,732 84.58 8 Morvi 101,522 84.52 9 Surat 1,257,740 83.52 10 Navsari 1l9,37t 82.75 11 Nadiad 139,321 81.85 12 Ahmadabad 21417,163 81.81 13 Anand 104,145 79.44 14 Junagadh 119,764 79.20 15 Jamnagar 270,711 77.23 16 Surendranagar 88,334 75.91 17 Bharuch 97,000 69.77 18 Bhuj 70,334 67.43 19 Godhra 57,344 56.97 Before we proceed to discuss other aspects of the subject, it may be relevant to acquaint ourselves with the religious composition of some of our main towns which might be in a position to enjoy the status of cities in the ensuing Census. The ten largest towns next to cities in the State arranged in descending order of population are listed below:- 251 Statement - VII • 7 10 Largest towns next to cities in the State arranged in descending order according to their Population, 1991 SI. Town Population No. 1 2 3 1 Patan (M) 97,025 2 Veraval :)6,915 3 Jetpur (R) :)5,297 4 Vejalpur :)2,116 5 Palanpur 90,269 6 Khambhat 89,834 7 Kalal (M) 82,137 8 Gondal 81,611 9 Dhoraji 79,479 10 Dohad 78,265 • The population of Buddhists is absent in Patan(M), Palanpur, Gondal and Dhoraji towns. The highest Buddhists are found in Veraval, where they are 16. In Khambhat town they number 14 and in Kalol(M) town they number 11. In the remaining twons viz. Dohad, Jetpur(R) and Vejalpur the Buddhists population is only 8, 6 and 5 persons respectively. The largest number of Christians are found in Dohad town. Their number is 950 being 1.21 per cent of total population of Dohad town. Vejalpur town follows with 731 Christians (0.79 per cent), Khambhat with 595 (0.66 per cent), Veraval with 268 (0.28 per cent), Kalol(M) with 214 (0.23 per cent), Palanpur WIth 200 (0.22 per cent) and Patan (M) with 53 (0.05 per cent). In the remaining towns, the Christian Population is less than 50, Like, Ohristian population, the population of Silclls is also found in all the ten largest towns. The highest Sikh population among them is registered by Kalol(M), being 182 persons. Followed by Dohad with 160, Vejalpur with 123, Patan(M) with 89, Khambhat with 62 and Veraval with 61. In all 258 other towns, the number of Sikhs and its percentage to total population pf the town is very little. A common feature among the above ten largest non-city towns with a few exceptions is that the predominance of Hindus, Muslims and Jains in that order of numerical strength is observed. The proportion of other religious groups in these towns is rather insignificant. The religious composition of Patan(M) town attracts attention. Generally Muslims form the next highest religious group among these towns. The first three highest proportion of Hindu population twons are Kalol(M),Gondal and Patan(M). Dhoraji, Dohad and Veraval have that ranking in respect of the Muslim population Khambhat leads in Jain population followed by Palanpur and Patan(M) towns at second and third place. The population of Hindus, Muslims and jains and their percentage to total population of each of the ten largest towns next to cities can be smdied from the statement given below:- Statement - vn. 8 Number of Hindus, Muslims and Jains and their percentages to total population of each of the 10 largest towns next to cities of the State, 1991 SI. Nameof Number of Hindus, Muslims, and Jains and their percentage No Town to the total population of each town HINDUS MUSLIMS JAINS Persons I % Persons I % Persons I 0/0 1 2 3 I 4 5 I 6 7 I 8 1 Patan (M) 82,865 85.41 11,154 11.50 2,663 2.74 2 Veraval 73,105 75.43 23,172 23.91 293 0.30 3 Jetpur (R) 80,821 84.81 13,264 13.92 1,157 1.21 4 VeJalpur 75,053 81.48 14,839 16.11 1,237 1.34 5 Palanpur 69,200 76.66 18,052 20.00 2,722 3.02 6 Kharnbhat 64,670 71.99 19,454 21.66 3,013 3.35 7 Kalol(M) 71,693 87.28 8,396 10.22 1,667 2.03 8 Gondal 69,901 85.65 10,349 12.68 1,258 1.54 9 Dhoraji 49,978 62.88 28,059 35.30 1,373 1.73 10 Dohad 50,620 64.68 25,085 32.05 1,398 1.79 259 IX-2IS R(i1/2001 It might be interesting to have a second look at religious composition of population in light of the comparative picture and their attitude during the last decade i.e. in between 1981 and 199 J Census. The Statement given below shows the decadaJ growth of major religious commumties of Gujarat during 1981 - J 99 J. Statement - VII. 9 Decadal Growth of Major Religious Communities, 1981 -1991. Sl. Religious 1981 1991 Decadal No. Community Growth rate 1 2 3 4 5 1 Buddhists 7,550 11,615 + 53.84 2 Christians 132,703 181,753 + 36.96 3 Hindus 30,518,500 36,964,228 + 21.1,2 4 Jains 467,768 491,331 + 5.04 5 Muslims 2,907,744 3,606,920 + 24.05 6 Sikhs 22,438 33,044 + 47.27 7 Other Religions 15,683 14,213 - 9.37 8 Religion not 13,413 6,478 - 51.70 states Total 34,085,799 41,309,582 + 21.19 An increasing trend is noticed almost in all the religious population. The results of two Censuses shows the growth rate of .l;3uddhists, Christians, Hindus, Muslims and Sikhs population is higher than the general growth rate (21.19 per cent) of population. Of which, the Buddhists population have shown the highest growth of 53.84 per cent during 1981-91. There were 7,550 Buddhists in 1981 in the State which reached to 11,615 in 1991. The population of Sikhs is increased from 22,438 of 1981 to 33,044 in 1991, registering the growth of 47.27 per cent. The number of ChrIstians in the State have risen from 132,703 persons in 1981 to 181,753 in 1991 Census marking a growth of 36.96 per cent. The number of Muslims in the State have gone up from 2,907,744 in 1981 to 3,606,920 persons in ~ 991 Census marking a growth of 24.05 per cent during the decade. In respect of Hindu population, it is 260 increased from 30,518,500 to· 36,964,228 persons during the last ten years, registering the growth of 21.12 per cent. Thus the population of above five religions have registered more growth than the general growth rate of population during 1981-91. The population of the remaining religious community viz. Jains has also tende(.' the lowest growth rate of 5.04 per cent during the same decade. There were 467,768 Jains in the State at the time of 1981 Census. In 1991 Census, they number 491,331 with an increase of only 23.563 persons during the decade. The number of persons who returned religions and persuations other than above six major religions have registered a decline of 9.37 per cent in the last decade. In absolute numbers. there were 15,683 persons in 1981 in the State who have returned 'other religions and persuation' other than.these six. major religions has gone down to 14,213 persons in 1991 Census. Finally, the growth in the number of those not stating their religion during the decade of 1981-91 is significant. The number of persons who have not stated their religion in the State went down from 13,413 in 1981 to 6,478 in 1991 registering a minus growth of 51. 70 per cent in the decade. . A question may be arised in some one's mind that which are the other religions and persuation's and whether there are any that claim significant proportion of population. As we have seen earlier that only 14,213 people iri the State follow religions other than the six main religions, its percentage to total population of the State is very insignificant, being 0.03 per cent only. Most of these other religion are no more than the sects. A few other religions have very few followers. Of course, thet:e is one exception. This is in the case of Zoroastrianism, the religion of the Parsis. In 1991 Census, there are 11 other names returned as religions or religious persuations apart from the six major religions that we have discussed. Among them, the largest single group is that of Zoroastrians. Their number in the State is 12,924, which represents 0.03 per cent of the total population of the State. The concentration of followers of Zoroastrianism is highest in Valsad, Surat and Ahmadabad districts. 261 What inference is possible from the above analysis ? Hinduism is the most important religion and fust in numbers of followers in the State. It is the predominant religion in the State. The predominance of this religion is all the greater in the rural areas. Generally urban areas have a greater variety of religious groups. The towns/cities with industry, trade and commerce background attract workers from different parts of the country, who have a good representation fr~m other religions besides Hinduism. The other relIgions, namely, Islam, Iainism, Christianity, Buddhism And SIkhism command a relatively small following in the State. The proportion of these religions in the urban areas is higher than the rural areas. Concluding, we may observe that .the Indian civilisation is characterized by its deeply religious outlook. Religion affects the lives of the people in several ways. Food habits, concepts of health and hygiene, ceremonies connected with birth, death and marriage differ from one religIOn community to the other. Some of these factors affect even the economic condition of the people. As such relIgious affiliations of the people is an important question in the Census inquiry. Looking to the above facts and figures, it is true that Religion in fact, is not a where process of meditations about men's life, It may also be regarded as a means of preserving the values of life. 262 CHAPTER- VIII SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES We are very much aware that there were four main castes viz. Brahmin, the Kshatriya, the Vaisya and the Sudras. The last one includes many groups of Castes who have suffered social and economic inequalities since old ages. These groups were known as Depressed classes since 1935. But they were systematically listed during 1931 Census. But the term "Scheduled Castes" was applied to these groups for the flrst time in the Government of India Act, 1935. "Scheduled Castes" means such Castes, races or tribes or parts of or groups within such Castes, races or tribes as are deemed under Article 341 (of the Constitution of India) to be the Scheduled Castes for the purpose of the Constitution ofIndia. Similarly, under Article 342 of the Constitution, the Scheduled Tribes are also specifled by the President. Accordingly, the President has notifled the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes for G~jarat State under different Orders. Later the Schetiuled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Orders (Amendment) Act, 1976 came into force. The main purpose of this Amendment Ayt was to remove area restrictions in respect of most of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. The list of Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in relation to Gujarat State as notifled under this Amendment Act, 1976 as adopted for 1991 Census is reproduced in an Annexure given at the end of this Chapter. The Scheduled Castes and Tribes are still socially and economically backward. The Constitution gives special protection to them. Under article 46 of the Constitution it is the responsibility of the State 'to promote with special care the educational and economic interest of the weaker sections of the people and in particular, of the Scheduled Castes / Scheduled Tribes, and shall protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation. The Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are also entitled to certain safeguards regarding employment in Government. In order to be able to implement the special programmes for these classes, it is 263 necessary to know how many there are, their distribution, their literacy levels, etc. This information is, therefore, specially gathered in the Census. One point to be kept in mind by the reader is that the Census considers, a person as a Scheduled Caste or a Scheduled Tribe if he belongs to anyone of the Castes or Tribes mentioned in the Presidential Order. No person who professes a religion different from Hindu or the Sikh ·shall be deemed to be a member of Scheduled caste. With this background, let us examine the distribution of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in our State, their growth and other demographic characteristics. The total population of Scheduled Castes in Gujarat according to 1991 Census is 3,060,358. This makes 7.41 percent of the total population of the State. The Scheduled Tribes are 6,161,775 in number and constitute 14.92 per cent of the total population of the State. This means that out of every 100 persons in the State, 7 are from Scheduled Castes and 15 are from Scheduled Tribes. Thus, taken together, out of every 100 persons in the State, 22 are members of either a Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe. While comparing the figures for the whole country and those for Gujarat, we will find the interesting features therefrom. The proportion of Scheduled Castes population in Gujarat to total population works out only 7.41 per cent whereas at national level, it is 16.48 per cent which is double than that of Guja,rat. On the other hand, the proportion of Scheduled Tribes to total popUlation of Gujarat is 14.92 percent while that at national level works out only 8.08 percent which is just half of that of Gujarat. This shown that the position of Gujarat at national level is vice-a-versa in the proportion of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes separately. If we will see the proportion of Scheduled Castes and Tribes population of combine, the situation will be quite different than that of mdividual. At national level, out of every 100 persons there are 25 members of Scheduled Caste or Tribe while that in Gujarat State 22 persons out of every 100 are members of a Scheduled Caste or Tribe. 264 You might be interest to know the distribution of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in different districts of the State. We will examine the Scheduled Casts and Scheduled Tribes separately. SCHEDULED CASTES; It is well-known fact about our State that the Scheduled Castes ma y be found in all the districts of the State in varying degree, while the Scheduled Tribes are mainly concentrated in a few tribal districts in our State, particularly of South Gujarat. The following statement gives the total population of Scheduled Castes, its percentage to the total general population and their percentage distribution bet~een rural and urban areas of each district as per the latest Census of 1991. Statement - VIII.1 Population of Scheduled Castes, its percentages to the total general population and their percentage distribution between rural and urban areas of the districts, 1991 StatelDistrict Total Percentage Percentage Population of distribution of Scheduled between Scheduled Caste to 'Rural Urban Castes total areas areas Population 1 2 3 4 5 GUJARAT 3,060,358 7.41 62.06 37.94 STATE 1 Jamnagar 124,008 7.93 59.20 40.80 2 Rajkot 183,819 7.31 61.11 38.89 3 Surendranagar 136,538 11.29 72.12 27.88 4 Bhavnagar 138,495 6.04 63.08 36.92 5 Amreli 114,244 9.12 83.64 16.36 6 Junagadh 213,424 8.91 75.39 24.61 7 Kachchh 150,235 11.90 70.23 29.77 8 Banas kantha 229,983 10.63 89.07 10.93 265 State/District Total Percentage Percentage Population of distribution of Scheduled between Scheduled Caste to Rural Urban Castes total areas areas Population 1 2 3 4 5 9 Sabar Kantha 152,381 8.65 90.93 9.07 10 Mahesana 263,655 8.97 76.45 23.55 11 Gandhinagar 38,565 9.43 36.65 63.35 12 Ahmadabad 553,846 11.53 23.46 76.54 13 Kheda 203,490 5.91 76.49 23.51 14 Panch Mahals 108,387 3.67 83.21 16.79 15 Vadodara 191,876 6.21 49.58 50.42 16 Bharuch 66,065 4.27 69.00 31.00 17 Surat 124,464 3.66 37.91 62.09 18 Valsad 65,834 3.03 65.09 34.91 19 The Dangs 1,049 0.73 21.45 78.55 266 "'oc .... = = '" - ~.. ~.. ~f- f- ~f- I- £ £ c;.... C; .., S ~ l- S~ S c - ~ -; 15 .. fP-f- =f-... I- ...... Col CIo CIo CIoI4I) CIo ...... - < -~ ~ ~ ~ 00 .... "<1" ~ <'l 00 0:: ~~ ~~ "'on - q_ r-;.N '" - ...-, N l"- \0 l-f- f-l- t'I e: c I'- ¢f"l .2= .': V) 0. ~ O)_O)_ ... .. ~ N 00 ~ :; ,_ V) ] "" ~ - '" ~N 0;, co ffl N CIo CIo - '- I--- oo'q"¢ V) 00 r- , V) 0- >0 I'- r---o. '" ..-. 0, 1'-. -'I", CIo .., CIoQ\ 00::0 ..,. rr)'oo \0 \0 0. '"q_ 0.oq, >0- .. "<."'1" '" - - -\f5 V) ::. Ii ..= ::.!! ..... ~= .... 15 ... ~ .... i- ~';::l co = ... co '" ...... ~~ ... ,,;;. Sl. District Percentage No. t 2 3 Rajkot 7.31 2 Vadodara 6.21 3 Bhavnagar 6.04 4 Kheda 5.91 5 Bharuch 4.27 6 Panch Mahals 3.67 7 Surat 3.66 8 Valsad 3.03 9 The Dangs 0.73 You will notice from the data presented above that the dIstnbutIOn of Scheduled Castes IS faIrly even III all the dIstricts barring The Dangs distrICt. 268 SCHEDULED TRIBES Unlike Scheduled Castes, the distribution of Scheduled Tribes population among the districts is greatly uneven. The proportion of Scheduled Tribes population in the State as a whole is just double than the proportion of Scheduled Castes population of the State population. The state average of Scheduled Tribes population is 14.92 per cent as against the State average of7.41 per cent of Scheduled Castes population. The following Statement gives the total population of Scheduled Tribes, its percentage to total general population and their percentage distribution between rural and urban areas of each district as per the last Census of 1991. Statement - VIn.2 Population of Scheduled Tribes, its percentages to the total general population and their percentage distribution between rural and urban areas of the districts, 1991 Total Percentage of Percentage StateiDistrict Population Scheduled distribution between of Scheduled Tribes to total Rural Urban Tribes Population areas Areas 1 2 3 4 5 GUJARAT STATE 6,161,775 14.92 91.91 8.09 1 Janmagar 7,154 0.46 69.42 30.58 2 RaJkot 4,695 0.19 21.85 78.15 3 Surendranagar 9,481 0.78 90.29 9.71 4 Bhavnagar 3,346 0.15 28.24 71.76 5 Amreli 2,037 0.16 64.85 35.15 6 Junagadh 11,055 046 82.23 17.77 7 Kachchh 87,723 6.95 77.26 22.74 8 Banas Kantha 149,406 6.91 94.59 5.41 9 Sabar Kantha 324,199 18.41 98.29 1.71 10 Mahesana 10,907 0.37 31.85 68.15 11 Gandhinagar 5,602 1.37 10.26 89.74 12 Ahmadabad 42,574 0.89 33.28 66.72 13 Kheda 41,023 1.19 65.70 34.30 14 Panch Mahals 1,395,050 47.19 97.03 2.97 15 Vadodara 821,697 26.60 92.17 7.83 16 Bharuch 703,956 45.$3 93.62 6.38 17 Surat 1,225.080 36,05 90.17 9.83 18 Va1sad 1,181,404 54.35 90.03 9.91 19 The Dangs 135,386 93.96 93.06 6.94 269 The concentration of Scheduled Tribes is more particularly in the districts of South GUJarat. The Dangs district, with 93.96 per cent of its population belongmg to the Scheduled Tribes leads in this matter, followed by Valsad with 54.35 per cent, Panch Mahals with 47.19 per cent, Bharuch with 45.53 per cent, Surat with 36.05 per cent and Vadodara with 26.60 per cent. In Sabar Kantha district, the proportion of Scheduled Tribes population to total district population is to the order of 18.41 percent. The proportion of Scheduled Tribe population to total population of the district of all the above seven districts is higher than the State average of 14.92 per cent. In the rest of the districts, the proportion of Scheduled Tribe population to total district population is below the State average, of which, the proportion of Scheduled Tribes IS less than one per cent in eight districts. The details of each these twelve district is as under ;- Sl. District Percentage No 1 2 3 1 Kachchh 6.95 2 Banas Kantha 6.91 3 Gandhinagar 1.37 4 Kheda 1.19 5 Ahmadabad 0.89 6 Surendranagar 0.78 7 Jarnnagar 0.46 8 Junagadh 0.46 9 Mahesana 0.37 10 Rajkot 0.19 11 Arnreli 0.16 12 Bhavnagar 0.15 Let us examine, whether the sex ratio among the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes separately follows the same pettern observed m the general population of the State or not. You will recollect that in chapter-IV of thIs book, we have marked the pattern of predominance of males III our general population. Let us now 270 understand the State of things prevailing among the Scheduled Castes/Tribes population in our State. Sex Ratio - 1991 TotaV Scheduled Scheduled General RuraV Castes Tribes Population Urban 1 2 3 4 Total 925 967 934 Rural 935 971 949 Urban 909 925 907 Likewise general population of the State, the imbalance in distribution of males and females is also noticed in both Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes population. Scarcity of women seems to be a phenomenon common in Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes population as well as in general population of the State. It is interesting to note that the sex ratio among Scheduled Castes population and that in Scheduled Tribes population in both total (SC) and urban(ST) areas is one and the same i.e.925. In total population of our State, there are 934 females for every 1000 males. The rural areas account for a sex ratio of 949 while urban areas account for a sex ratio of 907. Among Scheduled castes population, the sex ratio for total, rural and urban areas is just nearer with that of general population. The position of sex ratio among the Scheduled Tribes is quite different. The sex ratio among the tribals is higher than the general population in total as well as in rural and urban areas. There are 967 females per 1000 males in total tribal population whereas in rural tribal population, the sex ratio is 971 females per 1000 males and that in urban areas it is 925 females per 1000 males. Similarly, the sex ratio among tribal population is higher than that of Schedaled Castes population in total as well as in rural and urban areas. Let us see if the distribution of Scheduled Castes and Tribes in the rural and Urban areas is in keeping with pattern of 271 distribution of the general population of the State. A look at the Statement-VIlLI will show that compared to the general population, the Scheduled Castes are in greater proportion in the rural areas and in lesser proportion in the urban areas. In other words, hkewise the proportion of rural popqlation is much hIgher than that of the urban population, the mass of the Scheduled Castes and Tribes will be dwellers rather than urban dwellers. In the case of Scheduled Tribes there is another reason also. Generally, the Scheduled Tribes live apart in hills. They do not live on the plains. They lead a separate life. They are not fully mixed up with the main society. They are not attracted by urban areas. So, traditionally their culture and habitations are essentially rural. Therefore, the proportion of Scheduled Tribes living in the rural areas is bound to be higher than that of urban areas. As against 65.51 percent of general population of the State dwelling in rural areas, 62.06 per cent of the Scheduled Castes live in rural areas. In contrast, in the urban areas of the State, against 34.49 per cent of the total population living in urban areas, the proportion of Scheduled Castes is 37.94 per cent. Thus, out of every 100 members of Scheduled Castes in the State 62 persons live in rural areas and 38 live in urban areas. This overall general pattern rural population of Scheduled Castes is higher than the urban is followed by almost ~ll the districts except The Dangs. Ahmadabad, Gandhinagar and Surat districts. The position is reverse in this four districts. The proportions of Scheduled Castes population in urban areas of The Dangs and Ahmadabad districts are 78.55 per cent and 76.54 per cent as against 21.45 per cent and 23.46 per cent in rural areas respectIvely. In Gandhinagar and Surat districts, the proportions of Scheduled Castes population III urban areas are 63.35 per cent and 62.09 per cent while in rural areas they are 36.65 per cent and 37.91 per cent respectively. Here the margin of difference III the proportIon of rural and urban areas is narrow. But in Banas Kantha and Sabar Kantha dIstricts, the margin of difference between the proportion of rural and urban population of Scheduled Castes is greater. In Banas Kantha distnct the proportion of Scheduled Castes population in rural areas is 89.07 per cent .whlle that in urban areas is 10.93 per cent. Same position is in Sabar Kantha district where the proportion of rural population of 272 Scheduled Castes is 90.93 per cent as against 99.07 per cent in urban areas. In both the cases, the difference of margin is more than 80 per cent. Let us see the posloon of rural - urban proportion of Scheduled Tribes population. As we have discussed earlier, the tribal population is insignificant in Saurashtra peninsula. Except Banas Kantha and Sabar Kantha districts, the tribal population is poor in North Gujarat also. The high concentration of tribal population is in Southern part of the State. 91.91 per cent of tribal population of the State dwell in nlral areas, while 8.09 per cent live in urban areas of the State. Thus; out of every 100 tribal population 92 persons take .heir shelters in rural areas and only 8 persons reside in urban areas. This general pattern is observed only in the districts of south Gujarat and in Banas Kantha and Sabar 'Kantha districts. In the districts of Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Mahesana, Gandhinagar and Ahmadabad, the, proportion of Scheduled Tribes in urban areas is higher than that of rural areas. The highest pmportion of Tribal population in rural areas is found in Sabar Kantha district being 98.29 per cent. Naturally, the proportion of tribal population in urban areas of this district will be 1.71 per cent. With this background, it will be worthwhile to have a brief look at the various individual Scheduled Castes and Tribes which have a significant population in the State. A total of 30 specific individual Scheduled Castes are returned at 1991 Census. Of which, the largest group belongs to Mahyavansi, Dhed, Dhedh, Vankar, Maru Vankar Antyaj. The population of this group is 1,272,946 and accounts 41.59 per cent of the total Scheduled Castes population of the State and 3.08 per cent of the total population of the State. The next largest group consists of a group of Scheduled Castes listed under 23 different names. This is related group of castes and includes Bhambhi, Asadaru, Asodi, Chamar. Haralayya, Khalpa, Madig, Ranigar, Rohit and Samgar castes, among others. This group has total population of 838,863 whi~h accounts for 27.41 per cent of the total Scheduled Castes population and 2.03 per cent of the total population of the State. The third largest group consists of a group of 10 different 273 castes, viz, Bhaugi, Mehtar, Olgana, Rukhi, Malkana, Halalkhor, Lalbegi, Balmiki, Korar, Zadmalli, which have a population of 362,820 and accounts 11.86 percent of total Scheduled Castes popUlation and 0.88 per cent of total population of the State. The names of other nine important Scheduled Castes and the percentage each represents to the total Scheduled Castes population of the State and of the total State population is tabulated below ;- Statement - VIII.3 Populati('n and its percentage to the total Scheduled Caste population and total population nf the State of the remaining nine Scheduled castes next to the three numerically important Scheduled Castes groups in the State, 1991 Sr. Name of Populatio.l Percentage of the Population No. SCheduled Caste Total Total SchedUled Population of Castes the State Population 1 2 3 4 5 MeghvaJ, 144,961 4.74 0.35 Meghwal, Menghvar 2 Senva, Shenva 83,810 274 020 Chen va, Sedma, Rawat 3 Garoda.Garo 62,035 2.03 0.15 4 NadIa, Hadl 37.027 121 009 5 Mahar, Taral, 22.943 G 75 006 Dhegu Megu (, Tun 17.187 0.56 0.04 7 Tun Barot. Dedh 7.073 023 0.02 Barnt l' Bawa_L.:dh, 5,1nO 019 002 Dedh_Sadhu 9 Ttrg:lf. Ttrbanda 5.532 018 001 274 The proportion of Scheduled Castes of the State is negligible in the following Scheduled Castes :- SI. Name of Scheduled Castes Population No. 1 Ager 93 2 Chalvadi, Channayya 118 3 Chenna, Dasar, Holaya Dasar 20 4 Dhor, Kakkayya, Kanakayya 131 5 Halleer 83 6 Halsar, Haslar, Hulasvar, 40 Halasvar 7 Holar, Valhar 54 8 Holaya, Holer 12 9 Lingader 23 10 Mukri 73 11 Shemalia 94 Let us look at Scheduled Tribes in a similar fashion. 29 specific individual Scheduled Tribes are returned at 1991 Census. Of which, the population of 17 Tribes is more than 10,000. If we classify them further, out of these 17 Tribes, the popUlation of 11 tribes is more than 100,000. Of which, the numerically strongest tribe is Bhil tribe, a group of 13 tribes viz., Bhil, Bhil Garasia, Dholi Bhil, Dungri Bhil, Dungri Garasia, Mewasi Bhil, Rawal Bhil, Tadvi Bhil, Bhagalia, Bhilala, Pawra, Vasava and Vasave. The population of this group is 2,611,541 which accounts 42.38 per cent to total Scheduled Tribes population and 6.32 per cent of total State population. The second largest population tribal group is Dubla, Talavia and Halpati, whose population is 542,164 which accounts for 8.80 per cent of total Scheduled Tribes population and 1.31 per cent of the total State population. The Dhodias with a population of 524,757 rank the third largest group which accounts for 8.52 -percent of the total Scheduled Tribes population and 1.27 per cent of total State population. The Rathawas, the fourth largest group, have population of 434,888 persons, which constitute 7.06 per cent of total Scheduled Tribes population and 1.05 percent of total State population. The other tribes having a population of more than IlJ--2Ig RGI12()()1 275 100,000 are listed below in order of numerical strength. The population of each and the percentage that this represents of the total Scheduled Tribes population of the State and of the total State population are also given in the Statement represented below:- Statement - VIlI.4 Population and its percentage to total Scheduled Tribe population and total population of the State of 7 Scheduled Tribes having population more than 100,(,00 and next to above four numerically strongest 'Scheduled Tribe groups in the State, 1991 Sr. Name of Population Percentage of the No. Scheduled population Tribe Total Total State Scheduled Population Tribe Population 1 2 3 4 S Naikda, Nayaka, 342,787 5.56 0.83 Cholivala, Nayaka, Kapadia Nayaka, Mota Nayaka, Nana Nayaka 2 Gamit, Gamta, 307,622 4.99 0.75 Gavit, Mavchi, Padvi 3 Kokna, Kokni, 263,072 4.27 0.64 Kukna 4 Chaudhri 257,255 4.17 0.62 5 Dhanka, Tadvi, 221,724 3.60 0.54 Tetaria, Valvi 6 Varli 196,090 3.18 0.47 7 Patelia 117,474 1.91 028 276 Of the seventeen tribes having a population of 100,000 and above, the remaining six tribes are Koli, Koli Dhor, etc., Kunbi, Vitolia, etc., Padhar and Vaghri tribes .. The population of each of the tribe along with its percentage to total Scheduled Tribes population of the State and to the total population of the State in order of numerical strength can be glanced from the Statement given below:- Statement - VIII.S Population and its percentage to total Scheduled Tribe population and total population of the State of the six Scheduled Tribes having population in between 10,000 and 100,000,1991. Sr. Name of Population Percentage of the Population No Scheduled to Tribes Total Total State Scheduled Population Tribe Population 1 2 3 4 5 I Koh 62,154 1.01 0.15 2 Koli Dhor, 55,340 0.90 0.13 Tokre Koli, Kolcha, Kolgha 3 Kunbi 51,494 0.83 0.13 4 Vitolia, 18,831 0.30 0.05 Kotwalia, Barodia 5 Padhar 14,807 0.24 0.04 6 Vaghri 12,672 0.20 0.03 277 The population of the remaining twelve Scheduled Tribes is less than 10,000 persons. The name and population of each tribe are given below:- SI. Name of Scheduled Tribe Population No. 1 2 3 1 Barda 363 2 Bavacha, Bamcha 2,870 3 Bharwad 381 4 Charan 1,070 5 Chodhara 9,448 6 Gond, Rajgond 1,326 7 Kathodi, Katkari, Dhor Kathodi, 4,643 Dhor Katkari, Son Kathodi, Son Katakari 8 Paradhi 6,147 9 Pardhi, Advichincher, Phanse 3,451 Pardhi 10 'Pornla 479 ' 11 Rabari 7,640 12 Siddi 6,619 Earlier in this chapter, we came to' know that thr constitutional provisions are made to safeguard the interest of the Scheduled Casts and Scheduled Tribes and special care provided to promote the educational and economic interest of the weaker s_ections to improve their growth and also to protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation. Perhaps, therefore, it would be worthwhile to see the improvement in the conditions of the weaker sections particulars of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes during the last decade. In this respect, we are handicapped to have a fuiI detail for an exhaustive answer which is raised in our mind. Because, the data of social and economic condition of Scheduled Castes and Tribes is not available with Census. We will look into the subject from the available data collected by Census. However, the data is available on the literacy among there communittes. 278 Education is a basis factor for the enlightenment of the people. Literacy, particularly in these communities, can serve as one of the suitable index of progress. So it will be worth-while to conclude this chapter with an examination of level of literacy of the Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes population of the State. In 1981 Census, 49.90 per cent of the effective population of the State was literate. In 1991, the percentage of literacy in the general population has gone upto 61.29 per cent, thus marking an increase of 11.39 per cent. As against this 39.79 per cent of the Scheduled Castes population was literate in 1981. In 1991, the literacy among Scheduled Castes has marked an increase of 21.28 per cent and reached at 61.07 per cent. From this, it is evident that the level of literacy in the Scheduled Castes is Increased much more than the effective literacy o[the State. This is quite encouraging. The picture of literacy in Scheduled Tribes is not so satisfactory in comparison with the literacy, level of Scheduled Castes and that of general population. Literacy among the Scheduled Tribes has been traditionally very low. Because, a large majority of Scheduled Tribes inhabitants of the State dwell in rural areas and many of them are still maintain their primitive culture. So they use to remain away from the main streams of society, like, educational and socio-religious reforms, ornaments, dress, food, rites and ceremonies. Therefore, they avoid to take full advantage of the educational facilities available in their areas, if not, from the nearby areas. In 1981 Census, 21.14 per cent of the Scheduled Tribes population of the State was literate. In the last decade, the literacy rate of Scheduled Tribes has improved by 15.31 per cent and has reached upto 36.45 per cent in 1991 Census. Thus, the progress in the improvement of literacy among the Scheduled Tribes is some what satisfactory. In the foregoing paragraphs we can come to know that the Scheduled Castes popUlation is evenly distributed almost in all the districts of the State, while the Scheduled Tribes are concentrated in some of the distrIcts. We have also discussed the literacy level among these castes and tribes in the previous paragraphs. It would, however, be interesting"to study the literacy rates among the males 279 and females separately as well as in the rural and urban areas of the State. These literacy rates are indicated in the Statement given below:- Statement - VIII.6 Total! Rural/Urban and sexwise distribution of literacy percentages of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population of the State, 1991 State TotalJ Pereentage of literates in Percentage of literates in Rural! Scheduled Caste to total Scheduled Tribe to total Urban Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe Population Population Persons 1 Males I Females Persons I Males I Females 1 2 3 I 4 l 5 6 I 7 I 8 Total 61.07 75.47 4;.54 36.45 48.25 24.20 R\lral 55.59 71.21 38.96 35.21 47.06 22.46 Urban 70.06 82.25 56.53 50.32 61.21 38.42 There are 3,060,358 persons enumerated under the various ~cheduled Castes of the State. They represent 7.41 per cent of the total population' of the State. Out of 3,060,358 Scheduled Caste total population, 529,916 SchedUled Caste persons are in the age group.O- 6. They are excluded from the total Scheduled Caste population for effective literacy rate, 1,545,260 persons are literate. Thus, the literacy rate of the Scheduled Castes works out 61.07 per' cent of the total. Comparing with the effective literacy rate of the State, which is 61.29 per cent this is somewhat low. The percentage of literacy among the Scheduled Caste males comes to 75.47 per cent to total males whereas those for females is 45.54 per cent only. This shows a wide gap in the literacy rates among males and females of Scheduled Castes. Let us examine the literacy rates of rural and urban population of Scheduled Castes separately and let us observe that there is a considerable rap between these two sectors or not. The percentage of literacy in rural popUlation of Scheduled Castes is 55.59 per cent against 70.06 per cent in urban areas. If we examine these figures of rural and urban areas separately for males and females among Scheduled Castes, it would appear that the literacy among males as well as females in urban areas is considerably 280 higher than that in rural areas. The proportion of literate males in urban areas forms 82.25 per cent of the Scheduled Caste population in the urban areas. Against thi~ ~~e literacy among Scheduled Caste males in rural areas is only 71.21 per cent. Similarly, 56.53 per cent of the Scheduled Caste females in urban areas are literate against the corresponding figure of only 38.96 per cent in rural areas. One can conclude that not only there is a difference in the literacy level between males and females but also in the rural and urban areas. We would not examine these figures at length for each of the districts of the State. However, it i.s interesting to note that the highest literacy rate of90.14 per cent among the Scheduled Castes is registered by Gandhinagar district. At the other end of the scale, the lowest literacy rate of 40.72 per cent among the Scheduled Castes is presented by Banas Kantha district. It would also be interesting to know the districts which stand above the State average of 61.07 per cent among Scheduled Castes population. There are ten districts in the State whose literacy rate among Scheduled castes population is higher than the State average. These are listed below in descending order. SI. District Literacy Rate No. 1 Gandhinagar 90.14 2 The Dangs 81.23 3 Valsad 80.93 4 Ahmadabad 70.85 5 Surat 70.85 6 Bharuch 70.34 7 Vadodara 69.58 8 Kheda 69.57 9 Mahesana 68.57 10 Sabar Kantha 62.17 Here also the prE'dominancy of Southern districts of the State is also revealed. ThE' rest of the districts fall below the State average in this regard. It would be interesting to note that the 281 districts which are situated at the mainland of Gujarat have larger literacy rate in Scheduled Castes·as compared to the districts located in Saurashtra peninsula. Kachchh, Banas Kantha and Sabar Kmtha. Statement - VBI.7 Distribution of districts as per literacy rates of Scheduled Castes above or below the State level average,1991 State levelliteracY'rate of Scheduled Castes: 61'.07 per cent Rank Name of District Literacy rate of Scheduled Castes in the district 1 2 3 1 Gandhinagar 90.14 2 The Dangs 81.23 3 Valsad 80.93 4 Ahmadabad 70.85 5 Surat 70.85 6 Bharuch 70.34 7 Vadodara 69,58 8 Kheda 69.57 9 Mahesana 68.57 10 Sabar Kantha 62.17 11 Surendranagar 55.28 12 Panch Mahals 55.03 13 Rajkot 54.05 14 Bhavnagar 52.76 15 Junagadh 51.90 16 Amreli 51.28 17 Jamnagar 47.98 18 Kachcbh 43.70 19 Banas Kantha 40.72 Let us now discuss literacy.among the Scheduled Tribes of the State. The outlook is still more discouragiI.g for these primitive and backwara ttibes. The total population of the Scheduled Tribes in the State is 6,161,775 persons, of which' 1,145,512 persons are in the 282 age group 0-6, which are excluded from the total Scheduled Tribe population for effective literacy rate 1,828,365 persons are literate. Thus the literacy among the tribes comes to only 36.45 per cent. There is a wide gap in the literacy rates of males and females in tribal population. The percentage of literacy among the Scheduled Tribe males works out 48.25 per cent of the total males whereas in the tribal females it is only 24.20 per cent. If these figures are looked separately for rural and urban areas, again we will find a considerable gap between them. Here we will find that the literacy rate in 'urban areas is higher than the rural areas. As against a literacy rate of 35.21 per cent in the rural areas, the corresponding figure for urban areas stands at 50.32 per cent. 61.21 per cent tribal males are literates in urban areas whereas this rate in the tribal males living in the rural areas is only 47.06 per cent. The tribal females living in urban areas have the literacy rate of 38.42 per cent. The corresponding figures of literacy among the tribal females Jiving in rural areas is only 22.96 per cent. From this, one can say that the literacy among the females is considerably low than the males in the tribal population. Similarly, the literacy among the urban tribal populatgion is significantly higher than the rural tribal population. Now let us have a brief look at the position of literacy among tribals in the distri<;ts, particularly the districts in which the tribals are concentrated. As we have seen earlier that the tribals are mostly concentrated in Sabar Kantha, Panch Mahals, Vadodara, ~haruch, Surat, Valsad and the Dangs districts of the State. Out of these seven highly concentrated tribal populated districts, the literacy rate of two districts viz., Panch Mahals and vadodara is lower than the State average of 36.45 per cent. The literacy rate of Panch Mahals district among tribal population works out 28.49 per cent whereas in Vadodara district, it is 29.73 per cent. The literacy among the males and females in these two districts is also lower than the State average of 48.25 per cent for males and 24.20 per cent for females in tribals. In the remaining five districts, the literacy rate among the tribals is somewhat higher than the State average of 36.45 per cent, Of which, higher literacy rate is in Valsad district where 45.88 per cent of its tribal population are literates. The Dangs district follows with 44.67 per cent. 38.99 per cent of tribals in Bharuch district are literates whereas 38.42 per cent of the tribals of Surat district are literates. The similar figure in Sabar kantha distIic: stands at 43.23 per cent. But it is interesting to note that inspite () high concentration of tribal population in the above seven districts the highest literacy rate among the tribals is registered by the non tribal district viz. Gandhinagar where 79.80 per cent of its triba population is literate. It is followed by Rajkot district with 61.66 pc cent, Bhavnagar dil.i..tict with 58.22 per cent, Amreli district witl 51.96 per cent, and Ahmadabad district with 48.49 per cent an( Mahesana 42.92 per cent. All these districts are non-tribals. In othe words, the tribal population, in these districts is below one per cen to total population of the district. Over and above, the literacy rate among tribals in Jamnagar and Surendranagar districts is also highe than the State average. It is 36.46 per cent in Jamnagar district an( 37.01 per cent in Surendranagar district. Thus, in all the literacy rate among the tribals of thirteen districts is higher than the Statc average. Naturally, in the remaining Six districts the literacy amon~ tribals will be lower than the State averag~. The lowest rate of 19.21 per cent is registered by Kachchh district. The following Statemen shows the distribution of districts as per the literacy rates 0 Scheduled Tribes above or below the State level average as per 1991 Census. 284 Statement - VIII.8 Distribution of districts as per literacy rates of Scheduled Tribes above or below the State level average. 1991 State level literacy rate of Scheduled Tribes: 36.45 Rank Above State Average Name of District Literacy rate of Scheduled Tribes in the district 1 2 3 1 Gandhinagar 79.80 2 Rajkot 61.66 3 Bhavnagar 58.22 4 Amreli 51.96 5 Ahmadaabad 48.49 6 Valsad 45.88 7 The Dangs 44.67 8 Sabar Kantha 43.23 9 Mahesana 42.92 10 Bharuch 38.99 11 Surat 38.42 12 Surendranagar 37.01 13 Jamnagar 36.46 14 Kheda 34.49 15 Junagadh 32.36 16 Vadodara 29.73 17 Panch Mahals 28.49 18 Banas Kantha 21.47 19 Kachchh 19.21 With this background, we conclude this chapter with the observation that India' s vast population is a mosaic of races, castes and tribes. The caste system should be root out completely in all forms from the Indian life as it is the enemy of democracy, secularism and natIonal integrity. Economic development and prosperity of the nation cannot be achieved without socio-religious reforms. With the dawn ofIndia's freedom, small beginning in this hne has been made. From the data presented about it is observed 285 that in course of time, this has started gaining momentum. The position attained so far is not very much happy one. But it is an encouraging sign. Workers among Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes The proportion of workers among the Scheduled caste is less than that among the general population in persons, males and females. As compared to 40.23, 53.57 and 23".96 percentages of main workers among the State population in 1991, the main workers among Scheduled Castes constitute 37.61, 48.39 and 25.95 percentages respectively which are less. But the proportion of workers among the Scheduled Tribes is more than that, among the general population, in persons, males and females. These percentages are 51.70, 56.33 and 46.91 respectively. A large majority of these workers are engaged in agricultural and allied work. Nearly 85 per cent of the main workers among Scheduled Tribes are engaged in Cultivation and Agricultural work, and of this, agricultural labourers alone constitute 39 per cent and the balance represents cultivators. Among the States's Scheduled Caste workers too, 54.01 per cent are engaged in agricultural and cultivation work, of which 41.46 per cent represent agricultural labourers and 12.55 per cent as cultivators. Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs category and Other Services category engaged just below three to eighteen per cent of the workers both among female Scheduled Castes and among female Scheduled Tribes. The female workers among Scheduled Castes and Tribes are mostly engaged as labourer in the field is obvious from the ratio of 69.61 per ceJ;lt of female main workers aLlong Scheduled Castes and 91.83 per cent among the female labourers. Probably, increase in literacy and also improvement in social and economic status would· help in a better distribution of workers among the Scheduled Caste/Scheduled Tribes in future, particularly in Other eco.lomic activities like industry, trade and commerce, transport, services, etc. The next decennial Census and the subsequent ones alone could throw light on improvem~nt in this regard i.e. broadbased distribution of Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes workers in various economic activities, instead of heavy dependence on agricultural activities for livelihood, as seen now. 286 ANNEXURE Special safeguards have been provided for Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes in the Constitution of India. The Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes as notified under the Constitution of India for Gujarat State have been treated as Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes for the purpose of EnumeratIOn. A list of such Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes notified for Gujarat is given below: GUJARAT The Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Orders (Amendment) Act, 1976 (No. 108 of 1976 dated the 18th September, 1976). Scheduled Castes 1 Ager 2 Bakad, Bant 3 Bawa-Dedh, Dedh-Sadhu 4 Bhambi, Bhambhi, Asadaru, Asodi, Chamadia, Chamar, Chambhar, Chamgar, Haralayya, Harali, Khalpa, Machigar,Mochigar, Madar, Mading,Mochi, Nalia, Telegu Mochi, Kamah Mochi, Ranigar, Rohidas, Rohit, Samgar. 5 Bhangi, Mehtar, Olgana, Rukhi,Malkana, Halakhor, Lalbegi, Balmiki, Karar, Zadmalli. 6 Chalvedi, Channayya 7 Chenna Desar, Holaya desar 8 Dangashia 9 Dhor, Kakkayya,Kanakayya 10 Garmatang 1 1 Garoda, Garo 12 Halleer 13 Halsar, Raslar, Hulasvar, Halasvar 14 Holar, Valhar 15 Holaya, Holer 16 Lingader 17 Mahar, Taral, Dhegu Megu 287 18 Mahyavansi, Dhed, Dhedh, Vankar, Maru Vankar, Antyaj 19 Mang, Matang Minimadig 20 Mang-Garudi 21 Meghval.Meghwal, Menghvar 22 Mu1eri 23 Nadia, Hadi 24 Pasi 25 Senva, Shenva, Chenva, Sedma, Rawat 26 Shemalia 27 Thori 28 Tirgar, Tirbanda 29 Turi 30 Turi Barot, Dedh Baro Scheduled Tribes 1 Barda 2 Bavacha, Bamcha 3 Bharwad (ill the Nesses of the forests of Alech, Barada and Gir) 4 Bhil, Bhil Garasia, Dholi-Bhil, Dungri BhiI,Oungri Garasia, Mewasi Bhil, Rawal Bhil, Tadvi Bhil, Bhagalia, Bhiiala, Pawra, Vasava, Vasave 5 Charan (in the Nesses of the forests of Alech, Barada and Gil) 6 Chaudhri (in Surat and Valsad districts) 7 Chodhara 8 Dhanka, Tadvi, Tetaria, Valvi 9 Dhodia 10 DubIa, Talavia, Halpati 11 Gamit, Gamta, Gavit, Mavchi, Padvi 12 Gond, Rajgond 13 Kathodi, Katkari, Dhor Kathodi, Dhor Katkari, Son Kathodi, Son Katkari 14 Kokna, Kokni, Kukna 15 Koli (in Kachchh district) f 6 Koli Dhor, Tokre Koli, Kolcha, Kolgha 17 Kunbi (in The Dangs district) 288 18 Naikda, Nayaka, Cholivala Nayaka, Kapadia Nayaka, Mota Nayaka, Nana Nayaka 19 Padhar 20 Paradhi (in Kachchh district) 2 I Pardhi, Advichincher, Phanse Pardhi (excluding ArnreIi, Bhavnagar, Jarnnagar, Junagadh, Kachchh, Rajkot and Surendranagar districts) 22 Patelia 23 Pomla 24 Rabari (in the Nesses of the forests of Alech, Barada and Gir) 25 Rathawa 26 Siddi (in Amrdi, Bhavnagar, Jamnagar, Junagadh, Rajkot and Surendranagar districts) 27 Vaghri (Ill Kachchh district) 28 Varli 29 Vitolia, Kotwalia, Barodia 289 CHAPTER-IX HOW MANY OF US WORK? In the preceding chapters, we have discussed the different aspects of population of our State. The important one remains to be investigated is the economic activity of the population. The population of a country is generally divided into two broad categories, viz., (i) those who are economically active and (ii) those who are not. Those who are classified as economically active are called workers and those who are classified as not economically active are called non-workers. The Census collects the information regarding the type of work, or other activities if any, of every person. This information is of great use because by tabulating and analysing them we get a complete picture of the distribution of the population among different types of economic and non-economic activities. The terms "worker" and "non-worker" should be correctly and properly understood as these terms are used in special sense in the Census or in any other economic surveys. The workers are considered as economically active who produce economic goods or perform economic services. Thus factory workers or farmers are workers as also teachers, shop-keepers, hawkers, managers, locomotive driver, etc. All those who do not contribute to the production of economic goods or to services are said to be non workers. Those who returned themselves as students, retired persons or rentiers, dependents, beggars and as also engaged in house duties for the major portion of their time were classified as non-workers. Further persons rendered incapable of participating in any economic activity on account of their being confined to jails or inmates of penal, mental or charitable institutions and all others who do not fall under these six categories of non-workers but were economically inactive due to unemployment were also treated as non-workers. How were the workers and non-workers recognised? For this purpose, all persons were asked as to what their main activities were. A person's main activity is how he or she engaged himself or 290 herself mostly. For example, the main activity of a teacher is to teach the students, of a shopkeeper to sell the goods, of a house wIfe to carry out the household duties, of a student to study. This mean that the main activity of the person is how he engages himse~f for most of his time. Depeqding upon what the main activity is pursued, a person is recognised either a worker or a non-worker. Unfortunately it has not been possible to evolve a universally applicable definition of workers. The definition of workers varies from country to country and even in the same country from one Census to another Census. So we will not go deep into the details of concept of worker and non-worker of each Census right from 1881 Census and onwards. But we will confine ourselves to see the concept of worker adopted at the last Census of 1991. The definition of work adopted at 1991 Census runs as follows: The work may be defined as participation in any economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. Work involves not only the actual work but also effective supervision and direction of work. One simple example of main activity clearly distinguishes a person to reckon him a worker or non-worker. A housewife who cooks, washes household utensils and attends other household duties is a non-worker, whereas a servant doing same type of work and getting remuneration for rendering such household services, is in terms of above definition, a worker. A question may arise as to whether all earners are workers. An answer to this will be in negative. A pensioner is an earner since he gets an mcome from the past services rendered by him. Similarly, a rentier gets an income from the property let out on rent and a beggar also earns while begging. All these persons are no doubt earners, but smce their earnings are not the product of their participation in any economic activity, they will be treated as non-workers. Any marginal contribution made by them (non-workers) towards mmor economic activity was separately accounted for as subsidiary work. 20-2lH Rlill2()Ol 291 Categories of Workers and Non-workers: According to the defInition given above, the entire population was classifIed into three main categories in 1991 Census, i.e. Main workers, Marginal workers and Non-workers. The main activity pursued by the population was fIrst classifIed into four main economic activities as follows : 1. Cultivation 2. Agricultural Labour 3. Household Industries 4. Other work Thereafter, those engaged in other work were further classifIed into different industrial categories according to the nclture of their work. Finally, all workers were classifIed into the following nine industrial categories according to the pattern of industrial classification adopted in the Census. I Cultivators II Agricultural Labourers III Livestock, Forestry, Fishing, Hunting, Plantations, Orchards and Allied Activities IV Mining and Quarrying V manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs (a) Household Industry (b) Other than Household Industry VI Construction VII Trade and Commerce VIn Transport, Storage and Communications IX Other Services 292 Similarly, the non-workers were also grouped into seven categories as under: (i) Household duties ( ii) Students (iii) Rentiers, Retired Persons, Receivers of royalties (iv) Dependents and Infants (v) Be~gars, Vagrants, etc. (vi) Inmat~s of Penal, Mental or Charitable Institutions (vii) Others In 1991 Census for main workers, the time criterion of engagement in work was for the major part of the year, i.e., atleast 183 days in the preceding one. year, while those who worked for some time during the last year but not for the major part of the year (i.e., less than 183 days) were treated as marginal workers. Those who had never worked during the last year were considered as non workers. The workers in the State: According to 1991 Census, there are 14,095,692 main workers, 2,524,827 marginal workers and 24,689,063 Non-workers in the total of 41,309,582 persons in the State. Thus, 34.12 per cent of the total population are main workers, 6.11 per cent are marginal workers and 59.77 per cent are non-workers. In other words, the total working force in our State is of 16,620,519 persons constituting 40.23 per cent of total population of the State. This means that out of 10,000 persons of the population 4,023 persons are economically active and 5,977 persons are economically inactive i.e., non workers. The distribution of 14,095,692 main workers by industrial classification on the basis of the nature of their work is given below: 293 Statement - IX .1 Categorywise numbers and Percentages of Main Workers to total main workers and to total Population of State, 1991 SI. Category Number of Percentage Percentage No. Main to total to total Workers main Population Workers 1 2 3 4 5 I Culttvators 4,703,628 33.37 11.39 II Agricultural Labourers 3,230,547 22.92 7.82 III Livestock, Forestry, 430,464 3.05 1.04 Fishing, Hunting, PlantatIOns, Orchards and allied actlvlties IV Mining and Quarrying 58,760 0.42 0.14 V Manufacturing, Processmg, Servlcing and Repairs: 196,601 1.39 0.48 (a) Household Industry 2,038,531 14.46 4.93 (b) Other than Household Industry VI ConstructlOns 282,822 2.01 0.68 VII Trade and Commerce 1,250,121 8.87 3.03 VIII Transport, Storage and 533,903 3.79 1.29 Communications IX Other Services 1,370,315 9.72 3.32 TOTAL WORKERS 14,095,692 100.00 34.12 294 ~ S3JIA~3S ~3HlO f0l SNOllliJINnl'Jl'JOJ ~ ON'1 30'1~OlS l~OdSN'1~l ~ 3J~3I'JViOJ ON'1 30'v'~1 ~ NOllJn~l SNOJ ~ mSnONI GlOH3snOH N'1Hl ~ ~3HIO 9NI~n1J'1:mN'11'J V1~:==;7 a:: w ~~ SOONI OlOH3snOH Jr' ~ A~l o~ ~oi ,L() Z ~ ONIAHHlinO ON'v' ONINIW o Z ~ J13 DNIINnH 'ONIHSI~ '~JOI S3AIl ~ S~3~n08'1l WHOllnJI~9'1 o o o o o ~ M N I'" 301ilN3J~3d The main workers under all nine industrial categories taken together constitute to 34.12 per cent of the total population of our State. It reveals that agriculture activities still occupies the predominant occupation of the people of the State with 56.29 per cent. Of the total main workers, out of these 33.37 per cent are cultivators and 22.92 per cent are agricultural labourers. Category of Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs occupies the second rank, next to cultivation in terms of employment Qf main workers 2.2 million persons or 15.85 per cent of the total main workers are engaged in the sector of manufacturing, processing , Servicing and repairs is comprised of both household industry and other than household industry. 1.39 per cent and }4.46 per cent of the total main workers are engaged in household industry and other than household industry respectively. The categories of Trade and Commerce and other services are equally important which offer employment to 2.6 million people. 9.72 per cent of total main workers of the State are engaged in other services. Similarly Trade and Commerce sector of economy also gives employment 8.87 per cent of the total main workers. In Transport, Storage and Communication, 3.79 per cent are employed. Remaining Categories of Livestock, Forestry, Fishing, Hunting, Plantation, Orchar~s and Allied Activities, Construction and Mining and Quarrying employed very less number of persons. 3.05 per cent of total main workers are employed in the category of Livestock, Forestry, Fishing, Hunting, Plantation, Orchards and Allied activities. 2.01 per cent in Construction and 0.42 percent engaged in Mining and Quarrying industry. Let us now see the distribution of rnain workers by sex and between rural as well as urban areas to have the picture of economic structure as to how male and female workers are engaged in different type of economic activities in the State and at district level. The Statement given below shows the distribution of rna'in workers by sex and between rural and urban areas at State level. 297 ....0 .. - = .. ..tii r;.,- ...... ~.. t- :. .-I :I 0 0- ~ "oQ...... 0- Q.. .-I ;;= i ~ t ;:. ~ II .. ..= .c .. CC~ - The total population of the State is 41,309,582 of which 14,095,692 or 34.12 per cent are main workers, 2,524,827 or 6.11 persons are marginal workers and 24,689,063 or 59.77 per cent are non workers. It is seen that male main workers are in larger proportion than that of female main workers. Among male 53.17 per cent are main workers and only 13.73 per cent are female main workers. In the total population and also both among males and females we see that the proportion of main workers are more in rural areas than that in urban areas. There are many reasons for this difference. In urban areas, the employment opportunities for younger age group are much less than in the rural areas. Also the pattern of employment is also different in rural areas than that in urban areas. We will examine deeply in the following discussion as to how male and female main workers are employed in different industrial categories. The following Statement will gi.ve the percentage distribution of male and female main workers to their respective total main workers among nine industrial categories. Statement - IX- 3 Categorywise percentage distribution of Male and Female main workers to their total main workers in the State, 1991 SI. Category Percentage of main No. workers Male ! Female 1 2 3 T 4 I Cultivators 34.04 30.57 II Agricultural Labourers 17.57 45.09 III Livestock, Forestry, 2.40 5.77 Fishing, Hunting, Plantations, Orchards and Allied. Activities IV Mining and Quarrying 0.45 0.29 V Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing 299 Sl. Category Percentage of main No. workers Male I Female 1 2 3 I 4 and Repairs 1.33 1.66 (a) Household Industry 17.15 3.33 (b) Other than Household Industry VI Construction 2.30 0.79 VII Trade and Commerce 10.45 2.34 VIII Transports, Storage & 4.59 0.44 Communications IX Other Services 9.72 9.72 TOTAL 100.00 100.00 The employment pattern of main workers in nine indUStrial categories reveals that both among males and females main workers, the larger proportions of main workers are in agriculture either as ~ultivators or agricultural labourers. Of the total male'workers 51.61. per cent areas' cultivators and agricultural labourers and among female main workers 75.66 per cent are also engaged themselves in agriculture and agricultural labourers. In case of percentage distribution of male and female main workers as cultivators and agricultural labourers, we notice the difference in the proportion among these two categories. There are 30.57 per cent female cultivators as against the proportion of 34.04 per cent of male cultivators. While 17.57 per cent male main workers are found working as agricultural labourers, this proportion in the case of female agricultural labourers is of 45.09 per cent. Relatively, speaking the ownership or control ofland is generally dominated by males rather than females. We see from the table that the proportions of both male and female main workers in the industrial categories of (1) Livestock, Forestry, Fishing, Hunting, Plantation, Orchards and Allied Activities,' (2) Mining & Quarrying , (3) Household Industry, (4) Construction and Other services are more or less equal with slight variation in either case". If w~ look at the proportimr. of both male and female main worker& employed in industrial categories of (I) Mimufacturmg,. Processing, Servicing 300 and repairs other than Household industry,(2) Trade and Commerce and, (3) Transport, Storage and Communications, the participation rate of female is quite less than th)lt of male. These industrial activities are not suitable to women and therefore their participation rate is quite less. We may now undertake the analysis of main workers employed intQ nine industrial categories distributed in rural and urban areas of the State. The Statement given below shows the percentage distribution of main workers into nine industrial categories. Statement - IX. 4 Percentage distribution of main Workers into Industrial Categories in rural and urban areas of the State, 1991 Sl. Category Percentage of main No. workers Male I Female 1 2 3 I 4 I Cultivators 46.11 3.44 II Agricultural Labourers 30.68 4.69 III Livestock,Forestry,Fishing,H 3.58 1.82 unting, Plantations, Orchards and Allied Activities IV Mining and Quarrying 0.34 0.60 V Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs (a) Household Industry 1.42 1.33 (b) Other than Household 7.19 31.54 Industry VI Construction 0.95 4.48 VII Trade and Commerce 3.19 22.21 VIII Transports, Storage & 1.70 8.69 Communications IX Other Services 4.84 21.20 TOTAL 100.00 100".00 301 In rural areas, the largest proportion of main workers are cultivators and agricultural labourers. These workers constitute nearly 77 per cent of the total main workers enumerated in rural areas. This is but natural because agricutture is the biggest and most important activity in the rural areas. Livestock, rearing, Forestry, Fishing, Plantations and Household Industries and other Services are also important but the agriculture is the single largest source of employment in rural areas. On the other hand the distribution of main workers in urban areas is widespread. This is because the economic activities in these areas are more diversified. In urban areas, location of organised large scale industries, factories and workshops, concentration of most of the government offices, universities, colleges and large number of schools, wholesale and retail trading and commercial activities, transport3tion and communications activities have given employment to more number of workers. In Manufacturing, Processmg, Servicing and Repairs other than Household Industry, Larger proportion of 31.54 per cent of total main workers are employed. Next in order of percentages of workers, Trade and' Commerce with 22.21 per cent stands second in rank. while other services with 21.20 per cent comes third 8.69 per cent of total main workers are employed in Transport, Storage and Communications activities. These four industrial categories combined together constitute 83.64 per cent of total main workers enumerated in urban areas. In other than Household Industry, Construction and Mining and Quarrying, the proportion of urban male worker is higher than that of rural male workers. As regards cu1tivators, agricultural labourers and Livestock, Forestry, Fishing, Plantation and Allied activities, these activitIes are generally found in small size towns mostly being rural in character. We may now examine the broad distribution pattern of population of the various district of the State into workers and non workers and into different industrial categories and see if there are any major differences among the districts and investigate the possible reasons for the same. Firstly we may examine the distribution pattern of main workers and marginal workers taken together constItutes 40.23 per cent of the total pop"Jiation of our 302 State. In 9 districts out of 19 districts of the State, the work participation rate of the population i.e. proportion of main workers and marginal workers combined is lower in varying degree than the State level average and that in the remaining 10 districts it is higher than the State average. The Dangs district has returned the highest proportion of population that is gainfully employed of 50.55 per cent. Panch Mahals having 47.06 per cent workers stands second in rank followed by Valsad with 45.63 per cent, Sabar Kantha with 43.90 per cent and Bharuch with 43.22 per cent. While Surat, Mahesana, Kheda, Vadodara and Surendranagar districts has returned the high proportion of population to combined total main workers and marginal workers are 43.17, 42.63, .41.49, 40.54 and 40.49 per cent respectively. In seven districts of the State the participation rate varies between 36.00 to 39.00 per cent of the total population. These are jarnnagar, Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Junagadh, Kachchh, Banas Kantha , Ahmadabad and Gandhinagar districts. Ahmadabad and Gandhinagar districts have returned the lowest work participation rate of33.16 per cent and 32.96 per'cent of their total population respectively. Both Gandhinagar and The Dangs are smgle taluka districts. Of which one district, the Capital of our State is located and the other is predominantly occupied by the tribal population. Even then the district of The Dangs has returned the highest proportion of workers whereas on the other end Gandhinagar has returned the lowest proportion of workers. Let us now go deep. in terms of the proportion of main workers employed in each of the nine industrial categories in the districts of the State. The following table gives the percentage of main workers to the total main workers by industrial categories in each district and the State, 1991. 303 V) V) ..,. ..., N ..". \C N 0 <"I t- '" V) ..... N t- ao. 00 \C ..,. es =' O 00 r-: ..0 00 ..0 00 00 t- - '" vi N 0-, <"I 0 t- N ..". \C N ao. t- "'"t- '-0 8 ~ <::> 00 ":"'" t- v: t- -;,;.. -,..; ..,f ..f ..... '"..... N ..,f r-: N C""l ..,f ..... t- oo ao. 00 0 00 0\ ..,.N t- ;,;.. OIl t- v: 0\ t- N \C -0\ M 00 t- - -ac 0' ..0 ~ ..0 00 00 vi vi 00 ~ M 00 ..,. N 0\ r- V) ...... ~ ;,;.. ~ C! <::> ~ v: -: \C V $ ~ 0\ .... - -N N N ,..; ..,f c.. "'" r Ie> <::> ..... r- ..... 0"- V 0\ '-0 .. $' .". 1.0 '-0 '-0 .". ~ a- t- V) ..... 0-, ~ U 00 vi r-: r-: vi N 0 N ;,;.. ;:! '"N os::Ci -- - ~ t- 0\ 00 '-0 0 0 ""CI ..... ;;: = ~ ac '"""l <::> ~ -: ~ ""l "'" ~ ..5 ;,;.. - N .....'" N N '" 0 N '-0 M 00 r- oo .". t- <::> '0 t- V) N .". ::! N ~ 0\ "'"C""l V) ": :: """c:> 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 <::) 0 III ..... 0\ 0\ t- o r- ;g M \C 3...., ::: Ie> C! ~ C""l N ""l -""l ~ ,..; N ~'" - .... M N "'"..... N ..... M on ..f r-: f N ..... 0\ 00 N N \I") \(;) N t- OC> ..,. 1.0 0\ ..... 2l ..... 00 \I) 0- <::> ""l ::: 10 N'" ..f ..f .r-: ..,f ..f ,..; vi N N vi N N N N N N N N N -N r- N r- \I") 00 00 0 t- O"> 0 ""l r- 0 v ..... 00 00 V) 0\ ..... <::> ..., 0' ..,f N 0' 0' 0 ..0 0' ,..; 00 """ ..., M N V) - ...... V N V ...... , 0 - = ~ ~ 8 0 8 8 8 8 8 8 !! "; ~ .... $ $ $ c::t c g g 8 8 g 8 g g 8 § g g ... ~ ...... « ...... -... 0-... ~ gb .. ... CO-... N £'" £ gb - ... ..c:: c:: c:: ... :a to bl) .r:: ..c: ci5iS ~ gb ~ "0 ..c: ~ '"ta c:: "0 <.> :2 ;:: < '" -.; t>!) '" ... "0 .... '" ] 13" S l:! '" ..c: .. ~'" ... c:: u os c: ;;J ~ <;' := ..c:'" '" a ~'" <::> ~~ - N ..... V V) '-0 r- oo 0\ - 0- r-- 0- ..,.0- .... Ie 00 CO to) r-- .... N 00 .... 0- es .... -.0 00 -.0 N r..: 00'" 00 on ... 0- 0 M V M .... N .... 0- 00 ..,. 0 ..... N ...... N ...... OC! N ~ '"r-- '"r-: ;;.- 00 '"r..: ..... 0; V) 0; -.0 .... 0- N N 0- .... co ;;.- ..., "!'" "! r-: "1 ~ to: "! =.... M N N =C !' M M 0 N V M 00 '" ~ I,.i '-' 01 ..., ..... 0; " ;;.- '"-.0 '"r..: r t- N N "i' N c::; r-- N .... N ...- N ...- '"0 0 '"0 0 '"0 '"0 0 0 trl .... N .... t- M $ 00 0,.., ... Ie N '" '"'I:! OC! "1 "! - N '"on 0'" N r") N t- N q- 0 \D 00 0 N N N ..,. q- or. t- t- V> or. d on -.0 -.0 -.0 0; - ... -.... o~..... '" ...... 'g ..." en ~ Qll rFl .- '" ~ '" Q ~ ~ ~ g oj ." -8 ." ..r:: 0 ... ] c:::: 0 oj l <1) g ~ ... ~ <1) Q ..r:: ;;:I ~ ~ ~ co en >'" ~ ...: = .... N ...... q- t- oo 0- rFlZ '" '" The Cultivation is the predominant economic activity in the case of all districts except Ahmadabad, Gandhinagar and Surat districts. The proportion of Cultivators as main activity is less than 25 per cent of their total main workers in these three districts. In Ahmadabad district, Cultivators claim only 9.94 per cent of main workers. In Gandhinagar district 18.11 per cent of the total main workers are engaged in cultivation. In Surat district, the percentage of cultivators is 19.72 per cent to total main workers. The highest percentage of 70.52 Cultivators is claimed by The Dangs district followed by the Panch Mahals with 66.56 per cent, Banas Kantha with 51.99 per cent and Sabar Kantha with 49.30 per cent. The majority of the districts of the State are covered between the range of 25 ..00 per cent to 40.00 per cent Cultivators. Among nine industrial Categories, a much higher proportion of main workers is claimed by Agricultural Labourers in Bharuch, Kheda and Vadodara districts. The highest proportion of 40.17 per cent as Agricultural Labourers is found in Bharuch district. Next in the order of rank in percentage of Agricultural Labourers comes Kheda district with 29.42 per cent and Vadodflra district with 28.06 per cent of the total main workers. The lowest proportion of 14.43 per cent as Agricultural Labowers is claimed by Jamnagar district followed by Ahmadabad with 14.43 per cent and Panch Mahals with 14.49 per cent. The majority of the districts of ow State fall in the range of 14.00 to 27.00 per cent of the agricultural hrbourers. The proportion of main workers engaged in livestock, forestry, fishing, hunting, plantations, orchards and allied activities is found highest being 7.16 per cent in Mahesana district, followed Kheda and Kachchh district with 5.61 per cent and 5.27 per ~ent to the total main workers. In the same category, the lowest proportion is found in Panch Mahals district with 0.96 per cent of the total main workers followed by The Dangs, Surat and Vadodara districts with 1.28; 1.33 and 1.66 per cent respectively. The proportion of main workers engaged in Mining and Quarrying industry is quite negligible in almost all districts of the State except Gandhinagar, Junagadh and Bharuch districts, they 306 claimed the first three rank in highest proportion with 1.76, 1.28 and 1.14 per cent respectively. This indicates the fact that Gujarat is lacking in the natural resources of mines such as iron ore, coal, copper ore, silicon, etc. except the drilling of crude oil. The main and most important economic actIvIty is manufacturing, processing, servicing and repairs industry which offers larger scope of employment. This industry is divided into two parts, viz., (1) In Household Industry and (2) Other than Household Industry for Census purposes. The proportion of main workers engaged in HOL'>ehold Industry is distributed fairly almost in all the districts of our State. The highest proportion of main workers in Household Industry is returned in Surendranagar district where 3.61 per cent of main workers are engaged in this sector. In Bhavnagar, Kachchh and Jamnagar districts, the participation rate of main workers engaged in household industries is in between 2.00 to 3.00 per cent. While nine districts, viz., Surat, Kheda, Sabar Kantha, The Dangs, Banas Kantha, Junagadh, Mahesana, Bharuch and Rajkot are having the proportion between 1.09 to 1.76 per cent. Remaining five districts i.e. Panch Mahals, Vadodara, Gandhinagar, Valsad and Ahmadabad have the participation rate of main workers engaged in household industries is between 0.85 to 0.95 per cent. . It is interesting to note that wide variations prevail in the participation rate of main workers employed in Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs other than Household Industries. The highest proportion of main workers engaged in this sector is recorded by Surat district with 29.80 per cent. Next in the rank comes Ahmadabad district having 26.63 per cent of the main working force engaged in this sector followed by Bhavnagar with 21.67 per cent. The eight districts Rajkot, Valsad, Amreli, Vadodar!l., Gandhinagar, Jarnnagar, Surendranagar and Mahesana have returned the proportion of main workers engaged in Manufacturing. Processing, Servicing and Repairs other than Household Industry falling between 10.51 to 18.63 per cent. While remaining seven districts viz., Kachchh, Kheda, Junagadh, Banas Kantha,Panch Mahals, Sabar Kantha, Bharuch and The Dangs falling between 1.12 to 9.36 per cent in the same category. 307 The proportion of main workers engaged in the construction activity constitutes only 2.01 per cent of the total main workers in the State. This category includes those working on construction and maintainance of building, roads, bridges, railways, irrigation projects, etc. It is the highest in Gandhinagar district where it has accounted 4.16 per cent of the total main workers. Next in rank comes Kachchh district with 3.43 per cent and Ahmadabad district with 3.39 per cent. In the remaining districts the proportion of main workers engaged in this sector varies between 1. 00 to 2.71 per .:ent only. Trade and Commerce (Category VII) are very important economic activities and employ a large number of people in this sector. Ahmadabad district has the highest proportion of main workers with 18.39 per cent employed in this category mainly due to Ahmadabad City being the commercial Capital of our State. Rajkot district having the second highest proportion of 11.58 per cent of the total main workers engaged in trading and commercial ~ctivities, stands second in the rank among other district of the State. The lowest proportion of 1.76 per cent of the total main workers engaged in this sector is registered by The Dangs district, followed by Panch Mahals district with 3.84 per cent of the totalmain workers. In case of Mahesana, Junagadh, Kachchh, Vadodara, Jamnagar and Surat the participation rate of this category is between 8.42 per cent to 9.77 per cent. While in remaining nine districts, viz., Banas Kantha, Sabar Kantha, Bharuch, Amreli, Valsad, Surendranagar, Kheda, Gandhinagar and Bhavnagar the participation rate of this category is between 5.31 per cent to 7.78 per cent of the total main workers engaged in trading and commercial activities. Transport, Storage and Communications activities are generally urban in character. The reason is that these services thrive more on organised industries. We notice from the figures that the highest proportions of7.81 per cent of main workers engaged in this sector is claimed by Kachchh district. The next highest proportion of 6.99 per cent is noticed in Ahmadabad distril;t. In case of Junagadh, Rajkot, J amnagar and Gandhinagar districts the proportion varies from 4.02 per cent to 4.76 per cent. On the other end of the scale, The Dangs district stands last III rank with 0.53 per cent. 308 Finally, we come to the services sector which generally includes most government servants, lo..:al bodies staff, teachers of the school, college and university, all health and medical services staff, personal and domestic services, etc. The highest proportion of 25.74 per cent of the main workers engaged in the other services sector is claimed by Gandhinagar district. Gandhinagar is the Capital town of our State, where Sachivalay and all departmental head offices of the Gujarat State are situated. The next highest proportion of other services workers is registered by Ahmadabad district with 16.79 per cent Ahmadabad City is the biggest City of our State, where mostly all central Govt. offices, certain State Govt. offices, local bodies staff, municipal corporation, large number of schools, colleges and universities, big and small hospitals, etc. are situated. All these services have contributed much to raise the proportion to higher scale in this district. Next' in rank comes Vadodara district with 12.49 per cent and Jamnagar district with 11,65 per cent of workers engaged in the category of "other services", The Dangs and Panch Mahals districts have returned the lowest proportion 5.98 and 6.29 per cent respectively. The large number of the districts of the State has claimed the proportion of main workers engaged in public services sector varying between 6.35 to 11.65 percentages. A special chapter has been devoted to a consideration of Scheduled castes and Scheduled Tribes in 1991 Census also. These two special sections of our population are considered to be the weaker section as they have been traditionally, socially and economically backward. A provision has been made in the constitution of our country to take special care to prevent their fiuther social and economical exploitation and to promote their welfare. The level of literacy and the change in the pattern of their occupation as compared to the occupational pattern in the general population of our State are two indices to measure the change in their former condition. The following table gives the distribution of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled tribes population into main workers, Marginal workers and Non-workers and their percentage to theIr respective total population as per the data returned in 1991 CeI!Sus. 309 ~ - 0-,.., 0 r-- ';h= . ...'" <"'"I r- ... _ .. r-i 00 0:- =0 ... -.0 q- or. ~CI"I :z; "" ~I :::;CI"I -; ~ til.. c -cf .... r::: N 0"- '" .S S .! .. '" 0"- r- 11 ...... q- 0 ..0 ~ ~~ 'Q,~.. r- '" ~ ~ ..01 ; Q., = 0 -= ~~ ~ ~ .; ~= .. = .:.. '" 0- N -; ._ ..:.r:.. -0 0"- ::g - q- .... = N 0 01 .. \0 M q- ~ 0 ~ = "" '"' ~ ~ ~c: .e:- ::I ..- 00 0 It.I \0 0- \0"" "-' ~ -.r. M q ~ Q, r; ,Q 0"- -0 0"- til . .. 0 r- OO 'i: ~ =..:co .. 0"-. 0:, ~ '" N -.:r Eo-< '" :z;~ N "C .~'" ~ ..c: -e :3 ..- <"'"I 00 t- "C tr) N N ~ .s 00 ~ til Cir! ~ "1 ._ ..:c 0 ..; -=It.I ~ = .. tr) I bl) ~ N .... r:n "I" \0 "1 0 ~ ~; -"C ..- N =~ ~~ r') ~ e =~ CJ= ....~ til ~ ~ ~ ..- Q.'" r- r- N r;n.... til .... or. 00- ~ "!. 00 ~ ...'" .0 or. U '" ._ ..:.r: N 00- 'cz = .. ~ 8 "0 ..c: OIl ... O. "1 0 .... N ..; ~ "3 'T:I ~~ "0 ~ ~ = til ..c: 00 on N CJ tr) ~ r- OO r:n '" =0 ,... I";. on ...... :c -;-.: 0" g \0 0 = '"' OJ! .... 0. ""l = 1-;' <') -0 ,S= 0 :;; ~ =- -~:sz = c."O =0 ~ c:c -; = = 01 '" ...'" 2'" ... til "'; ~ _r, ~ cr. '1: :; = 0 12'" .:.. U'" E- g- .S= .... - oo "0 i:l...... 0 ...... ::I :g :; .Q ~= ..cr. .., -0 ] 'i: >. .c; .c;...... u <.> fi til (/) en C) is The above table reveals that the Scheduled Tribe population is more than doubled than the Scheduled Castes population in our State. The proportion of main workers and marginal workers in Scheduled Tribe population are comparatively higher than that of Scheduled Caste population. The proportion of main workers and marginal workers both combined constitutes 51.70 per cent of the total Scheduled Tribe population. In other words more than half of the Scheduled Tribe population is gainfully employed in the various economic activities. In case of Scheduled Caste population the participation rate of main workers and marginal workers are 34.69 and 4.92 per cent respectively of their total population. The participation rate of both main workers and marginal workers in Scheduled Caste population is little less than that of general population of our State. Let us now see the sectoral distribution of main workers of Scheduled Castes and, Scheduled Tribes population of our State and its percentage to their respective total main workers. 311 8 g ~ r-- ...~ ~... Q r-t-- ~ r-- \0 r-- 0 4< on \0 ~ 00 00 on N <::> \O~ "'~ ~ -= 0' - '¢ \O~ Q N on - ...... on oS "" on '"0\ M -< N - <::> on r-- <::> N \0 "1 ~ "1 0 N M N"""= <::> .". ~ II) - N M N"'"~ ..Cl O~ "1" " r-- N N 25 ""! ~ '"'1 ""! ci ~ N '" N til C M N =>~ M ~"" "'" <::)... f:; f-- r--- - N 00 r-- \0 ... ~ a ~'" .... 10 - ::I ~ on 10 =: '"or) ~~ <::>~"'" - ~ '¢ '" C N a ~ C-' .., r-- 0\ i ,Q C'" ..,; N. -< ~ ~ "'.on ....0 ~ ....Vl ...... QJ ~ ... c In case of Household industry, the proportion of Scheduled Caste main workers engaged in this sector is 3.52 per cent to Scheduled Castes total main workers, while in case of Scheduled Tribes main workers, it is only 0.65 per cent. The persons engaged in the remaining industrial categories have been grouped into one as "other workers". The proportion of other main workers of Scheduled Tribe population is 14.12 per cent to total Scheduled Tribes main workers. This proportion is quite low in comparison to that of Scheduled Caste main workers and of general population main workers. The proportion of other main workers of Scheduled Castes population and general population to their respective total main 313 workers is to the tune of 42.46 per cent and 42.32 per cent respectively which is almost equal in both the cases. Thus we see that though the Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population are marching along side by side with the general population, the proportion of employment of Scheduled Caste people in the economic activities other than cultivation and agricultural labourer is quite high in comparison to that Scheduled Tribe people. This indicates the awakenness among Scheduled Caste people than among Scheduled Tribe people to take advantage of the changing pattern of Socio-economic structure of our country. The Marginal Workers: The concept of marginal worker was adopted for the first time in 1981 Census and that continued also in 1991 Census. The classification of any person either as main worker of marginal worker is based on the time factor. For main worker the time criterion of engagement in work for the major part of the year i.e. 183 days is adopted, while those who worked for same time during the last year but not for the major part are treated as marginal workers. In other words, for major part of the year, marginal workers were econQrnically in-active and therefore they have been further cross-classified by their main activities- viz., as Full-time students, Household duties, Dependents & infants, Retired, Rentiers & Persons of independent means, Beggars, Vagrants, Inma~es of Penal, mental and Charitable instihltions and others. Among marginal workers 97.83 per cent of the total marginal workers were having the Household duties as their main activities. While full time students, others and DfRIB/I (Dependent, Rentier, Retired, Beggar and Inmates of institution) were having 0.94, 0.64 and 0.59 per cent of the total marginal workers respectively. In case of male marginal workers 52.24 per cent of the total male marginal workers have been classified under "Household duties" category. While in the case of full time student, others and DIRIBII were having 18.40, 16.68 and 12.68 per cent of the total male marginal workers were cla~sified under non-economic main activIties respectively. Negligible percentage 0.08 per cent of total female marginal workers is noticed 314 as classified Nnder . Others' category. This indicates that a few number of female marginal workers are in search of new employment. The following table will give the percentage distribution of marginal workers cross-classified by male and female and by type of non-economic activity. Statemeent - IX - 8 Percentage Distribution of Marginal Workers cross-classified by Sex and type of non-economic main activity, 1991 Type of non-econolT'ic main activity Persons Females 1 4 (1) Full Time Students 0.94 18.40 0.33 (2) Household duties 97.83 52.24 99.42 (3) D/RIB/I 0.59 12.68 0.17 (4) Others 0.64 16.68 0.08 TOTAL 100.00 100.00 100.00 o Dependents R Retired Persons or Rentiers B Beggars I Inmates of instltutions 315 The Non - Workers We have seen that of the total population of 41,309,582 of our State, 14,095,692 or 34.12 per cent are main workers, 2,524,827 or 6.11 per cent are marginal workers and the remaining population of 24,689,063 or 59.77 per cent are non-workers. The non-worker is consisted of those carrying on household duties, full time students, retired persons or rentiers, dependents, beggars, etc. those in penal, mental or charitable institutions and other non-workers. The following table will give some idea of the broad distribution of non-workers. Statement - IX . 9 Distribution of Non-workers by type of non-economic activity Type of Non-Workers Number Percentage to total non workers 1 2 3 (1) Students 8,309,180 33.72 (2) Household duties 6,433,350 26.11 (3) Dependents 9,103,850 36.95 ( 4) Retired persons or rentiers 604,310 2.45 (5) Beggars, Vagrants, etc. 25,240 0.10 (6) Inmates oflnstitutions 11,930 0.05 (7) Others 153,140 0.62 TOTAL 24,641,000 100.00 Among seven types of non-workers activity, children and other dependents claim the highest percentage of 36.95 of the total non-working population of our State, followed by those involved in household duties with 26.11 per cent and by full time students with 33.72 per cent. These three groups together cover 96.78 per cent of the total non-workers. The remaining four groups together constitute only 3.22 per cent of the total non-working population in our State. In the Census, the type ofnon-worker's activity, viz., "Others" gives us a rough idea of the size of unemployment. 316 CHAPTER-X FERTILITY LEVELS AND TRENDS The increasing acuteness of the population in India and the deficiencies in the statutory civil registration system have greatly intensified the need for reliable estimates of birth and death rates on a current and continuous basis. The decennial census, of course, is the prime source of demographic data in our cmmtry. The Census in our country is not only the head counting, but it also collects a wide variety of data to point a rich portrait of dell)Ographic profile. The other major sources of data on fertility are the Civil Registration System and the Sample Registration System (SRS). The SRS in our State functions under the Directorate of Census Operations under the overall supervision and direction of the Registrar General, India. In Gujarat State the fertility data are processed by all these three data sources. Fertility tables are based on the 10 per cent sample of Individual Slips. The population census provides decadal vital rates.-It does not provide a measure of the change in population from year to year. In 1971 Census, an attempt was made to measUre the fertility characteristics by adding one question in the Individual Slip. The question related to currently married women only and the information collected was in relation to their age at marriage and any child born in the last one year. in 1981 Census scope on the fertility was widened but its coverage was restricted to 20 per cent sample of the enumeration blocks. Gujarat was -one of the 14 larger States of Indian Union in which 20 per cent area sample was adopted for eficiting information with particular reference to migration and fertility characteristics. Likewise the 1981 Census jn the 1991 Census four questions relating to fertility were canvassed. These . questions related to age at marriage, number of surviving children, number of children everbom and whether any child was hom d~g the last one year. The first three questions were canvassed fQr all ever married women while the last one was canvassed only in the case of currently married women. 317 The basic determinates of fertility include a biological potential to give birth to a child, i.e. fecundity, social systems of marriage, duration of marriage, sexual habits affected by climatic conditions, etc. Besides these, there are other factors which influence the fertility rates such as religious background, educational levels, public policies, standard of living, degree of urbanisation, working and non-working status of women, etc. It is very well known that these factors have played an important role in reducing the fertility rate of women in western countries particularly of Europe and Amenca as compared to these prevailing in Africa, Asia and South-East countries. The fabrics of present chapter is fabricated with the study of fertility. The data on fertility levels and trends as revealed by the fertility indices like Age Specific Fertility Rate (ASFR), Age Specific Marital Fertility Rate (ASMFR), and Total Fertility Rates (TFR) are presented and analysed in easy and meaningful form. Most of the dermitions and concepts of fertility indices frequently used are explained in general reader's language in this chapter. The demographic technical terminology frequently used in this 'chapter elaborated below for convenience of general readers : Vital Statistics Demographic data on births, deaths, marriages .. nd divorces, etc. Vital Events Most important events in the life of an individual such as birth and death. Ever Married Woman Ever married woman does not mean presently married. But she should have been married at least once in her life time. Ever married wo~ would include one may who be currently married, the widowed, the separat~d or divorced: 318 Age at Marriage Age (in completed years) at which the woman was married. In case a woman was married more than once, the age at which she was married fITst, was recorded at Census. Surviving Children How many of the total born children are still surviving? They may be any where but should be alive. Number of Children ever born Total number of children born alive, whether a woman is married once or twice. The childre~ mayor may not be surviving at present. Currently Married Woman One whose marital status is married at present i.e. at the time of enumeration. It should not be confused with recently married woman. Age Specific Rate Rate obtained for specific age groups such as 15-19 years, 20-24 years and so on, for example age specific fertility rate, death rate, etc. Fertility The actual fertility performance of an individual a couple, a group or a population. Reproductive Age or Child bearing age The reproductive age span of woman arbitrarily assumed for statistical purposes is between 15-49 years. 319 Life Expectancy The average number of years a person would live after birth if current mortality trends are to continue. Parity The' number of children previously born alive to a woman, for example " two parity woman" are woman who have had two children uptil now, and "zero parity woman" have had no children uptil now. Birth Rate or Crude Birth Rate Number of live births per thousand Population in a given year. Death Rate or Crude Death Rate Number of deaths per 1,000 population in a given year. Age Specific fertility Rates (ASFR), Age Specific Mari~l Fertility Rate (ASMFR), General Marital Fertility Rate (GMFR), Total Marital Fertility Rate (TMFR), General Fertility Rate (GFR) and Total Fertility Rate (TFR) are based on the question "Births during last year" These terms are defmed as follows: Age Specific Fertility Rate The average number of children born alive during the last year per woman of a particular age-group. 320 Age Specific Marital Fertility Rate The average number of children born alive during the last year per married woman of particular age- group. General fertility Rate The number of children born alive during the last· year per 1,000 married women of child bearing ages. In 1991and 1981 tabulation, the age group 15-49 and in the 1971 tabulation the age-group 13-47 have been considered as child bearing ages. General Marital Fertility Rate The number of children born alive during the last year per 1,000 married women of child bearing ages. In the 1991and 1981 tabulation the age group 15-49 and in the 1971 tabulation the age-group 13-47 have been considered as child bearing ages. Total Fertility Rate The number of children that would have been alive per woman, had the current schedule of age specific fertility rates been applicable for the entire reproductive period. It is calculated as the sum of the age specific fertility rates in five years age groups multiplied by five. Total Marital Fertility Rate Total number of children that would have born alive per married woman had the current schedule of age specific marital fertility rates been applicable for the entire reproductive period. It is calculated as the sum of age specific marital fertility rates in five year age group multiplied by five. A few limitations with regard to these indices must be noted. In the census, the question on birth during the last one year was canvassed only for currently married woman for operational reasons. It was felt that in a massive operation like the census, 321 sensitive question as to whether there was any birth during the last one year could not be canvassed in the case of the smgle, widowed or divorced women. There may have been some births during the last one year before the day of enumeration to women who might have become widowed or might have been divorced subsequently but before or during the census enumeration period. Such births would not have been noted. Another class of births that would have been left out would relate to babies born during the last one year to mothers who 'may have died before the census date. Also, in calculating indices such as the ASFR, TFR, GMFR and GFR the mid-year population should usually be used as the denominator. However, in the absence of any data on deaths during last year of females, the number of females classified by age group as reported in the census has been used as the denominator without any adjustment. The effect of these three limitations would be partly to underestimate the relevant fertility indicators. The limitations of an enquiry of this nature in which retrospective data is attempted to b~ collected must also be kept in mind, particularJy the likelihood of omissions of events, inaccuracies in dating of births and distorations in age reporting. These limitations would imply that the estimates of current fertility presented herein should be considered as indicative of broad trends rather than of actual levels. The age specific fertility rate is defined as "The average number of children born alive during the last one year per woman of a particular age group". If we intend to work out the age specific fertility rate for the age group 20-24 years, it can be worked out as : No. of live births during last year to wom~n aged 20~24 years ASFR = No. of women aged 20-24 years 284847 1971363 0.1445 322 We can now say that the ASFR for age-group 20-24, in Gujarat State for 1991 Census is 0.1445. This means that number of children born per woman in the age-group 20-24 is 0.1445. But this figure of 0.1445 is not quite easily ullderstandable by a general reader. Besides, it also looks odd to represent number of children born in fractions. By multiplying this rate (0.1445) by 1,000, we get the same statistics in terms of 1,000 females, which is a more convenient way of expressing the same thing. By this procedure the ASFR in age group 20-24,. comes as 145 births per 1,000 woman. Decidedly the ASFR is a more refined indicator of fertility in sharp contrast to the birth rate or crude birth rate. Age specific marital fertility rates are defmed as "The average number of children born alive during the last year per currently married woman in a particular age-group". In practice these rates are almost near to ASFR. The little variation in ASFR and ASMFR arises as in ASMFR only currently married women are taken instead of "all women". A currently manied woman is one whose marital status should be married at the time of enumeration. It should not be confused with a recently married woman. ASMFR are considered more reliable il)dicatoTs of fertility in comparison with ASFR. ASMFR is calculated as under: No. of children born last year in Age-group 15-19 ASMFR= (Age-group) ND. of curr.ently married woman age 15-19 33240 432102 0.077 0.077 x 1000 77 The ASMFR of State Gujarat in age-group 15-19 is 0.077 births per currently married woman or 77 births per 1,000 currently married women. 323 The following statement presents the ASFR and the ASMFR by religion for all areas and for rural and urban areas separately. The rates have been given for three numerically impo~t religions in Gujarat and the proportions of Buddhists and Sikhs being negligible are not shown separately. 324 Statement - X .1 Fertility Indices Gujarat, 1991 Age Specific marital fertility Age Age Specific Fertility Rate Religions rate Group Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 All 15-19 0.0172 0.0196 0.0127 0.077 0.077 0.Q75 Religions 20-24 0.1445 0.1610 0.1148 0.179 0.190 0.156 25-29 0.1404 0.1560 0.1145 0.148 0.162 0.12~ 30-34 0.0868 0.0967 0.0697 0.090 0.100 0.073 35-39 0.0491 0.0553 0.0388 0.052 0.058 0.041 40-44 0.0314 0.0340 0.0264 0.034 0.037 0.029 45-49 0.0193 0.0198 0.0184 0.022 0.022 0.021 GFR 78 86 64 TFR 2.44 2.71 1.99 GMFR 101 109 85 TMFR 3.01 3.14 2.59 Hindus 15-19 0.Q176 0:0199 0.0124 0.0749 0.0762 0.0706 20-24 0.1466 0.1617 0.1153 0.1784 0.1890 0.1534 25-?9 0.1405 0.1551 0.1131 0.1469 0.1608 0.1202 30-34 0.0862 0.0956 0.0679 0.0892 0.0988 0.0706 35-39 0.0498 0.0555 0.0388 0.0522 0.0582 0.0406 40-44 0.0318 0.0339 0.0271 0.0344 0.0367 0.0293 45-49 0.0197 0.0199 0.0192 0.0221 0.0223 0.0217 GFR 79 86 64 TFR 2.46 2.71 1.97 GMFR 100 108 84 TMFR 2.99 3.21 2.54 Muslims 15-19 0.0160 O.oJ58 0.0162 0.1057 0.1133 0.1012 .20-24 0.1355 0.1554 0.1226 0.1835 0.2043 0.1693 325 22--21); R()U2()O I Age Specific marital fertility Age Age Specific Fertility Rate Religions rate Group Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban 1 Z 3 4 5 6 7 8 25-29 0.1461 0.1734 0.1282 0.1590 0.1849 0.1413 30.34 0.1018 0.1209 0.0886 0.1087 0.1273 0.0955 35-39 0.0490 0.0557 0.0446 0.0529 0.0596 0.0484 40-44 0.0325 0.0401 0.0271 0.0365 0.0447 0.0306 45-49 0.0166 0.0192 0.0145 0.0192 0.0221 0.0170 GFR 79 91 71 TFR 2.50 2.91 2.22 GMFR 109 124 99 TMFR 3.34 3.78 3.02 Jains 15-19 0.0044 0.0113 0.0022 0.1 186 0.2006 0.0764 20·24 0.0722 0.0706 0.0727 0.1439 0.1277 0.1929 25-2c) 0.1172 0.1651 0.1064 0.1322 0.1822 0.1296 30.34 0.05.3() 0.C788 0.0455 0.0567 0.0858 0.0485 35-39 0.0213 0.0247 0.0204 0.0225 0.0261 0.0216 40-44 0.0125 0.0047 0.0150 0.0137 0.0052 ',0164 45-49 0.0169 0.0154 0.0172 0.0189 0.0183 0.0192 GFR 45 53 43 TFR 1.48 1.86 1.34 GMFR 65 79 63 TMFR 2.53 3.24 2.25 Christians 15-19 0.0040 0.0087 0.0614 0.1013 20-24 0.0975 0.1521 0.0540 0.1722 0.2055 0.1280 25·29 0.0987 0.1239 0.0821 0.1148 0.1383 0.0982 30-34 0.0419 0.0677 0.0217 0.0454 0.0723 0.0239 35-39 0.Q108 0.0133 0.0092 0.0116 0.0140 0.0099 40-44 0.0102 0.0129 0.0080 0.D112 0.0141 0.0088 326 Age Specific marital fertility Age Age Specific Fertility Rate Religions rate GrOilp Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban 1 :z 3 4 5 6 7 8 45-49 0.0157 0.0056 0.0241 0.0178 0.0062 0.0278 GFR 46 64 33 TFR 1.40 1.92 1.00 GMFR 66 86 48 TMFR 2.07 2.74 1.48 It will be noticed comparatively speaking, that fertility is higher among Muslims followed by Hindus, Jams and Christians. Also generally, the ASFR and ASMFR are higher in the rural areas than in the urban areas. For all areas the TMFR for Hindus is only 0.53 higher than TFR while for Christians, Muslims and Jains it is 0.67,0.84 and 1.05 higher respectively. This is explained by the fact that proportion of currently married women in repf"Oductive age groups is lower among Muslims and Jains in comparison to Hindus both in rural and urban areas. The total fertility rate (TFR) in India (Excluding Jammu & Kashmir and Mizoram) is 3.5 for all areas, 3.8 in rural areas and 2.8 in urban areas, while the corresponding rate in Gujarat is 3.2 for all areas, 3.3 in rural areas and 3.0 in urban areas. It reflects that TFR is relatively lower in Gujarat (except urban areas) that all-India average. Source - Sample Registration System Book 1993, Page No.46, Statement No.23 327 Total Fertility Rate: Total Fertility Rate (TFR) is one of the most useful indicators of fertility because it gives an answer to the question How Many children were born alive to a woman in her lifetime in our State? TFR is defined as " the total number of children that would have born alive per woman had current schedule of Age Specific Fertility Rates been applicable for the entire reproductive period. It is calculated as the sum of the age specific fertility rates in five year age-groups multiplied by five." In simple words, we can describe the TFR as the average number of children that would be born alive to a woman during her life time or reproductive period i.e. upto the age of 49 years provided that the ASFR of 1991 continued unchanged. It is calculated as per the following formula: Total Fertility Rate == 5 x (age specific fertility rate) - (TFR) In the Table X.2 given below, we have calculated the Total Fertility Rate for Gujarat Stat~, 1991. Table - X.2 Calculating the TFR - Gujarat - 1991 Age of Total No Births to that age- Rate Women of Women group during last year Col.(3)/Col.(2) 1 2 3 4 15-19 1933099 33240 0.0172 20-24 1971363 284847 0.1445 25-29 1714995 240849 0.1404 30-34 1539990 133665 0.0868 35-39 1200081 58957 0.0491 40-44 1010139 31780 0.0314 45-49 841360 16280 0.0193 Total Sum 0.4887 Sum multiplied by 5 4 TFR 2.4435 328 The .TFR i.e., average number of children that would have been born during life time to a women of Gujarat State is 2.447 or 2447 children per 1,000 women. If we look at the TFR around the world, we will frod that in many developing countries it is over 6.0 children per woman. In most developed countries it is below 2.0. In United States in 1983 TFR was 1.82 while in our country in 1993, it was as high as 3.5. It means that in our co,pntry on an average 3500 children are born per 1,000 women during their entire reproductive period. General Fertility Rate(GFR): The General Fertility Rate is more closely indicative of change in fertility behaviour in comparison with the Crude Birth Rate. We can call at as an improvement or refmeness over the crude birth rate. It is defmed as the number of children born alive during the last year per 1,000 women of child bearing age i.e., 15 to 49 years. No. of births during last year to women in age-group 15-49 General Fertility = x 1000 Total number of women in age group 15-49 799588xl000 10211027 78 Thus there were 78 live births per 1,000 women aged 15-49 years in Gujarat State as per 1991 Census data. The same figure for India in 1993 was 117 *. Comparing with other countries, we find 329 that Itan's GFR in 1979 was 200 live births per 1,000 one of the highest in the world. A very low GFR was found in Netherlands- 48 per 1,000 women in 1980. * Source: Sample Registration System, Page 109, Table-3 330 Total Marital Fertility Rate (TMFR) It is the total number of cbildren that would have been alive per married woman had the current schedule of age specific marital fertility rates (ASMFR) been applicable for the entire reproduction period. It is calculated as the sum of ASMFR in five yearly age groups multiplied by five. TMFR for Gujarat State have been calculated and presented in Table X.3 given below, as per 1991 Census data. Table - X. 3 Calcu.lating TMFR, Gujarat State, 1991 Sr. Age of Women ASMFR No 1 3 1 15-19 0.0749 2 20-24 0.1784 3 25-29 0.1469 4 30-34 0.0892 5 35-39 0.0522 6 40-44 0.0344 7 45-49 0.0221 Sum 0.602 Sum multiplied by 5 == 3.010 Rounding 3.01 TMFR 3.01 General Marital Fertility Rate (GMFR): GMFR is defined as the number of children born alive during the last year 1,000 married women of child-bearing ages. In the 1991 tabulation, the age-group (15-49) has, been considered as child-bearing ages. As per 1991 Census data, 799588 births took place durmg last year to 7961905 currently married women. Let' us 331 now workout the GMFR for Gujarat State with the help of the following formula. No. of births during last year in Child bearing age (15-49) General Marital = ------x 1000 Fertility Rate No of currently married women aged (15-49) 799588 x 1000 7961905 100 births per 1000 currently married women of child bearing age (15-49) The question on any birth during the last one year also canvassed in the 1991 Census for all currently married women as was done in the 1981 Census. The indices of general marital fertility rate (TMFR) of the two Censuses are compared and these data are presented in the following Statement. Statement - X.4 GMFR and TMFR of Gujarat in 1981 and 1991 Religion RuraV General Marital Total Marital Urban Fertili yRate FertiUty Rate 1981 1991 1981 l 1991 1 2 3 4 S l 6 All Rural 139 108.55 4.1 3.2 Religions (68.47) (78.42) (66.68) (78.05) Urban 119 85.05 3.4 2.6 (68.00) (71-43) (69.64) (76.47) Hindus Rural 138 107.95 4.1 3.2 (68.32) (78-26) (68-12) (78-05) Urban 118 83.85, 3.4 2.5 (68.21) (71.19) (69.57) (73.5~) Muslims Rural 172 123.37 5.1 3.8 (77.13) (72.09) (77.00) (74-51) 332 Religion RuralJ General Marital Total Marital Urban Fertility Rate Fertility Rate 1981 I 1991 1981 I 1991 1 2 3 1 4 5 I 6 Urban 136 98.52 4.1 3.0 (69.04) (72.79) (71.45) (73.17) Jains Rural 117 77.92 3.7 3.2 (70.10) (67.52) (71.90) (86.49) Urban 85 63.29 2.5 2.2 (59.76) (72.94) (59.24) (88.00) Christians Rural 104 86.07 3.3 2.7 (81.73) (78.79) Urban 87 48.81 2.6 1.5 (55.17) (53.85) Note: (1) Figures in brackets below the 1981 figures indicate the proportion tin per cent) of the 1981 level compared to the 1971 level and an indicative of the relative decline. (2) Figures in prackets below the 1991 figures indicate the proportion (in per cent) of the 19911evel compared to the 1981 level and an ip.dicative of the relative decline. It would be seen from the above statement that fertility in Gujarat has declined in both the rural and urban areas and in .the case of all the religions. In the rural areas, the quantum of decline has been the highest among Hindus followed by Jains and Muslims in that order. While in urban areas, the quantum of decline has been more in Jains followed by Hindus and Muslims in that order. Number of Children ever born The average number ~f children ever born per woman is presented in Statement - X.5. .333 t- O' on <"') ,..,r- '>C> r- ' Comparison of the a·verage number of children ever bo::n with similar data collected in the 1981 Census as presented in Statement X.6 also supports the conclusion that fertility has declined in 1991 compared to the level of 1981. Since the 1981 Fertility Survey presents the number of children ever born for ever married woman only, the comparison is restricted to such women only. Statement - X.6 Average number of children born per currently married woman Rural Urban Age group 1991 I 1981 1991 I 1981 1 2 I 3 4 I 5 15-19 0.23 0.22 0.31 0.31 20-24 1.09 1.10 1.10 1.18 25-29 2.33 2.48 2.11 2.31 30.34 3.17 3.61 2.88 3.28 35-39 3.78 4.46 3.35 4.01 40-44 4.33 5.01 3.78 4.43 45-49 4.94 5.37 4.28 4.68 The average number of children ever b,)rn has declined at all ages, the decline being higher in urban areas compared to rural areas. Dpto the age group 25-29 the decline both in rural and urban areas is also most of the same order. It is only in the age group 30- 335 34, 35-39, 40-44 and 45-49 that the decline in rural areas is higher than that in the urban areas. Sex ratio of Children ever born: The Sex ratio of children ever born is presented in the Statement X. 7 . 336 ...,. N Nt, r- oo -0 0 r- -a ;;;;.~ ~ co 0 '-.0 ~ r- -a 0 '"00 ~ ~ 00 '" '" '" '" '" I-r- .. 00 0 ..... 00 00 ." III 0 .; ~ N 00 r- :0 ~:!l .". "" § '"""0 00 ..., '" ""'" '""" '""" '" - -'" '" I-r- 00 ..... r- -a N .". N I- 00 Vl M ' 0 0 00 ..... 00 00 N ;;J ..... r- .". ~ 0 a- r- Ir) N :;: 00 co co 00 00'" '"00 00 ~ '" '" ..,1-I- '" '" = 0 t- N N 00 r- r- 0 >.c 8 00 N N N N 1l~ ""00 00 '" 00 00 0\ '" """ '" '""" '" '" ~ '" '" =1-- I-- N 0 0 v a- Ir) r- r- 1-<11') r- ~ N N ,..... 00 ..... 00 co 00 a- """ s; 00 00 -a- '" '" '" '" "" Ir) N The sex ratio of surviving children is presented in Statement - x.s 338 V ...... VI II"> co II"> v V >.0 0 ;;;;l \0 II"> ,..., ..... 8 ...... If'I ... ;; ~ i .-0 co 0\ 0\ ~ 0\ '"00 0\ II"> ...... co 00 >.0 N...., 0 -0 I(") on '" III ..., 0 I(") ...... ;= =: v:> ' .., N 0\ 0 ' " ...... 0 .- ...... 0 0 00 00 00 -:a Q ;;;;l ...... M <"l co 8 ,..., M 0\ u I(") 00 00 00 ...... co co 0:: ~ 0:: 0\ 00 00 -.= '" .5 0 0 0 ' V >.0 ..., VI N 10 ' ~ v:> >.0 ;c M \0 00 >.0 0\ \0 E0- N r- IO r- .- ~ 0 co \0 <"l co co 00 0- 0:: 00 0\ coo 00 00 '"00 <10 QII .-II"> -< ,::: 0:1 ~ ~ ... '"0> ~ <10 .£ 0- ..,. 0- .... .". 0- a. ~ ~ til .... «;' "';' ~ U> . ~ ~ '" "t "t "t .. on 0 V) 0 II"> 0 II"> 0 VI ~ <: .!l N N <"l ...... ' Proportion of ever married women with three or more children The Statement -X.9 presents the proportion of ever married females with three children or more by age-groups and religion. Statement - X.9 Proportion of ever married females with three children or more by age-groups and religion (in per cent) Age-group Total! All Hindus Muslims Jains Christians Rural! Religions Urban ] 2 3 4 5 6 7 All Ages Total 55.06 54.90 58.03 50.99 47.86 Rural 5709 56.90 60.29 62.19 53.79 Urban 51.03 50,34 56.39 47.72 42.75 15-19 Total 1.57 1.49 2.29 7.94 11.33 Rural 135 1 3] 2.33 4.76 7.28 Urban 221 211 2.27 9.52 16.83 20-24 Total 11,03 10,92 1289 429 8.52 Rural 11,05 11.04 1157 3.78 10.99 Urban 10,98 1062 13 78 4.43 5.09 25-29 Total 4029 4014 46.17 17.25 2588 Rural 4276 4264 46.27 27.98 3564 Urban 3605 }5,27 4611 15.18 1894 30-34 Total 6139 6131 6709 38.82 3863 Rural 6452 64,42 6832 53.21 4809 Urban 55,C)3 5520 6621 35.38 30.97 35-39 Total 7101 7095 75.89 51.75 5160 Rural 7400 7386 77.55 70,62 60.74 Urban 65.94 6533 74.78 47,60 4547 40-44 Total 7566 7569 7809 63.52 66.08 Rural 78,20 7811 79.86 7945 7649 Urban 70,65 7019 76.81 5941 57.93 340 Age-group rotal! All Hindus Muslims Jains Christians Rural! Religions Urban 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 45.49 Total 78.64 78.77 79.48 70.62 67.94 Rural 81.04 81.00 81.96 84.74 73.82 Urban 73.43 73.14 77.56 66.72 "'2.90 50 & above Total 76.01 76.31 74.06 72.53 71.79 Rural 78.60 78.71 77.73 74.52 75.76 Urban 70.07 69.93 70.96 71.72 68.19 As may be expected the proportion of ever married females with three children or more increase with age. In urban areas 51.03 per cent of ever married females have three or more children while in rural areas the corresponding proportion is 57.09. Up to age 25, the proportion of ever married females is almost equal for rural and urban areas. Above age 25 the proportion of ever married females with 3 children or more for rural areas is at least 5 per cent higher than that in the urban areas. In the case of age groups up to 45-49 the proportions are higher for Muslims and lowest for Jains and Christian. In the age group 50 and above, the proportion is higher among Hindus, followed by Muslims, Jains and Christians. In Gujarat as a whole, the proportion for ever married women with three or more children is more or less the same among Muslims and Jains but is lower among Hindus. This trend is seen in urban areas also but in the rural areas the proportion is highest among Jains, followed by Muslims and Hindus, The main reason for these variations appears to be the age structure of ever married females. The Statement - X.I0 presents the proportion of ever married female in each age-group to total ever married females. 23-'-21 X R(._~lj200 I 341 Statement - X.l0 Percentage distribution of ever married women for rural-urban areas by age and religion Age-group All Hindus Muslims Jains Christi Religions ans ] 2 , 3 4 S 6 Rural Areas All ages 99.83 99.83 99.89 99.86 99.95 Less than 0.53 0.55 0.34 0.16 0.24 15 15-19 4.47 4.59 2.82 LI8 lo88 20-24 15.07 15.14 14.44 7.96 13.81 25-29 14.51 14.53 14.80 9.14 14.93 30.34 13.36 i3.33 14.07 11.28 14.41 35.39 10.35 10.32 1).]4 8.96 10.76 40.44 9.19 9.17 9.38 9.48 11.05 45-49 7.92 7.91 8.02 8.39 8.86 50 & above 24.42 24.29 24.89 43.31 24.02 Urban Areas All ages 99.83 99.84 99.83 99.79 99.82 Less than 0.37 0.39 0.32 0.26 0.24 IS 15-19 3.13 3.16 3.50 0.61 1.19 20-24 14.47 14.57 15.41 8.41 8.58 25-29 16.76 17.02 15.73 14.20 18.11 30-34 15.22 15.41 14.40 14.03 15.34 35-39 12.16 12.18 12.04 12.07 \3.84 40-44 927 9.17 9.47 10.69 10.69 45.49 7.26 7.15 7.56 8.69 8.91 50& above 21.19 20.79 21.42 30.83 22.92 Note: All ages includes age not stated While in the case of Hindus and Muslims a substantial proportion of ever married females are below age 25,in the case of Muslims and Jains, this proportion is comparatively smaller. In the ages below 25, the proportion of ever married women having three children and more is distinctly lower in the case of Jains and Christians compared to Muslims and Hindus both in the rural and urban areas .. 342 The Statement - X.II presents the percentages of ever married females with three children or more in both rural and urban areas of Gujarat State. Statement - X.II Percentage of ever married females with three or more Children in rurafand urban areas. Religion Below 25 ears Above 25 vears Percentage of Percenta Percentage Percentage of ever married geofever of ever ~er married females married married females with females females three or more with Children tbree or more Children I 2 3 4 5 Rural All religions 20.08 8.60 79.75 69.32 Hindus 20.28 39.09 79.55 69.26 MuslIms 17.59 9.87 82.30 71.98 Jams 9.30 5.34 90.52 68.24 Christians 15.92 10.37 84.03 61.86 Urban All religions 17.97 9.23 81.87 60.23 Hindus 18.12 9.90 81.72 59.56 Muslims 19.23 11.45 8060 67.14 lams 9.28 5,05 90.51 52.21 ChristIans 10.00 6.37 89.81 46.65 343 It is seen that the proportion of married females below 2S is distinctly lower among Jains and highest among Hindus both in rural and urban areas. The proportions of ever married females having 3 or more Children below 25 years is lowest among Jains and highest among Hindus in rural and Muslims in urban. Childless women: The proportion of women who have had no live births can be calculated from the number of women who have completed their reproductive period, that is those ever married woman who are 50 years and above and with no live births. The following Statement X.12 indicates the proportions of such women. Statement ~X.12 Proportion of ever married woman (aged 50 and above) with no live births by religion (per cent) Religi.,n Total Rural Urban I 2 3 4 All Reitglons 7.77 7.14 9.22 Hmdus 7.63 7.06 914 Muslims 9.01 7.97 9.89 Jains 8.78 9.66 833 Christians 9.53 9.16 987 In rural· areas proportion of women who have had no live birch is almost same for Hindus and Muslims but is much higher in the case of JaiI!.s. In urban areas the proportion of Childless women is 9.89 per cent for Muslims followed by Christians with 9.87 per cent, Hindus with 9.14 and "Jains with 8J3. This proportion is the highest among Jains in rural areas al)d among Muslims in urban areas. 344 The statement -X.13 presents the proportion of currently marrIed women to total women in the reproductive age group 15-49. Statement - X.13 Percentage of currently married women to total women in reproductive age group 15-49 Religion Total Rural Urban 2 3 4 All Religions 77.97 79.29 75.57 Hindus 78.71 79.71 7664 Muslims 72 27 7334 7154 Jams 67.96 67.42 6812 Chnstl:ms 70.37 74.29 6736 The proportion of currently married females in the productive age-group 15-49 is highest ameng Hindus, followed by Muslims, Christians and Jains both in rural and urban areas. 345 CHAPTER XI MOVEMENT OF PEOPLE The important causes that affect the growth of population either by way of increase or decrease at a given period of time are (1) natural growth or the excess of total births over total deaths and (2) Migration or mobility of population from one place to another. Migration is a major factor in changing the size and structure of the population. The migration process affects the areas to which migrants have moved and areas which they have left. It is the second aspect of popUlation growth, namely, migration, which we will discuss in this chapter. Migration may be permanent, semi-pennanent or temporary. It may result from a variety of causes, geo-physical, social, economic or political Mass movement of people takes place due to natural calamities like flood, famine, and epidemic. ThiS was because of to get a safe and comfortable shelter and to escape the hardships caused by natural calamities. Shifting of residence is a recent phenomenon and it has assumed a significant proportion in the wake of technological advancement and increasing pace of industrialisation. We all know that since the dawn of history, India has know rmgrations. The Aryans were migrants to this natIon. It is believed that originally they had come from Arctic region. Foreigners and invaders were all migrants who left tl;leir original place of residence in other countries to settle in this land of fabulous wealth and prosperity. Another form of political migration had taken place on a larger scale as a result of the partition of this :ub-continent into India and Pakistan. Even today, the stream of migrants which has started since then has not ended. These are the various facts of migration that has significantly effected on the culture civilization and development of this country. The study of migration has great significance in the field of population study. According to India Census, migration was determined solely with reference to place of birth. If a person was 346 born at a place, other than the place of enumeration, he was treated as migrant in census returns. In censuses upto 1951, a question on birth place was asked. The data presented relate to the number of migrants by sex. These data did not furnish information on other characteristics of the migrant population, nor did they reflect the inter-district or inter-State movement and movement from rural to urban areas or vice versa. Even though the 1961 Census made an effort of widening the scope of enquiry and collected information on (i) Bmh place, (ii) Birth place- Rural or Urban, (iii) Duration of reSidence, if born else where. Also these statistics did not account for the more recent movement of a person. Thus a person who had migrated elsewhere for all practical purposes and happened to be at the place of birth dunng the period of enumeration, was treated as non-rmgrant at the census return. In view of great utIlity and importance of rmgration data and its persistent demand, certam changes were mtroduced in the traditIOnal approach of collecting information on migration. In 1971 Census, besides particulars on birth place, mformatlOn on the place of last residence was collected and in the case of a difference between the place of census enumeration and either the place of birth or place of last residence or both the person was treated as migrant. The 1971 Census questionnaire mcluded the questions on I. birth place: (a) place of birth. (b) RurallUrban, (c) district, (d) State! Country. II. Last Residence: (a) place of last residence, (b) RurallUrban, (c) district, (d) State/Country and III. Duration of residence at the village or town of enumeration. The above information was collected in respect of every person. It the person had not moved any time since birth, the entries against both the questIOns would be Identical and duratIOn of residence at the place of enumeration would be the same as hIS present age. A person who shifted from his birth place to another village or a town for work or study, but if he IS found at the place of enumeratlOn during Census, will be deemed to have had another place of reSidence prior to his enumeration. The last previous residence IS relevant only if he had been outside the Village or to\vTI of enumeration and not simply in another house or localtty III the same place of enumeration. When a person had merely gone out to another place on tour, bus mess or ptlgrimage he was not deemed to 347 have had another residence different from the place where he or his family normally resided. But if the person had his normal house elsewhere at any' time before he was enumerated at his place of residence irrespective of where he was born, such place of his previous residence was recorded. Duration of residence at the place of enumeration was recorded in completed years for the period of existing continuous residence of a person. For the first time in 1981 Census one more question was added on migration in the census questionnaire so as to assess the extent of migration by reasons or causes with reference to movement from the place of last residence keeping in view the operational constraints. The reasons for migration were broadly categorised as (i) employment, (ii) education, (iii) marriage, (iv) consequent on family movement and (v) other reasons. Reasons for migration have been elicited 0!11y with reference to movement from place of last residence. The migration have been canvassed universally at the 1991 Census. The reasons for migration have been expanded by including two more reasons for migration, namely. business and natural calamities like draught, floods etc. Migration is a form of geographical mobility between one geographical unit and another, generally involving a change of residence from the place of origin to the place of destination or place of new settlement. Migrations within the country are distinguished by internal migrations. When the migrants move across the international border, the migration is known as external migration. The emigration and immigration are also used to depict out migration and in-migration across the international border respectively. T'1e internal migrations can be classified into four types on the basis of area: (i) rural to urban, (ii) urban to urban, (iii) rural to rural, and (iv) urban to rural areas. We have mentioned earlier that in 1991 Census, the data of migration was collected by two ways, firstly by place of birth and secondly by place of last residence. Firstly, we will analyse the data compiled on the basis of birth place. 348 Out of total population of 41,309,582 enumerated in the State, 27,664,410 persons have reported the same place of birth where they have been enumerated, being 66.97 per cent of the total population, it indicates that 66.97 per cent of the total State population have hardly ever settled outside their birth place. Such persons would include those who have been away either for short or long intervals ~nd have come back to their home at the time of the Census count, as it is not possible for the Census to take into account of such intermediate movement of the population. Migrants by place or birth On the basis of migrants by place of birth, there are 33.03 percentage migrants in Gujarat 1991, of the total migrants to the total population of Gujarat. The following statement depicts the total migrants to total population in Gujarat and in each district according to place of birth as per 1991 Census. 349 ~~~~~~~O~.OO~~~~~OOOO~ ~N~~O-ON NOON~-O~O--O QOOOOOO 000000000000 ~~~~~~~~~~g~~~~~~~~~~ - ~~-OOOO~NN~~~--~~~~~ .5 :: ~~~O~N~~~~g~~~~~~~~~ .2 ~~~N~~~O~~~~~~~~NN~~~ !!- NNMMN~NNNN~~NMNM~NNN c..== Q Q.. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~o~~~ ·'~~.~d-ON~O~~~~~~~d 00 MN~~NM~M~MM~M~NMMM~N The above statement reveals that 33.03 per cent of the total population is migrant with reference to the place of birth in our State. Among these migrants 28.85 per cent are migrants from within the State, 3.67 per cent are from other States and Umon Territories and 0.25 per cent from out side India. Among the district, the proportion of migrants is highest (53.26 per cent) in Gandhinagar district and the lowest proportion of 26.33 per cent is claImed by Panch Mahals district. The proportion of migrants from other States and Union Territories is the highest in Surat district with 13.08 per cent and followed by Ahmadabad and Gandhinagar with 7.63 per cent and 6.08 per cent respectivEly. While the lowest proportion is found in Amreli district with 0.65 per cent. Surendranagar and Junagadh districts also claim the lower proportion of rmgrants from other State wlth 0.82 per cent and 0.92 per cent respectively. The proportion of migrants whose birth place is outside India is the hIghest in Kachchh district with 1.10 per cent. UnclassIfiable migrants which are not counted as a migrant viz., (1) Migrants from within the State (2) Migrants from StateslU.Ts, (3) Migrants from outslde India in this three categones is highest out of 19 districts in Gandhinagar WIth 0.03 per cent and followed by Ahmadabad and Surat with 0.02 per cent each remaming 16 districts excluding 5 district viz., Jamnagar, Bhavnagar, Kachchh, Banas Kantha and Mahesana are having 0.01 per cent unclassifiable migrant to total migrants. The fonowing Statement presents the distribution of total migrants in Gujarat with reference to place of birth in 1981 and 1991 Censuses. 35' Statement - XI- 2 Migrants By Place of Birth (Proportions in per cent) 1981 and 1991 SI. Place of Birth 1981 Census 1991 Census No p I MI F p I MI F 1 2 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 ! 8 A Migrants born 8856 8090 92.12 87.33 80.10 90.48 withm the State of enumerallon to total migrants (I) Migrants 59.21 46.28 65.21 57.48 44.17 63.28 born elsewhere In district of enumeration to total migrants (ii) Migrants 29.35 34.62 2691 29.85 35.93 27.20 hom in other districts of State of enumeration to total migrants Migrants born 10.16 17.04 6.96 11.11 19.00 7.67 B In other S'ate ofIndla to total tl1lgrants Migrants born 1.28 2.06 0.92 0.75 1.22 0.54 C in other Countries to total migrants Of the total migrants of 1991 Census, 87.33 per cent were migrants within the State, 11.11 per cent Were bom in other State of India and 0.75 per cent were bom 1n other countries outside India. Among male migrants 80.10 per cent were born in Gujarat, 19.00 pet cent were bom in other States of India and 1.22 per cent where bom in other countries. Among female migrants, 90.48 per cent were born within Gujarat, 7.67 per cent were born in other States of India and 0.54 per 'cent were born in other c~untries outside India. The higher proportion of migrants within the 352 State among females is largely due by female leaving their place of birth after their marriage. The migrant population within the State of enumeration consists of those who have left their place of birth to the place of enumeration within the district of enumeration itself and those who have left their place of birth to the place of enumeration located in another district of the State itself would consist of intra district and inter-district migration. Of the total migrants in our State in 1991, 57.48 per cent were born elsewhere than in the place of enumeration but within the district of enumeration and 29.85 per cent were born in other district of the State, Among these migrants the proportion of females who were born elsewhere than in the place of enumeration but within the district of enumeration is higher than that of males. But the picture is quite reverse in case of males, who were in another district of the State. The proportion of males born in other district of the State is higher than that of females. Of the total migrants 0.75 per cent are born in other countries outside India in 1991 as against 1.28 per cent in 1981. Of the total migrants born in other countries, outside India, majority ~f them are from Pakistan. These people had left their native places (now in Pakistan) and settled in Oujarat after partition in 1947. Migrants by place of last Residence We know very well that migration data has also been collected on the basis of last residence, as the data collected on migration by place of birth does not present the correct picture of migration which takes place in between the period of place of birth and the place of last residence / settlement, where the person was enumerated. In this chapter a brief dIScussion is made to present the migratory trend of population on place of their last residence, if any. The following Statement gives the distribution trend of migration by place of last residence in Gujanit. 353 .:l c 8 .. "'~ g QI) ~ - ,__ ] ,.., 8 00 q~~;go8o;g S g .0 00 .0.0.0.0.0.0 ....c.. ~'" 00 ...QI).. - r--- = Z 0 .0 ] "' .... S '- 0'1... =1-- 0'1 .s .. 2 ... ~.:; Z 0 ~ ~ .0 ~ ~~ (J = c ~=- - r- =~ .. .S!= .;:Q...... '" Q Total internal migrants would include those who have moved from their place of last residence to the place of enumeration within the district itself ;"}d between dlstIicts of the State and would also include those whG have moved from a place of last residence falling outside GUJarat in other States or Union Territories into Gujarat. The term migrant would also include those who have moved from of- .r countries outside India. On t basis of migration by place of last residence, there are 136.30 1<.: ;nigrants in Gujarat in 1991 consisting of 41.96 lakhs males an... ).:1:.34 lakhs females. These migrants constitute 33.00 per cent of the total population of the State with male migrants constituting 19.65 per cent of the total male population and female migrants constituting 47.28 per cent of the total female population. Of the total migrants 88.62 per cent are migrants from within the State itself, 10.72 per cent had their last residence in other States of India and 0.64 per cent in other countries outside India. Among male migrants, 80.83 per cent had their place of last residence in Gujarat itself, 18.08 per cent had their place of last residence in other States ofIndia and 1.05 per cent had lived in other countries but have moved into Gujarat before 1991 Census. Among female migrants, 92.08 per cent had their place of last residence within Gujarat itself, 7.44 per cent had their place of last residence in other States ofIndia and 0.46 per cent lived in other countries. Migrants based on place of last residence constitute 33.00 per cent of the total population of Gujarat in 1991 as against 33.75 per cent in 1981. The corresponding percentages in case of males and females are 19.65 and 47.28 for 1991 and 20.86 and 47.43 in 1981 respectively. The following statement gives distIibution of migrants by place of last residence in Gujarat during 1981 and 1991 Censuses. 355 Statement - XI - 4 Migrants by place of last Residence, 1981 and 1991 (Proportions in Percent) Sl. Place of Last 1981 Census 1991 Census No Residence P \ M\ F P I M J F 1 2 3 \ 4 \ 5 6 \ 7 \ 8 A MIgrants havmg Place 90.13 83.57 9319 88.61 8083 9207 of last resIdence wIthm the State of enumeratIon to total mIgrants (I) Migrants who have 63.05 51.47 68.45 59.03 45.50 65.05 resIded elsewhere in dIstrict of em;meration to total mIgrants (II) MIgrants who have 27.08 3210 24.74 2958 3533 27.02 resIded m other dIstricts of State to total mIgrants 8 MIgrants who have 8.98 14.98 6.18 1072 18.08 7.44 resIded m other States of IndIa to total mIgrants C MIgrants who have 0.89 1.45 063 064 105 046 \ resIded mother countnes to total ml rants Of the total migrants on the basis of places of last residence, migrant within Gujarat constitute 88.61 per cent in 1991 as against 90.13 per cent III 1981. Among males, such proportion in 1991 was 80.83 per cent as against 83.57 per cent in 1981, while in case of females the corresponding proportion were 92.07 per cent and 93.19 per cent. The comparatively higher proportions among female migrants who have moved from their place of resIdence to the place of enumeration within the State can mainly be attributed to family movement and marriage. The Imgrant population within the State itself would consist of migration within the dIstrict and between the district of the State. Of the total migration in Gujarat in 1991, 59.03 per cent 356 had their place of last residence elsewhere than in the place of enumeration but within the district of enumeration, while 29.58 per cent had their place of last residence in other district of the State. Among male migrants, the proportion of those, who migrated within the district in which they lived is 45.50 per cent while that of those who migrated in other district of the State from the districts in which they lived is 35.33 per cent. In the case of females the corresponding proportion are 65.05 per cent and 27.02 per cent. Of the total population of 413.09 lakhs in 1991, 14.60 lakhs had their place of last residence in other State of India, constituting 3.54 per cent of the total population of the State. The number of migrants with their places of last residence in other State of India has gone up from 10.33 lakhs in 1981 to 14.60 lakhs in 1991, the corresponding proportion to the total population has also increased from 3.03 per cent to 3.54 per cent. Among migrant population migrants with place of last residence in other States constitute 10. "l2 per cent as against 8.98 per cent in 1981. Both as a proportion of total population, and as a proportion of the total migrant population, the contribution of migrants with places of last residence in other States ofIndia has increased in 1991 as compared to 1981. Of the total male migrants 18.08 per cent had places of last residence in other States of India, while in case of females, 7.44 per cent of the total female migrants had places of last residence in other States of India. Of the total migrants of Gujarat in 1991, only 0.64 per cent had places of last residence in other countries outside India as against 0.89 per cent in 1981. Of the total population of Gujarat in 1991, migrants from foreign countries on the basis of last residence account for 0.21 per cent as against 0.30 per cent in 1981. Duration of residence The following statement gives the percentage of total migrant to the total population according to place of last residence and their duration of residence of the place of enumeration, 1991. 2\.--218 RGl12001 357 Statement - XI - S Percentage distribution of migrants by duration of residence Duration Total Migrants Migrants Migrants Un- of Migrants from from from dassifiable residence at the within Other outside plate of the State States! India enumer~ Union tion Territory t l 3 4 S 6 GUjarat 33.00 29.24 3.54 0.21 0.01 Less than 1.09 0.87 0.21 0.01 N one year 1-4 year 6.26 5.42 0.83 0.02 N 5-9 year 5.29 4.62 0.66 0.01 N 10-19 year 7.63 6.78 0.82 0.03 N 20 + 9.52 8.73 0.67 0.12 N Period not 3.20 2.81 0.36 0.03 N stated N- Negligible The above statement reveals that 33.00·per cent of .the total population of Gujarat is migrant with reference to place of last residence. A question on place of last residence was introduced for the fust time in 1971 Census. Accordingly a person wbp had 'another place of normal residence prior to coming to the place of enumeration was treated as migrant irrespective of his birth place. Thus We could take into account the tnterrnediate shifts in population for short Or long intervals away from the place of birth. Out of these migrants 29.24 per cent are migrants within the State, 3.54 per cent from other States outside the State of enumeration and 0.21 per cent from other countries outside India according to their place of last residence. 1.09 per cent migrants have the duration of residence at the place of enumeration below one year, 6.26 per cent 1-4 year, 5.29 per cent 5-9 years, 7.63 per cent 10-19 year and 9.52 per cent 20 years and above. Reasons for· migration Different factors influence the mobility of population from one place to another. There can be both "pull" and "Push" factors causing the mobility of -population. Pull factors may include 358 availability of jobs, better education and health facilities whereas push factors include natural calamities, non-availability of appropriate jobs, accommodation, etc. Economic, geographical Social, demographic, political, religions and industrial development of an area influence the migration pattern. For the fIrst time in the Census, reason for migration were elicited. Keeping operational constraints in view, the reason for migration were broadly categorised as (1) Employment, (2) Education, (3) Marriage, (4) Consequent on family movement and (5) Other reasons. Reasons for migration were elicited only with reference to movement from place of last residence. The following statement preserts the proportions of migrants to urban as areas by reasons. 'HQ ro~c;:~~::~~g~g =~ ...= .....;~_;~_;N_;OOO~ ;..Q "d= co C '" <1" <1" <1" 00 ...., <""l ' Q()r-Q()"''''....,O~r-O''' QC) r-r-II)O'OII)OO <1" 00 0, II) ..'" '" NNNMN~~NMN~M .;;= = 8~~~;;~~~~~~ ==~ .... ocioOoOr...:oQO\-.D~V)a\N___ ..... ___ ...... -0_,...... "I;f"-.::tO-.::tNO\-f'I")M-c:t ir.. IC \O\Qt"-V1 ...... -t,OOc:r.Nr .. ~M~~~M...... ;\O'_Ov)M ; Q "¢VlOllil.r'l.-'..OO"",-r ee O"I-OOI.Iili'1V)r--VNV'J1.O ~ III ~ON.nl(jr-..:~~N~v-) "" NI"")f"')NNNN"""lOf"'I')- ....'" "It 88888888888 ;'" _..- ...... _--..--- ::;.~ ;; e ~ '"l 88888888888 1------..--- ~,,;;, ~ ...... = .;;"d.. ~ ., til '" .!'! Ji ... - '"g =.. u ...... ,... ii: £ o t.ll ",ac.... f- - C .c.. ::n:; is 0\11\ loci '0 10<"1'" -=-8 .... --00 ---000 e :I I: ° '" :::I ~....r u -= Os .g, 1: f- r-- Z .. ;::I -10 -0 N- 00 "" co \.).".. .. :E!l 00 ---000 r.i.~ ..& ·E r-- :E.. :E~ 1 ",M ~ - ..,:. - r-- Os .. :E::: f;J;, f:;i¥;;;;l IN 1-1- t ..I: 0ij." ~ -"" ._.!! - 0 ..... ii:.. In urban areas the search of employment is the main reason for migration among males while marriage is the main reason for migration among females. Among males 29.94 per cent have migrated due to employment consicleration whereas in case of females 49.08 per cent have moved consequent on marriage. In case of internal migrants it will be seen that in urban areas 30.15 per cent in the case of internal male migrants have moved for employment while 49.36 per cent in the case of internal female migrants have moved consequent on marriage. In case of males, it will be seen that the proportion of male migrants moving for employment reason is 44.40 per cent of those who have moved from other State as against 25.55 per cent of those who moved within the State itself. It would be noticed that the proportion of male migrants who move for employment reason increases with distance. In the case of females, migration consequent on marriage is 51.13 per cent of female migrants within the State itself as against 41.12 p.er cent in case of females who moved in to Gujarat from other States under thi,S reason. It is also interesting to note that comparatively speaking the proportion of female migrants who move for reason of employment from other·State into Gujarat is much higher than the proportion of female migrants who move within the State itself for the same reason. It is also note worthy that the proportion who have migrated because of family movement are also fairly high. It would also be seen that the proportion in the case of both males and females of migrants from other countries who have moved consequent on family movement or for other reasons are high. The statement given below indicates the reason for migration to rural areas in the State. r- t-- \F) V> .,., -.0 0- M -.0 M 00 .,., 00 N QO C! C! ~ 00 "'? '0 ex: ~ ~ .., '"0 '"0 0 .q: ~ ..., ..., ;3 '"' -;;= ::I VI \F) r- r- M r- ..0 M 0\ = r- r- t-- f6 "'? "'? r- '"I") <"! "l "l ::e N N N - N ...... :! ..... N N N ..... ~ r- OO N '<> 00 N 00 ::- t'<'I ... \0 I")"'" <"! "! --: ~ "'? r- ~ r- OO fi '"' N oci c\ .,; .q: ~ 0 s-E ..... N 00 r- 0 M M 00 r- M M N ... 00 00 M \C 0- ~ "'l :2 OIl .,; .,; .,; \Ci N N '" 0\ N 0\ vi <"l z: M ' ~,,;;J N E- E- ~ :;J E- ~ :;J E- ~ :;J 5 ... ,,-...... 0 .s ...= __g 8 ,,-iJ:: os -... ""5 '" P- o 0; Q) ~8 ~ .D 0':; !...... 23 "f;i !!I Q)'" ...... rLJ .!! § ~ fJ ;a'" G 'Ii .... 50 ~;s I: ..5 E § c .s § ._ ::l 0 rJ ~ ... ~ t·S ~ '.c 0 1--1-- o00 N " o o o o V> 0 o 00 o -ci o ci- ci -ci ci o o V) 00 N ci o ...... !::. r ~:!:N \.., o N 00 00 00 '--- " o 00 00 :: r-; .,: N N N N f--_..L....-_ .. .."C ::! '".. ... ~ ".. E ...~ § Q '"to 8 t .. ..c: l~ 6 I Here again employment in the case of males and marriage in the case of females are important reasons but there is a fairly high proportion who have moved as consequent of movement of the family. In the case of males as in the case of movements to urban areas, the proportion who have moved due to employment reason from other States is higher than that of those who have moved for the same reason within Gujarat itself. In the case of females the proportion· who have moved as consequence of marriage from rural to rural areas is higher than that of those females who have moved for the same reason from urban to rural areas. 365 CHAPTER - XII SUMMARY We have now completed the pen picture of our popUlation which is prepared with the bits and pieces of infonnation obtained fonn the Census of 1991. It has provided us and put them together in the form of portrait. Weare now able to have a glimpse of our popUlation. Gujarat came into existenceon 1st May 1960 as a result of reorganisation of the composite Bombay State. The State has an area of. 196,024 km2 and a population of 41,309,582 as per 1991 Census. Among the StatelUnion Territories, Gujarat ranks 7th in terms of geographical area and 10th in terms of population. The population of the State accounts for 4.88 per cent of the total national population. The density of popl'lation in the State is 211 persons per Km2. The decadal growth ratee of population in our State is 21.19 per cent in 1991 as against 27.67 per cent in 1981 Census. This shows that the growth rate of population of the State in 1991 over 1981 has shown a reverse trend by 6.48 per cent. The population of the State is distributed in 19 districts containing 184 talukas, 18,569 villages and 264 towns and cities in 1991. Of the total population, 21,355,209 are males and 19,954,373 females. One of the important of the population is the rural-urban distribution. Of the total population of the State 27,063,521 live in rural areas and 14,246,061 live in towns and cities. Thus 65.51 per cent live in rural areas and 34.49 per cent live in the urban areas. The average popUlation per village comes to 1,457 persons and that per town/city comes to 53,962 persons. The disparity in population between the smallest and largest village is quite large. There are seven smallest villages which have a population of only one person. In case of towns/cities. Valsad lDliustrial Notified Area 1.<; the smallest town with 509 persons only. In contrast Ahmadabad City is the biggest city of our State which has a popUlation of 29,54,526 persons. 366 Socio-cultural diversity and physiogeographical features of the State have affected the settlement pattern and distribution of population in the State. There is no uniformity in the size of villages. Predominance of medium sized villages having population 500- 1999 is seen in Gujarat which accounts for 41.21 per cent of the rural population of the State in 1991. The large sized villages having population 2000 and over claim 54.58 per cent of the total rural population. It is also observed that the population under small sized villages having population below 500 has been decreasing continuously from 9.12 per cent in 1971 to 4.21 per cent in 1991, as against this the proportion of population under large sized villages over 2000 has been increasing from 30.40 per cent to 54.58 per cent during the period of two decades. Out of 264 urban centres in the State, 19 are cities having population ranges of 100,000 and above 33 towns ,fall in the population range of 50,000 to 99,999. 58 towns are covered in the population range of 20,000 to 49,999. 92 towns in the population range of 10,000 to 19,999, 51 towns in the population range of 5,000 to 9,999 and remaining 11 towns have the population below 5,000. The number of cities has increased from 7 in 1971 to 11 in 1981 and in 1991 it is 19. The cities lire indeed: extremly important because half of the urban population of the State lives in these 19 Cities. Between 1981-91, the urban population increased by 34.38 per cent but the highest growth rate was in the cities. Thus, Cities ·are becoming bigger and bigger and new urban centres are not coming up as rapidly as they ought to be as would be desirable for even and balanced urbanisation. The concept of urban agglomeration which was adopted in 1971 was also continued in 1981 and 1991 Censuses. The urban agglomeration represents a contiguous urban spread constituting a core town/city and its adjoining area. There were 32 urban agglomerated towns in 1971 in Gujarat but the number has decreased to 30 units in 1981 with deletion of two units due to statutory merger of their outgrowth in jurisdiction of the core town. 367 The number of urban agglomerations has increased from 30 in 1981 to 46 in 1991. Gujarat State stands in a better position for having 934 females per 1000 males as against 927 sex ratio as the national level. In comparison with other States and Union Territories it ranks 15 th among them. The sex ratio in rural areas in 949 and that in urban areas is 907. The highest sex ratio of 983 is registered by The Dangs district which is ideally balanced one. As against this the lowest sex-ratio of 899 is recorded by Ahmadabad district. The lowest sex-ratio of 839 is recorded in Chorasi Taluka of Surat district which is the lowest both in the district as well as in the State as a whole. The age-structure of our population is of great significance, 3S.54 per cent of the total population in the State is below 14 years and 6.41 per cent is below 60 years. The very high proportion of the population in the young age-group of 0-14 is significant. Generally only those covered in IS-S9 age group are considered as in working age-group; the other being dependent upon them. In GUJarat there are 73 such dependents for every 100 in the working age-group IS S9 may not be employed, the actual burden of maintenance of dependents on those who are really employed will be much mOre. Literacy and EducatIOn are now recognised as an essential ingredient for progress. The literacy rate of our State works to be 61.29 per cent and that for the country as a whole is 52.21 per cent in 1991. In 1981,43.70 per cent of the population 1ll the State were literate. Thus the actual percentage increase over the last decade comes to, 17.39 per cent. Among States of India (except Umon Territories) Gujarat with 61.29 per cent literates stands Sixth on the literacy map of India, next to Kerala (89.81 per cent), Mlzoram (82.27 per cent), Goa (75.51 per cent), Maharashtra (64.87 per cent), and Tamil Nadu (62.66 per cent). We have seen that the general literacy rate in the State is 51.15 per cent but the effective literacy rates curnes to 61.29 per cent. In other words, about half of the population of 7 years of age and above are literates as per the concept of literate adopted 1I1 Census. The effective hterac y rate in 368 case of male is 60.99 per cent and that of female is 40.62 per cent in our State in 1991. But our population size and growth rate severely limit the educational facilities that can be offered to the people. After independence, there has been a tremendous expansion of educational facilities and vide network of schools, colleges and technical institutions has been set up but these facilities are found short for those who need them. Literacy and Education, mother-tongue and religion are basic cultural characteristics of the population. The language in which mother talks to the child is the mother tongue of the child. Our Constitution recognises 18 languages as the main languages of the country and they are listed in the VIIIth Schedule of the Constitution. Gujarati is the main language of the Staste and Gujarati speaking people constitute 91.49 per cent of the total household population (excluding institutional household population). Next in order of strength of speakers are Hindi, Sindhi, Marathi and Urdu languages spoken in our State. The speakers of other languages are small in number. There are still other languages spoken by the tribal people and the number of speakers of these tribal languages are even more than those of Malayalam, Telugu, Punjabi. Konkani. Oriya and Tamil. etc; Khandeshi and BhilllBhilodi attain 6th and 9th rank among ten numerically important languages spoken in the State. Our country is a secular sovereign democratic country. It is a land of diverse religions and faithS and freedom of religious belief is guaranteed by our Constitution. The figures of followers of different religions and faith in 1991 are based on the religion of the Head of the Household reccorded in Q.NO.8 of the Individual Slips and in column 9 of the Household Schedule. 89.48 ;Jer cent of the total population of the State are the followers of Hinduism, followed next in rank in terms of numerical strength by Islam, Jainism, Christianity, Sikhism and Buddhism. Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes constitute a sizable chunk of India's population. As the list of such Castes and Tribes 369 were made in a separate Schedule under Article 341 and 342 of the Indian Constitution, the President ofIndia may specify certain castes as Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. The total population of Scheduled Castes in the State according to 1991 Census is 3,060,358 persons constituting 7.41 per cent of the total population of the State and persons of Scheduled Tribes is 6,161,775 accounting for 14.92 per cent of the total population of the State. Gujarat State stands 13 th in the rank of the strength of Scheduled Castes population and Sth in rank in the strength of Scheduled Tribes popUlation among all States and Union Territories in India. The literacy rate among Scheduled Castes population works out 61.07 per cent and that among Scheduled Tribes popUlation is 36.45 per cent. This reflects that the literacy rate among Scheduled Caste population is much higher than that among Scheduled Tribes. Of the total popUlation of Scheduled Castes in the State 7.02 per cent are residing in rural areas and 8.15 per cent in urban areas. Similarly of the total population of Scheduled Tribes in the State, 20.93 per cent are residing in rural areas and 3.50 per cent in urban areas. According to 1991 Census, the proportion of main workers to the total populatIon of the Slate is 34.12 per cent and that of marginal workers is 6.11 per cent. The remainmg 59.77 per cent of the total population are non- working people. AgricUltural activities still occupies the predominant occupation of the people of the State. 59.34 per cent of the total main workers are following agricultural pursuits. 15.85 per cent of the total main workers are engaged in the sector of manufacturing, processing, servicing and repairs; completed of both household as well as non-household industry. The category of trade and commerce provides employment to 8.87 per cent and that of other services has offered employment to 9.72 per cent of the total main workers m the State. Among total male population of the State, 53.17 per cent are male main workers and among total female population, 13.73 per cent are female main workers. Among Scheduled Castes population 32.69 per cent are main workers, and 4.92 per cent are marginal workers. As against this among Scheduled Tribes population 40.91 per cent are main workers and 10.79 per cent are marginal workers. 370 The factors determining human fertility are wide and may vary from the basic biological factor of race to social constraints. The basic determinants of fertility include fecundity, age at the time of marriage, marriage systems, etc. There are other factors which contribute in influencing the fertility such as degree of urbanisation, duration of marriage, working and non-working status of females, religious background, educational level, desire to have a son, public policies, standard of living and resultant diet etc., Comparatively speaking, fertility is higher among the MuslIms, followed by Hindus, Christians and Jains. Also the Age specific Fertility Rate and Age Specific Marital Fertility Rate are higher in Rural areas than that in urban areas. For all areas the Total Marital Fertility Rate and Total Fertility Rate for Hindus are 2.99 and 2.46 respectively. Similarly for all areas the TMFR and TFR for Muslims are 3.34 and 2.50 respectively and that for Jains they are 2.53 and 1.48 respectively and that for Christians they are 2.07 and 1.40 respectively. The total Fertility Rate (TFR) in Gujarat is 2.71 in rural areas, 1.99 in urban areas and 2.44 for total areas. As against this TFR in India (Excluding Jammu & Kashmir and Mizoram) is 3.8 in rural arells, 2.8 in urban areas and 3.5 f01 total areas. It reveals that TFR is relatively lower in Gujarat than that III all India level. In Gujarat, the average number of children ever born per woman is higher in older age-groups. However, high fertIlity levels which were prevallent un the State have tended to decline. The sex ratio does not seem to differ very much by religion but variatIon dependent on age of the mother is apparent. As the age of the mother increases, the relative number of male children over born increases and this increase is much hlgher in urban areas. This trend is seen in all religions. Migration, like fertility and mortalIty, holds a prominent place in the study of population of any area. The movement of population is an instrument of Cultural exchange and socia! integration. In 1991 migratIon data are collected on the basis of place of birth as well as the place of last residence prior to the place where the person was enumerated. On the basis of mIgrants by 171 place of birth, there are 136.45 lakh migraT1ts in the State in 1991 WhlCh constitutes 33.03 per cent of the total population. Among these migrants, 28.85 per cent are migrants from within the State, 3.67 per cent are from other States and Union Territories and 0.25 per cent from other countries outside India. Among 136.45 lakh migrants in the State, 82.08 lakhs migrants or 30.33 per cent of the total population were enumerated in rural area" and 54.37 lakhs rmgrants or 38.16 per cent of the total urban population in urban areas. Out of 136.45 lakh migrants, 41.44 lakh are males and 95.01 lakh are female migrants. On the basis of migration by place of last residence there are 136.30 lakh migrants in the State in 1991 comparing vf 41.97 lakhs males and 94.34 lakhs females. These migrants constitute 33.00 per cent of the total popUlation of the State with male migrants constituting 19.65 per cent of the total male population and female migrants constituting 47.28 per cent of the total female population. Of the total migrants 88.62 per cent are migrant from within the State itself, 10.72 per cent had their last residence in other States ofIndia and 0.64 per cent in other countries outside India. To sum up, it may be states that Gujarat is a region with place of pilgrimage, antiquity and tradition, reminiscent of the days gone by when sages and philosophers compiled the epics and sacred tests which have guided the men for generations. Somnath and Dwarka is among the holiest of pilgrimages. The Shrine of Lord Shlva is located at Somnath on the west cost of Gujarat. On this sacred SOlI. Lord Krishna, after fleeing from his native place of Mathura, had settled at Dwarka and ,made his permanent residence till his last breath. It is thls sacred land where His Holiness lagatguru Shankaracharya establIshed one of his four famous seats at Dwarka for the revlVat of Hinduism. Mahatma Gandhi, Father of the nation and Sardar Vallabhbhal Patel, Prince Bismark of India and an architect of present United India who sacrified their lives for the cause of the nation, were born on this glorious land of Gujarat desh. 372 The people of Gujarat are simple, hard working and straight- forward. The festivals are celebrated here with great devotion. The popular folkdance and folklore of this region reveals the beliefs and piety of the people. The construction of portraIt is complete. Demographic features of the State reveal that Gujarat may be little ahead or little behind in matter of literacy, urbanisation. occupational distribution, sex-ratio, size. and growth rate of population, fertility, migration, etc; among sister States. But our urgent task is to check up the high growth rate of p' ~llation by way of decreasing the birth rate so that the fruits of eCll' 'lic prosperity can be enjoyed fully by the people. The imperative ,1 of the time is to proVIde basic rleeds of the people, Viz, food . clothing and shelter to all in general and particularly to those who are living below the poverty line. Political democracy in true sense will not be experienced until tIle poor and down-trodden are free from the yoke of economic bondage and exploitation. The dIsparity between those who have and who have not can be rnininused to the desired level only. Provided we are lesser in number. Our goal is to establish the utopian society to provide heavenly happiness to all people. 373 C N N 00 t- o on N ~; N '.0 ..., "f "f ..., "f "f "f N 0 .. 0' '"0' 0' 0' 0' 0' 0' 0' 0: 0' . 0\ 0\ 0\ 0\ - i - ~ '" '" '" ell: '" '" '" '"